Sample Tender Document

Ref No: -CL20130223 to 225 & CL20140037
Date: 13th Sep 2014
TENDER DOCUMENT
FOR
CIVIL, PLUMBING,` INDUSTRIAL WATER
SUPPLY, FIRE FIGHTING, HVAC & INCLUDING
RENOVATION WORKS FOR
CLPM, CEC, MET LAB & CMD BUILDINGS AT
ARCI, BALAPUR, HYDERABAD
Owner
INTERNATIONAL ADVANCED RESEARCH CENTRE FOR
POWDER METALLURGY AND NEW MATERIALS
(ARC International)
Balapur PO, R.R. District, Hyderabad 500 005, India
Tel: 040-24452376, 24452319, Fax: 040- 24442699
Consultants
SS INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECT CONSULTANTS PVT.LTD
HYDERABAD
INTERNATIONAL ADVANCED RESEARCH CENTRE FOR

POWDER METALLURGY AND NEW MATERIALS (ARCI)
Balapur PO, Hyderabad 500 005, India
TENDER FOR CIVIL, PLUMBING, INDUSTRIAL WATER SUPPLY, FIRE
FIGHTING, HVAC & INCLUDING RENOVATION WORKS
ARCI, an autonomous R&D Society of Department of Science and Technology, Govt. of
India invites sealed tenders from eligible contractors for following work:
Name of Work :
Construction work (including new civil works, plumbing,

Industrial water supply, Fire Fighting and HVAC &
including Renovation works) for CLPM, CEC, MET LAB
& CMD buildings at ARCI, Hyderabad.
Estimated Cost :
Rs.12.46 Crores.
EMD
Rs.22.50 lakhs by Demand draft.
Consultants
M/s. SS Infrastructure Project Consultants Pvt. Ltd,

Hyderabad
Eligibility:
The eligible companies conforming to eligibility criteria laid down in the tender
document may submit the same in sealed envelope to the Director, ARC
International, Balapur PO, Hyderabad-500005 latest by 06-10-2014 up to 15.0Hrs
super scribing the envelope, enclosing all requisite documents, with name of work
and drop the envelope in the tender box kept at ARCI security. ARCI reserves the
right to reject any or all applications and to call off the process of finalizing of
contractors, at any stage without assigning any reasons.
Press Notification:Ref No: -CL20130223 to 225 & CL20140037
Date: 13th Sep 2014
NOTICE INVITING CIVIL TENDER WITH

RENEWED COMMERCIAL TERMS
Director, ARCI invites sealed tenders in two bid system (Technical and Price Bid)
from Contractors registered with State and Central Government agencies
/departments or Corporate Houses or MNCS for Civil, Plumbing, Industrial water
supply, Fire Fighting and HVAC works for Four Buildings at ARCI, Balapur
Approximate area of construction is 4856Sqmt at an estimated cost of Rs12.46
crores.
Tender document can be obtained from ARCI on all working days from 13th Sep
2014 to 6th Oct 2014 between 09.00 to 13.00 Hrs on payment of Rs. 5000/- in the
form of DD from any nationalized bank in favour of The Director, ARCI,
Hyderabad. Tender documents can also be downloaded from our website
http://www.arci.res.in. Those who downloaded should enclose DD for
Rs. 5000/- to the Technical Bid. Last Date for Submission of filled-in Tender
document in all respects is: 6 th Oct 2014 (15.00 Hrs).
Director ARCI
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
VOL-I
VOL-II
VOL-III
VOL-IV
SUBJECT
General Instructions to
Tenderer along with
Eligibility Criteria.
General & Special
Conditions of Contract,
Technical Specifications for
Civil, Plumbing , Industrial
water Supply, Fire Fighting
& HVAC Works
Bill of Quantities with
Detailed Description of the
works for Civil, Plumbing,
and Industrial water Supply,
Fire Fighting, HVAC &
Including renovation works.
LIST OF Tender Drawings
PAGE NO
4-26
27-61
62-224
225-227
VOL-I
Eligibility Criteria
NOTICE FOR INVITATION OF TENDERS

Sealed Tenders on Item Rate basis are invited by International Advanced Research Centre
for Powder Metallurgy and New Materials, (ARC International-ARCI), an autonomous
R&D Society of Department of Science and Technology, Govt. of India, for construction
works (new civil works, plumbing, Industrial water supply, Fire Fighting, HVAC &
including Renovation works) of CLPM, CEC, MET LAB & CMD buildings at ARCI,
Balapur, Hyderabad
*Tender to be addressed &
Deposited at
Director
ARC International
RCI Road, Opp .Balapur village
Hyderabad 500005.
Phone no- 040 -24452376 / 24452319
Fax no-040-24442699
Tenders are to be deposited in a sealed envelope at

security gate marked as TENDER FOR CIVIL,
PLUMBING, INDUSTRIAL WATER SUPPLY,
FIRE FIGHTING, HVAC & INCLUDING
RENOVATION WORKS FOR CLPM, CEC,
MET LAB & CMD BUILDINGS AT ARCI,
BALAPUR, HYDERABAD.
*
Earnest Money Deposit (EMD): an amount of Rs 22,50,000/-(Rs. Twenty two lakhs

fifty thousand rupees) in the form of a bankers
cheque or demand draft in favour of Director ARCI
payable at Hyderabad from any nationalized
bank/Scheduled commercial Bank.
* Time of Completion of work:
* Last Date and Time for

Receipt of Tenders
Time of completion from the date of PO as given

below
CEC building
16 months
CLPM building
12 months
MET Lab
12 months
CMD building
12 months
:
Up to 15.00 Hrs on 6th Oct 2014.
Director, ARCI is not bound to accept the lowest tender and reserves the right to accept or
reject any or all Tenders without assigning any reason whatsoever.
The blank tender documents with eligibility criteria terms and conditions are to be
obtained from the office of the Director ARCI, Balapur, Hyderabad from 13th Sep 2014
to 6th Oct 2014during the working hours 09.00 to 13.00 Hrs by making payment of
Rs.5000/- by way of crossed demand draft drawn in favour of Director ARCI Balapur.
Blank tender documents may also be downloaded from the website www.arci.res.in.
Those having downloaded from the website would be required to deposit a D.D for Rs.
5000/- favouring Director ARCI along with the tender towards the cost of the tender
document in Technical bid. Tender without DD of Rs.5000/- will be outright rejected.
II. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

A: GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
1.0
Scope of Tender
International Advanced Research Centre for Powder Metallurgy And New
Materials (ARCI) (referred to as Owner in these documents) invites Tenders for
construction work (new civil works, plumbing, sanitary, Industrial water supply,
Fire Fighting, HVAC & including renovation works) for CLPM, CEC, MET LAB
& CMD buildings works at ARCI, Balapur, Hyderabad detailed in the Notice
Inviting Tenders (NIT).
The successful Tenderer shall complete the works within the completion date
specified in the Notice Inviting Tenders (NIT).
2.0
2.1
Non Association / Relation

Should a contractor or a tenderer have a relative employed in officer cadre in
ARCI or in case of partnership firm or company incorporated under the Indian
company act, should a partner or relative of the partner or a share holder be
employed in a responsible capacity in ARCI, the authority inviting the tender
should be informed of the fact at the time of submission of tender, failing which
the tender may be rejected. If such fact is suppressed at the time of tendering and
comes to light at any time after acceptance of tender, the contract may be
rescinded.
3.0
Eligibility Criteria
1. Registered with any government organization not below Class I and should have
executed One similar RCC framed structure (Industrial & office or large
residential) work costing not less than Rs.10.00crores or two similar RCC
framed structure (Industrial & office or large residential) works costing not less
than Rs. 6.00crores during the last five financial years ending with 2014 and
also average annual turnover of Rs.5.00crores during the last three financial
years ending with March 2014.
2. The tenderer should have executed the minimum quantity of items of works as
given below in any one year during the financial years from 2010 - 2011 to
2013-2014.
S.No
Item
Quantity
1.
Earth work
1400 Cum
2.
PCC/ RCC/ VRCC( Combined)
650 Cum
3.
Stone/ Brick Masonry ( Combined)
900 Cum
4.
Plastering
13000Sqm
5.
Flooring
1250 Sqm
3. The tenderer should submit details of works completed during last 3 years with
year ending on 31st march 2014 and works on hand as per the proforma available
in tender document.
4. The tenderer shall furnish a copy valid VAT registration with commercial tax
department.
5. The tenderer should furnish copy of permanent account number (PAN) and copy
of latest income tax returns submitting along the proof of receipt.
6. The tenderer should submit the particulars in the format specified in the tender
schedule along with necessary certificates, for earlier any major works labour
cess, VAT/WCT.
6
7. Current solvency certificate minimum of Rs. 2.0 crores in original from a

scheduled commercial bank. The certificate should not be more than 1 month old.
4.0
Qualification of the Tenderer
4.1
All Tenderers shall provide Eligibility Criteria information as per proforma
enclosed.
4.2
All Tenderers shall include the following information by producing relevant
documents and certificate with their Tender.
a. Conditions of the contract enclosed each page duly signed by the tenderer as token
of acceptance. If any deviation is proposed by the tenderer the same must be
clearly indicated and enclosed as deviation list but tenders with significant
deviations list and merely enclosing tenderers printed conditions or their own
terms and conditions will make the tender liable for rejection.
b. Earnest money deposit as laid down in these instructions to tenderers.
5.0 Cost of Tendering
5.1
The Tenderer shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission
of his Tender, and the Owner will in no case be responsible and liable for those
costs.
The Tenderer, at the Tenderers own responsibility and risk is encouraged to visit
and examine the Site of Works and its surroundings and obtain all information
that may be necessary for preparing the Tender and entering into a contract for
Extension/Renovation/construction work (new civil works, plumbing, Industrial
water supply, Fire Fighting & HVAC & including renovation works) for CLPM,
CEC, MET LAB & CMD buildings at ARCI, Balapur, Hyderabad. The costs of
visiting the site shall be at the Tenderers own expense.
ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA INFORMATION

CHECKLIST TO ACOMPANY THE TENDER
Sl.
No.
(1)
1.a)
b)
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Document to be Submitted
Description
to be given
(2)
(3)
Contractors registration under Registration
appropriate
class
with
Govt./PSU /MNC.
Partnership deed in case
of
firms
&
Article
of
Association
in
case
of
companies
Copy of Permanent Account PAN & IT
Number (PAN) card and copy Returns
of latest Income Tax returns
submitted along with proof of
receipt.
Experience certificates in
Annual
support of annual turnover in turnover
Civil Engineering works
(Format at Statement-I)
Experience certificates in
Similar work
support
of
satisfactory
completion of similar building
works (Format at Statement- II)
Experience certificates
Executed
in support of execution of
quantities
quantities of earth work,
masonry, concrete, plastering
and flooring.
(Format at Statement-III)
Statement of existing
Existing
commitments and ongoing
commitments
Govt. /PSU /MNC works along
with supporting experience
certificates as in Statement IVA
Statement of works for which
Works
tenders are submitted as in
awarded/likely
Statement IV B
to be awarded
Availability of key and
Key and
equipment as in Statement V
critical
Equipment
Declaration of mainly Acrow
Declaration of
Shuttering material in Statement critical
-V
equipment
Availability of key personnel as Key personnel
8
Scanned
documents/
photocopy to
be Submitted
(4)
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Column 5
(5)
Sl.
No.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Document to be Submitted
in Statement VI
Information of litigation history
as in Statement VII
Declaration of lab equipment as
in the statement VIII
Credit facilities/solvency
certificates from banks in the
format given in schedules
E.M.D
VAT Registration with TIN
number
Cost of Tender document Rs
5000/- if document is
downloaded from the ARCI
website.
Annual
turnover
from
construction projects only duly
certified
by a
Charted
Accountant supported by profit
and loss statement and TDS
certificates for last Three Years
Description
to be given
Scanned
documents/
photocopy to
be Submitted
Litigation
history
Lab
equipment
Credit
facilities
Yes / No
EMD
VAT
Registration
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Column 5
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
All experience certificates including those in support of existing commitments issued by

an Officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer (or) Equivalent grade.
All the statements copies of the certificates, documents etc., enclosed to the Technical
bid shall be given page numbers on the right corner of each certificate, which shall be
indicated in column (5) against each item.
STATEMENT I
Details of value of Civil works (Turnover) executed in each year during the last
Three financial years by the Tenderer.
Sl. No.
1.
2.
3.
Financial Year
2011-2012
2012-2013
2013-2014
Value in Rs.
Attach certificate(s) issued by the Executive Engineer or concerned head of

the department showing work wise / year wise value of work done in
respect of all the works executed by the Tenderer during last three years
Signature of the Contractor
STATEMENT II
Details of similar building works completed in the name of the Tenderer during
the last five financial years.
Sl.
N
o
Name of the work
Stipulated
period of
completio
n
Actual
date of
completio
n
Address of
Agt.
Concluding
Authority
3
Agreement No.
& dated.
With telephone
number
4
Value of work done year wise during the last

five years.
1st
Year
9
2 nd Year
10
3 rd
Year
11
4th
Year
12
5th
Year
13
Value of
Contract
5
Total value
of work
done.
14
Attach certificates issued by the Executive Engineer or concerned head of the

department showing work wise / year wise value of work done and date of completion.
10
STATEMENT III
Physical quantities executed by the Tenderer in the last Four financial years.
[work wise / year wise].
Sl
No
Financial
Year
Name of
work
Agt.
No
EWE
in
CUM
1
1
2
3
4
2
2010-2011
2011-2012
2012-2013
2013-2014
Quantities executed / Year wise.

PCC/
Stone /
RCC/
Brick
Plastering Flooring
In Sq.mt In Sq.mt
VRCC
masonry
In CUM
In CUM
6
7
8
9
Attach certificates in support of the above quantities issued by the Executive

Engineer or concerned head of the department duly showing the quantities executed year
wise.
STATEMENT IV A
Details of Existing Commitments.
Details of works on hand and, yet to be completed as on the date of submission of
the Tender and works for which Tender s have been submitted are to be furnished.
A) Existing Commitments on ongoing works:
Stipul
Value
Address of
Agt Value -ated
of
Sl. Name of Agt. Conclu- No. of period
work
No
work
ding autho& contof
done
rity
Date ract compso far.
letion
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Balance
AnticiValue of
pated
works to
date of
be
compcompleletion
ted
8
9
Updated
value of
balance
work
10
Attach certificates issued by the Executive Engineer or concerned head of the

department indicating the balance work to be done, and likely period of completion.
11
STATEMENT IV B
B) Details of works for which Tenders are submitted [awarded / likely to be awarded]
Address
Stipulate
EstimaDate on
of Agt.
d period
Sl.
Present
Name of
ted
which
No
Concludin
of
stage of
work
value
tender was
g
comple.
Tender.
of work
submitted
authority
tion
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
STATEMENT - V
Availability of Equipment and Shuttering Materials
The tenderer should furnish the information required below, regarding the
availability of the equipment, required for construction / quality control.
Sl.
No
1
Details
Number
Owned
4
Number
Leased
To be procured
5
6
STATEMENT VI.
Availability of Key Personnel
Qualification and experience of Key Personnel proposed to be deployed for
execution of the Contract.
Sl.
No
Name
Designation Qualification
3
Total
Experienc
e
5
Working with
the Tenderer
since.
6
12
STATEMENT VII
Information on litigation history in which Tenderer is the Petitioner.
Court
Subject Matter /
S.
Case No. /
Details of
where
Prayer in the
No
Year
Respondents
filed.
case.
1
2
3
4
5
Present Stage.
6
A declaration regarding the equipment (shuttering materials) owned shall be

produced by the Tenderer as below;
STATEMENT VIII
DECLARATION
I, __________ do hereby solemnly affirm and declare that I /we own the
following equipment (shuttering materials) for using on the subject work and also
declare that I / We will abide by any action such as disqualification or determination
of Contract or blacklisting or any action deemed fit, if the department detects at any
stage that I/we do not possess the equipment (shuttering materials) listed below.
Any
Sl.
Year of
Is it in working
other
Details
No.
Capacity
No.
purchase
condition?
data.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
13
6.0 Contents of documents

Contract documents consists of
Notice for invitation of Tenders

Instructions to Tenderers
Articles of Agreement
General conditions of contract (GCC)
Special conditions of contract (SCC)
Schedule of Fiscal Aspects
Guarantee Proforma for Retention Money
Form of performance guarantee / Bank guarantee bond
General Technical Specifications
List of Makes
Bill of Quantities
Detailed description of Bill of Quantities
Tender Drawings
The Tenderer shall be deemed to have examined all instructions, forms, terms, and
specifications in the Documents. Failure to furnish the information required by the Tender
Document or submission of a Tender not substantially responsive to the Tender
Documents in every respect will be at the Tenderers risk and may result in the rejection
of the Tender.
The several documents forming the contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of
one another, detailed drawings being followed in preference to small scale drawing and
figured dimensions in preference to scale and Special Conditions in preference to General
Conditions.
In case of any discrepancy between the Schedule of Quantities, the specifications and/ or
the drawings, given in the tender document the following order of preference shall be
observed:
Description of Schedule of Quantities.
Particular Specification and Special condition, if any.
Drawings.
Specifications.
Latest edition Indian Standard Specifications of B. I. S.
7.0 Amendment of Tendering Documents
7.1 Before the deadline for submission of Tenders, the Owner may modify the Tender
documents by issuing addenda.
7.2 Any addendum thus issued shall be part of the Tender documents and shall be
communicated in writing or by fax to all the eligible contractors. The eligible
contractors shall acknowledge receipt of each addendum by fax to the Owner.
14
7.3
To give prospective Tenderers reasonable time in which to take an addendum into

account in preparing their Tenders, the Owner may extend if necessary the
deadline for submission of Tenders.
8.0 Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)

Tender EMD amount of Rs.22,50,000/- in the form of a bankers cheque or
demand draft in favour of Director, ARCI, payable at Hyderabad must accompany
each Tender. Tenders not accompanied by EMD and unconditional acceptance
letter will be summarily rejected.
The EMD of the unsuccessful Tenderers will be discharged / returned within 2
weeks from the last date of tender submission. The EMD of the successful
Tenderer shall be retained till submission of performance guarantee as per
clause 24 of general instructions.
The EMD of successful tender shall be refunded on submission of performance
guarantee as per clause 24 of general instructions.
The EMD may be forfeited: if the Tenderer withdraws his Tender during the
validity period of the Tender; or in case of a successful Tenderer fails to furnish
performance guarantee.
9.0 Period of validity of Tender
The Tender shall remain valid for a period of 90 days after the last date of the
submission of tender. A Tender valid for a shorter period, may be rejected by the
owner.
10.0 Language of Tender
10.1 The document shall be written in English language. The total amount
should be written in the same language.
11.0 Document comprising the Tender
11.1 No page of this Tender document shall be removed and the set must be
submitted as it is. Each page of the Tender document form is to be signed
by the Contractor and must bear the Seal of the Company/Firm.
11.2 The Tender submitted by the Tenderer shall comprise of the following:
1. Technical bid in a separate sealed cover comprising of.
a.
Eligibility Criteria Information
b.
Instructions to tenderers
c.
Conditions of the contract enclosed, each page duly signed
by the tenderer as token of acceptance. If any deviation is
proposed by the tenderer the same must be clearly
indicated and enclosed as deviation list but tenders with
significant deviations list and merely enclosing tenderers
printed conditions or their own terms and conditions will
make the tender liable for rejection.
d.
Specifications & drawings
e.
Earnest money deposit as laid in these instructions to
tenderers.
15
f.
g.
2.
3.
statement of list of deviations if any from tender conditions.

Tender cost of Rs.5000/- in the form of D.D. in favour of
Director, ARCI if tender is downloaded from ARCI web
site.
Price Bid in a separate sealed cover comprising
a.
Price Schedule with prices (Both in words and in figures)
strictly in accordance with the price schedule format of the
tender document. Departure from the price schedule format
may render the tender liable for rejection
These two Sealed covers are to be placed in a single envelop. The
envelop duly sealed & super-scribed with the name of work Ref
No.CL20130223 to 225 & CL20140037 should be addressed to
Director ARCI, RCI road, Balapur, Hyderabad-5 on or before the
scheduled date and time. i.e., 6th Oct 2014 up to 15.00Hrs.
12.0 Tender Prices

12.1 The contract shall be for the whole works as described in tender document
based on the priced Schedule of Quantities submitted by the Tenderer.
12.2 The tender submitted on behalf of a Firm/Company, shall be signed by a
person who has the proper legal authority on behalf of the Company to enter
into the contract; otherwise, the tender is liable to be rejected. Each page of
the tender document and each drawing accompanying is required to be
signed by the authorized person submitting the tender, affixing the
Firm/company seal in token of their having examined and acquainted
themselves with the contents of each page. The forms of tender are to be
filled in completely. Any tender with any of the documents not duly signed
is liable to be rejected.
12.3 The Tenderer shall fill in the rates for all items of the Works described in the
Schedule of Quantities along with total Tender price. In case the rates are
not filled for any of the Items of Schedule of Quantities, in such cases the
rate will be considered as zero and the contractor has to accept for the
amount arrived based on zero rate for non quoted items. Failure to
comply with either of these conditions will make the tender liable for
rejection and forfeiture of Earnest money.
12.4 All duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the Contractor under the
contract, or for any other cause, shall be included in the rates, prices and total
Tender Price submitted by the Tenderer. Tenderers must include in their
rates, the cost of transportation of materials to site, seignorage charges, sales
tax, Income tax, Value added tax (VAT), Cess as per Building & Other
Construction Workers Cess Act, excise duty, octroi, and any other tax and
duty levied by the Central / State Government. None of the above taxes &
levies will be entertained separately by the Owner and no tax exemption
forms will be issued by the Owner.VAT on works contract will not be
reimbursed to the Contractor. All the taxes levied other than IT should be
paid either directly by the contractor to the statutory authorities and
challans/proof of payment with acknowledgement shall be provided by the
contractor before release of the payment of next bill or shall be deducted at
source. Contractor should also take a Group Insurance Policy
for
his
Workmen, Supervisors and Engineers working on site for an adequate
insurance cover. ARCI shall not be responsible for any accident or any
untoward/unforeseen event involving workmen, labour, supervisor or
16
engineer or any person directly or indirectly associated with the

execution of work. The insurance policy to be obtained by the successful
Tenderer must be comprehensive and shall cover all associated risks (known
and unknown) from any Government Insurance Company.
12.5 The rates quoted in the tender shall include cost of telephone rent and call
charges, for execution of work at site, hire for any tools and plants, shed for
materials, marking out and transportation complete, cleaning the buildings
and surroundings after execution of the total works and dumping the waste at
designated place as directed by the Owner in all respects. The rates quoted in
the tender shall be treated as rates for finally completing the item of work.
12.6 The quantities furnished in the schedule of quantities are only probable
quantities and are liable to alterations, by omission, deductions or additions
to any extent at the discretion of Owner. Payments will be regulated on the
actual quantities of work done at accepted rates. Any item of work may be
omitted from the schedule of quantities and may be awarded to another
agency at any time / stage of the work for which no compensation will be
paid by the Owner i.e. for non-operated BOQ items and short closed BOQ
items.
12.7 The rates and prices quoted by the Tenderer shall be fixed for the duration of
the contract and shall not be subject to escalation or adjustment on any
account even if the work is delayed due to unavoidable circumstances
beyond the control of owner/consultant.
12.8 The calculations made by the tenderer should be based upon quantities of the
items of work which are furnished in the Schedule of Quantities, but it must
be clearly understood that the contract is not a lump sum contract. The
Owners do not in any way assure, represent or guarantee that the said
probable quantities are correct or that the work would correspond thereto.
The items of work irrespective of the quantities which may vary shall be
carried out at the same accepted tender rates and no escalation in the rates
will be entertained whatsoever. Any item of work may be omitted from the
schedule of quantities and may be awarded to another agency at any time /
stage of the work.
12.9 The tenderers must obtain for themselves on their own responsibility and
their own expenses all the information which may be necessary, including
risks, contingencies and other circumstances to enable them in making a
proper tender and for entering into a contract, and must examine the
drawings, specifications and conditions and inspect the site of the work,
nature of the work, availability of power, water, shelter for workmen and all
the matters pertaining thereto before submitting the tender.
13.0 Format and signing of Tender document
13.1 The tenderer shall seal the bid in an envelope, duly marked as TENDER
FOR CIVIL, PLUMBING, INDUSTRIAL WATER SUPPLY, FIRE
FIGHTING, HVAC & INCLUDING RENOVATION WORKS FOR
CLPM, CEC, MET LAB & CMD BUILDINGS AT ARCI, BALAPUR,
HYDERABAD. Which shall include Tender form duly signed by the
tenderer on their letter head along with documents mentioned under clause
11.2 and priced BOQ document in single envelope. Please refer Clause No.
11.2 of preparation of tender documents comprising tenders in Instructions to
Tenderers.
17
13.2 The Tender shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by a
person or persons duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Tenderer. All
pages of the Tender where entries or amendments have been made shall be
initialed by the person or persons signing the Tender.
13.3 The Tender shall contain no alterations or additions, except those to comply
with instructions issued by the Owner, or as necessary to correct errors made
by the Tenderer, in which case such corrections shall be initialed by the
person or persons signing the Tender. ANY CONDITIONAL TENDER
WILL BE SUMMARILY REJECTED.
14.0 Sealing and marking and submission of Tenders
The Tenderers are requested to quote their offers in two separate sealed envelopes:
1 st Envelope ( Technical Bid) :
2nd Envelope (Price bid) :
Comprising of Earnest Money Deposit as per clause

No. 8 of Instructions to Tenderers. Etc.with all
tender documents (Volumes I, II & IV) duly
sealed and signed
Priced BOQ document (Volume - III) duly signed
and sealed. Please
refer Clause No. 11.2 of
Preparation of tender documents in Instructions to
Tenderers.
These two envelopes are to be placed in a single envelope and shall be duly sealed
indicating the name of work i.e. TENDER FOR CIVIL, PLUMBING,
INDUSTRIAL WATER SUPPLY, FIRE FIGHTING, HVAC & INCLUDING
RENOVATION WORKS FOR CLPM, CEC, MET LAB & CMD BUILDINGS AT
ARCI, BALAPUR, HYDERABAD. and deposited in the tender box kept at the
ARCI security office at main gate, RCI Road, opp Balapur ,Hyderabad-500005 ON
OR BEFORE DUE DATE AND TIME OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER .In case of
any queries, please contact at Phone no: 040-24452376 or 24452319.
14.1 In addition to the identification required in Clause 11.2.3 the inner
envelopes shall indicate the name and address of the Tenderer to enable for
the Tender to be returned unopened in case it is declared late, pursuant to
Clause 15.0
14.2 If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked as above, the Owner will
assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the
Tender.
15.0 Last date for submission of Tenders
15.1 Any Tender received by the Owner after the date and time of submission
of Tenders i.e. up to 15.00 Hrs On 6 th Oct 2014 will be rejected and
returned unopened to the Tenderer.
16.0 Clarification of Tenders
To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of Tenders, the Owner
may, at his discretion, ask any Tenderer for clarification of his Tender, including
breakdowns of unit rates. The request for clarification and the response shall be in
writing or by fax, but no change in the price or substance of the Tender shall be
sought, offered, or permitted.
18
17.0 Examination of Tenders and Determination of Responsiveness

17.1 Prior to the detailed evaluation of Tenders, the Owner will determine
whether each Tender (a) meets the eligibility criteria defined in clause 3.0;
(b) has been properly signed and meets the requirements as in clause 3.2;
(c) is accompanied by the required securities and; (d) is substantially
responsive to the requirements of the Tendering documents.
17.2 A substantially responsive Tender is one which conforms to all the terms,
conditions, and specifications of the Tendering documents, without
material deviation or reservation. A material deviation or reservation is
one (a) which affects in any substantial way the scope, quality, or
performance of the Works (b) which limits in any substantial way, the
Owner rights or the Tenderers obligations under the contract; or (c) whose
rectification would affect unfairly the competitive position of other
Tenderers presenting substantially responsive Tenders.
17.3 If a Tender is not substantially responsive, it will be rejected by the
Owner, and may not subsequently be made responsive by correction or
withdrawal of the nonconforming deviation or reservation.
18.0 Correction of Errors
18.1 Errors in the Schedule of Quantities shall be dealt with in the following
manner:
i
In the event of a discrepancy between the rates quoted in words
and the rates in figures, rate quoted in words shall be deemed to
be correct.
ii
In the event of an error occurring on account of arithmetical
calculations the same shall be corrected according to rates written
in words and quantities in B.O.Q.
iii
All the errors in totaling in the amount column and in carrying
forward the totals shall be corrected. The tender total shall be
accordingly amended.
19.0 Evaluation and Comparison of Tenders
19.1 The Owner will evaluate and compare only the Tenders determined to be
prequalified and substantially responsive.
19.2 In evaluating the Tenders, the Owner will determine for each Tender the
evaluated Tender Price by adjusting the Tender Price as follows:
(a) Making any correction for errors; or
(b) Making an appropriate adjustments for any other acceptable
variations, deviations; and
(c) Making appropriate adjustments to reflect discounts offered.
19
20.0
The price bid of unqualified contractors contained in envelope B and EMD

contained in envelope A will be returned to them without opening the seal.
21.0 The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any variation, deviation, or
alternative offer and other factors which are in excess of the requirement of the
Tendering.
22.0 Award criteria
22.1 The acceptance of Tender will rest with the Owner, which does not bind
itself to accept the lowest tender and reserves to itself the authority to
reject completely / partially, any or all of the Tender/s received without
the assignment of a reason.
22.2 The owner reserves to itself the right of accepting the whole or any part of
the Tender and the Tenderer shall be bound to perform the same at the rate
quoted.
22.3 The Owner reserves to itself the right of omission of any item of work
from the awarded tender at any time / stage during the execution of work
and award the same to another agency / contractor.
23.0 Notification of award
The successful Tenderer will be issued a Letter of Intent (LOI) / Purchase Order
(PO) and the date of commencement of work shall be 10 days from date of the
LOI or PO.
24.0 Performance Guarantee.
The successful tenderer shall submit the performance guarantee for an amount
equal to 5% of approved tender amount in the form of Bank guarantee from
nationalized bank within 15 days from issue of LOI. Bank guarantee is to be valid
for a period up to the actual date of completion. This amount will be refunded
soon after recording completion certificate.
Failure of the successful tender to make payment of performance guarantee shall
constitute sufficient ground for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of EMD
25.0 Security Deposit (SD)
A sum equal to 5% of the gross amount of the bill shall be deducted from each bill
including final bill. Half of this amount will be released along with final bill on
submission of bank guarantee from nationalized bank valid for a period up to
defect liability period plus 2 months. Remaining half will be released after
successful completion of the defect liability period. The contractor is eligible for
refund of full security deposit if the defects in workmanship and quality of work
are attended by the contractor. Failing which the cost of rectification of defects
shall be recovered from security deposit. The contractor shall obtain no defects
certificate from concerned ARCI staff before claiming the refund.
26.0 Signing of contract form
26.1 On the acceptance of LOI / Purchase Order and Security Deposit of the
successful Tenderer, the Owner will send the Tenderer the contract form
provided in the Tender document duly signed and sent along with the
Tender incorporating all agreements between the parties.
27.0 During Execution
The Contractor shall carry out all the works strictly in accordance with the
drawing, details and instructions of the Consultants/Owner. If in the opinion of the
20
Consultants, changes have to be made in the design, and they desire the contractor
to carry out the same, the Contractor shall be bound to comply. The
Consultants/Owner decisions in such cases shall be final.
27.1 The Contractor is bound to carry out any items of work necessary for the
completion of the job even though such items are not included in the
schedule of quantities and rates. Schedule of instructions in respect of
such additional items and their quantities will be issued in writing by the
Consultants with the prior consent from the Owner. Rates for such items of
work will be recommended by the Consultants/Owner for approval by the
Owner on the basis of Analysis of Rates which will be derived from
actual prevailing market rates of similar item along with 15% as
contractors profit & overhead. The rates approved by the Owner in
such cases will be final.
27.2 The Consultants/ Owner may at any time / stage of execution demand for
the Analysis of Rates for any item / items of work which in their opinion
is are abnormally high / low rates or required for the Analysis of Rates of
other tender / extra item / items. The Contractor is bound to present the
same and if the Contractor is unable to present a justified Analysis of
Rates for any item / items, the rate / rates for such item may be adjusted
accordingly and the decision of the Owner in such cases shall be final.
27.3 The Contractor shall get the quality of work done inspected for material
and workmanship at different stages of execution as per instructions given
by the Consultants/ Owner or their representative time to time. Any item
of work done which is found not conforming to the Contract shall be
rejected by the Consultants/Owner. The decision of the Consultants/
Owner in such cases shall be final.
27.4 The Consultants/ Owner may instruct at any stage of execution for testing
of samples of any material taken at random. The Consultants/Owner will
decide the testing laboratory / agency and the cost of testing including the
expenses for sending the samples to the laboratory / agency and receipt of
test reports shall be borne by the Contractor. The material shall be rejected
in case the test reports are not within the permissible limits. In case
material is found to be of sub-standard quality, the same shall be rejected
by the Consultants/Owner. The decision of the Consultants/ Owner in such
cases shall be final.
27.5 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation suffered by him
on account of delays in commencing or executing the work whatever the
cause of delay may be, including delays arising out of modifications to the
work entrusted to him or in any subcontracts connected therewith or delays
in awarding contracts for other trades of the project or in commencement
or completion of such other works or in procuring Government controlled
or other building materials for any other reasons whatsoever. The Owner
shall not be liable for any sum besides the tender amount, subject to such
variations as are provided for herein and as instructed by Consultants/
Owner. However, necessary time extension will be given if the delays are
not attributed to the Contractor.
21
ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT
Made at .this .. day
of.. 2014
Between
..
(hereinafter referred to as the Owner which expression shall include its heirs, Executors,
Administrators
&
Assignees)
of
the
ne o
part
and
.
..
.
. (Hereinafter referred to as the Contractor which expression shall include his
heirs, Executors, Administrators & Assignees) of the other part
WHEREAS the Owner is desirous of carrying out CIVIL, PLUMBING, INDUSTRIAL
WATER SUPPLY, FIRE FIGHTING, HVAC & INCLUDING RENOVATION WORKS
FOR CLPM, CEC , MET LAB & CMD BUILDINGS AT ARCI, BALAPUR,
HYDERABAD, and has prepared drawings and specifications describing the work to be
done prepared by, M/s. SS Infrastructure Project Consultants Private Ltd, Hyderabad its
Consultants (hereinafter referred to as the Consultants) and WHEREAS the said drawings
and the specifications and the priced Schedule of quantities have been signed by or on
behalf of the parties hereto and WHEREAS the Contractor has agreed to execute upto and
subject to the conditions set forth herein (hereinafter referred to as the work shown upon
the said Drawings and described in the said Specifications and the said Priced
Schedule of Quantities at the respective Rates mentioned in the Priced Schedule/
Purchase Order of Quantities attached.
And WHEREAS the Contractor has agreed to the submit the performance guarantee to
ARCI
for
Rs.
(Rupees..
Only)
by him as performance guarantee for the due fulfillment of the contract to the satisfaction
of the owner (ARCI)
(1)
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

In consideration of the payments to be made to the Contractor as hereinafter
provided he shall upon and subject to the conditions of contract execute and
complete the works shown upon the said drawings and such further detailed
drawings as may be furnished to him by the said Consultants and described in the
Specifications and the said Priced Schedule of Quantities.
(2)
The Owner shall pay the Contractor such sums as shall become due and payable
hereunder at the times and in the manner specified in the said conditions.
(3)
The term the "Consultants" in the said conditions shall mean the said M/s. SS
Infrastructure Project Consultants Private Ltd, Hyderabad or in the event of their
winding-up or ceasing to be Consultants for the purpose of this contract, such
other person or shall be nominated for that by the Owner, not being a person to
whom the Contractor shall object for reasons considered to be sufficient by the
Owner. Provided always that no persons subsequently appointed to be Consultants
under this contract shall be entitled to disregard or overrule any decision or
22
(4)
approval or direction given or expressed in writing by the Consultants for the time
being unless specifically approved by the owner.
The tender drawings, agreement, documents and terms and conditions of NIT
above mentioned shall form the basis of this Contract and the decision of the said
Consultants or the other Consultants for the time being as mentioned in the
Conditions of the Contract in reference to all matters of dispute as to the material,
workmanship or account and as to the intended interpretation of the clauses of this
agreement or any other document attached hereto shall be final and binding on
both parties.
(5)
The Owner through the Consultants reserves the right of altering the drawing and
nature of work and of adding to or omitting any items of work and of having
portions of the same carried out departmentally or otherwise and such alterations
or variations shall be carried out without prejudice of this contract.
(6)
The said Contract comprises the work above mentioned and all subsidiary works
connected there to within the same site as may be ordered to be done from time to
time by the said Consultants/Owner or the other Consultants for the time being
even though such works may not be shown on the drawings or described in the
said specifications or the Priced Schedule of Quantities.
Time shall be considered as essence of the agreement and the contractor hereby
agrees to commence to work as soon as his tender is accepted by ARCI and the
site is handed over to him as provided in the said conditions and agrees to
complete the work within the period 16 months from the date of such handing
over of the site.
The said conditions shall be read and construed to be forming part of this
agreement and the Parties hereto will respectively abide by and submit themselves
to the conditions and stipulations and perform the agreement on their parts
respectively in such conditions contained.
All disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this agreement shall be
deemed to have arisen in Hyderabad and only the courts in Hyderabad alone shall
have jurisdiction to determine the same.
The arbitrator for fulfilling the duties set forth in the arbitration clauses as defined
with tender conditions of contract.
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
Arbitration: The Contract shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with
the laws of India. Any dispute which cannot be amicably settled by the parties
may be submitted, by the owners, to the International Center for Alternate Dispute
Resolution (ICADR), Hyderabad. The dispute will be settled following the
provisions of Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. Both Parties agree that the
results and awards of any such arbitration shall be binding on both Parties. Venue
of Arbitration shall be Hyderabad.
23
(12)
The several parts of this contract have been read to us and fully understood by us.
As
witness
our
hands
of2014.
Signed by the said
this
day
Owner
in the presence of
..
Signed by the said
..
In the presence of
24
Contractor
IV. FORM OF TENDER

(To be submitted by the Tenderer in letter head).
From :
To
International Advanced Research Centre for Powder Metallurgy
And New Materials (ARCI)
Balapur, Hyderabad-500005
Dear Sir,
1.0
Having examined the Tender documents consisting of the Tender notice, General
Instructions to Tenderers, General Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions of
Contract, specifications, plans, Drawings, Time Schedules, Form of Contract ,
form of tender, form of schedule Rates, Bill of Material etc., and having
understood the provisions of the said tender documents and also having
thoroughly studied the requirements of International Advanced Research Centre
for Powder Metallurgy And New Materials (ARCI), related to the work tendered
for in connection with the Civil, Plumbing, industrial water supply, Fire Fighting,
HVAC & including renovation works for various buildings at ARCI, RCI Road, Opp
Balapur, Hyderabad and having conducted a thorough study of the job site
involved, the site conditions, power, water, material and equipment availability,
the transport and communication facility and the availability and suitability of
borrow areas etc., we hereby submit our tender offer for the performance of
proposed work in accordance with the terms and conditions and within the time
mentioned in the tender documents at the rates included within the tender
documents and based on application of the rates tendered in the accompanying
schedule of rates to the relative quantities indicated in the form of schedule rates
forming part of the tender documents.
2.0
If the work or any part thereof is awarded to me/us, I/we undertake to perform the
work in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the form of contract
forming part of the tender documents and accept the terms and conditions of
contract as laid down therein and undertake that on receipt of acceptance of tender
and on confirmation. I/We will deposit such sums as may be necessary under the
terms of contract and abide by the terms of the tender. I/We will also sign the
necessary contract and other documents to commence the work and execute the
work as per the terms and conditions contained in the tender documents failing
which International Advanced Research Centre for Powder Metallurgy And New
Materials (ARCI) shall be at liberty, without further reference to me/us and
without prejudice to any of its rights to terminate the contract and or to forfeit the
earnest money deposit and take further course of action.
25
3.0
I/We further undertake to keep our tender offer open for a period of not less than
90 days from the scheduled date of opening of tenders as specified in the General
Instructions to tenderer forming part of the tender documents. `
4.0
I/We hereby undertake that the statements made herein/information above are true
in all respects and that in the event of any such statement or information being
found to be incorrect in particular, the same may be construed to be a
misrepresentation entitling International Advanced Research Centre for Powder
Metallurgy And New Materials (ARCI) to avoid any resultant contract and take
further action as may be justified.
I/We confirm having deposited EMD of Rs
Yours faithfully,
Signature of the tenderer
Name and designation of the

Authorized person signaling the
Tender on behalf of the Tenderer.
Name:
Designation.
Address.
Witness :
26
in the form of
VOL-II
General & Special Conditions of
Contract, Technical Specifications for
Civil, Plumbing, Industrial water Supply,
Fire Fighting HVAC & Including
Renovation Works
27
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

A: GENERAL
1.0
1.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
Definitions
In this contract, the following terms shall be interpreted as indicated:
The Contract means the agreement entered into between the Owner and the
Contractor, as recorded in the contract form signed by the parties, including all the
attachments and appendices thereto and all documents incorporated by reference
therein.
The Contract Value means the amount payable to the Contractor under the
contract for the full and proper performance of its contractual obligations.
Contract Data means any information provided in the Tender document and
agreed to by the Contractor.
The Work means all labour, materials, tools and plant, equipment including
government taxes and transport, that may be required in preparation of and for and
in the full and entire execution and completion of the Work.
Services means services ancillary to the execution of the work such as
transportation and insurance, and any other incidental services, such as
installation, commissioning, provision of technical assistance, training and other
obligations of the Contractor covered under the contract.
GCC means the General Conditions of Contract contained in this section.
SCC means the Special Conditions of Contract.
The Owner means the organization getting the work done, and or its
representative
The Consultants means the Consultants appointed by the Owner for preparing
all the drawings, details and specifications of items required for the execution of
the work and supervise and monitor the execution at site along with checking and
verifying Contractors bill.
The Contractor means the individual or the firm executing the work.
The Project Site where applicable, means the place or places named in SCC.
Day means calendar day.
2.0
The Contractor shall offer the Engineer or any representative of

Consultants/Owner every facility and assistance for examining the works and
materials. The Engineer or any representative of the Consultants shall have power
to give notice to the Contractor or to his staff, of non-approval of any work or
materials and such work shall be suspended or the use of such materials shall be
discontinued until the decision of the Consultants. Such examinations shall not in
any way exonerate the contractor from the obligations to remedy any defects
which may be found to exist at any stage of the work or after the same is
completed.
3.0
3.1
Interpretation and Application

These general conditions shall apply to the extent that provisions in other parts of
the contract do not supersede them.
3.2
In interpreting these Conditions of Contract, singular also means plural, male also
means female or neuter, and the other way around. Headings have no significance.
Words have their normal meaning under the language of the Contract unless
specifically defined. The Owner will provide instructions clarifying queries about
the Conditions of Contract.
28
3.3
If sectional completion is specified in the Contract Data, references in the

Conditions of Contract to the Works, the Completion Date, and the Intended
completion date are for the whole of the Works.
4.0
4.1
Standards
The works executed by the Contractor should be carried out in most professional
manner, both as regards material and otherwise, in every respect, in strict
accordance with the Technical Specifications. All materials and workmanship
shall so far as procurable be of the respective kinds described in the priced
schedule of quantities and/ or specifications and in accordance with the
Consultants/Owner instructions, and the Contractor shall upon the request of the
Consultants/Owner, furnish them with all invoices, accounts; receipts and other
vouchers to prove that the material procured complies therewith. When no
applicable standard is mentioned, the work shall be carried out as per the
directions of the Consultants/Owner. The Contractor shall at his own cost arrange
for and / or carry out any test of materials which the Consultants/Owner may
require. In case of discrepancies in tender wording as regards the specifications of
materials workmanship etc., written instructions will supersede the tender wording
unless otherwise mentioned.
The Consultants/Owner in their absolute discretion from time to time shall issue
further drawings and/ or written instructions, details, directions and explanations
which are hereafter collectively referred to as the Consultants/Owners
instructions in regard to: The variation or modification of the design quality or quantity of works or the
addition or omission or submission on any work.
Any discrepancy in the drawings or between the schedule of quantities and / or
drawings and /or specifications/ dimensions etc.
The removal and / or re-execution of any works executed by the Contractor.
The removal from the site of any materials brought thereon by the Contractor and
the substitution of any other materials therefore / or rejection of the material
brought on site.
4.2
a.
b.
c.
d.
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
Use of Contract Documents and Information

The Contractor shall not, without the Owners prior written consent, disclose the
contract or any provision thereof, or any specifications, plan, drawing, pattern,
sample or information furnished by or on behalf of the Owner in connection
therewith, to any person other than a person employed by the Contractor in
performance of the contract. Disclosure to any such employed person shall be
made in confidence and shall extend only so far, as may be necessary for purposes
of such performance.
The Contractor shall not, without the Owners prior written consent make use of
any document or information enumerated in Para 5.1 except for the purposes of
performing the contract.
All documents included but not limited to contract agreement shall remain the
property of the Owner and shall be returned (in all copies) to the Owner on
completion of the Contractors performance under the contract, if so required by
the Owner.
29
6.0
6.1
Consultants Decisions
Except where otherwise specifically stated, the Consultants will decide contractual
matters between the Owner and the Contractor, in the role of representing the
Owner.
7.0
7.1
Performance Guarantee
Within 15 days from the date of LOI of the contract, the Contractor shall furnish
performance guarantee in the form of a bank guarantee to the Owner, of the
amount specified in the Special Conditions of Contract.
The proceeds of the performance guarantee shall be payable to the Owner as
compensation for any loss or dues resulting from the Contractors failure to
complete its obligations under the contract.
The performance guarantee shall be in the form of bank guarantee from
nationalized bank
The performance guarantee shall be discharged by the Owner and returned to the
Contractor on completion of the work and recording of the completion certificate.
7.2
7.3
7.4
8.0
8.1
8.2
9.0
9.1
9.2
Programme and Reporting

The contractor shall furnish to the Owner and Consultants/Owner a bar chart
laying down weekly financial and physical targets to complete the project within
stipulated time for approval within fifteen days from the date of receipt of
notification of award. Weekly progress report shall be furnished to the Owner and
Consultants confirming the progress.
The contractor must submit every week the following information to the
Owner/Consultants in writing:
i.
Number of men employed, trade wise;
ii.
Progress achieved;
iii.
Expected dates for completion of work;
iv.
Any actual or potential delay in programme caused by the action or
inaction of Owner or Consultants and other contractors working on site.
Assignment and Sub-contracting
The whole of the works included in the Contract shall be executed by the
contractor and the contractor shall not directly or indirectly transfer, assign or
underlet the contract or any part, share or interest therein without the written
consent of the Owner.
No sub-contracting shall relieve the Contractor from the full and entire
responsibility of the Contract or from the active superintendence of the work
during their progress.
The contractor has to engage specialized agencies depending upon the nature and
complexity of the work with the prior approval of the Owner for works such as
HVAC, INDUSTRIAL WATER SUPPLY, FIRE FIGHTING and any other
specialized works. To this regard, the contractor has to submit the
completion certificates / required documents of similar type of works
executed by the sub-contractor / specialized agencies to establish the subcontractors / specialized agencies workmanship. Also the contractor has to
submit shop drawings done by the specialized agency for approval of Owner
before procuring and installing the item. This does not in any way relieve the
contractor of his obligations to get the quality work and architectural design
as desired by the Owner / Consultants.
30
10.0
Site order Book:

The contractor shall maintain a site order book at site for the purpose of quick
communication between the contractor, consultant and owner. Any
communication relating to the work may be conveyed through site order book.
Such a communication from one party to other shall be deemed to have been
adequately served in terms of contract. Each site order book shall have machine
numbered pages in triplicate, and shall be carefully maintained and preserved by
the contractor, and shall be made available to the owner/consultant as and when
demanded. Any instructions which the Owner/ Consultants may like to issue to
the contractor or the contractor may like to bring to the owner/Consultant two
copies of such instructions shall be taken from the site order book and will be
handed over to the Owner and consultants and the third copy will be retained with
contractor.
11.0
11.1
Contractor to provide everything necessary for proper execution of work

The Contractor shall provide everything necessary for the proper execution of the
works according to the intent and meaning of the drawings, priced schedule of
quantities and specifications taken together whether the same may or may not be
particularly shown or described therein provided that the same can reasonably be
inferred there from. If the Contractor finds any discrepancy therein he shall
immediately and in writing refer the same to the Consultants/Owner whose
decision shall be final and binding. Further, if any sample(s) of material(s),
fittings, fixtures or finished item(s), to be used in the construction work, has/have
been called for from the contractor, no work related to it/these shall be executed
unless the same has/ have been approved by the Consultants/Owner failing which
no payment shall be made to the contractor on this account. Any sample, duly
approved by the Owner shall become part of the supply to be used in the works.
The Contractor shall supply fix and maintain at his cost, during the execution of
any works, all the necessary power supply, water supply, centering, scaffolding,
watching and lighting by night as well as by day, required not only for the proper
execution but also for protection of the public and the safety of any adjacent
roads, streets, pavements, walls houses, building and other erections, matters or
things. The Contractor shall provide all such centering, scaffolding, staging,
planking, timbering, strutting, shoring pumping, fencing, hoarding, watching and
lighting by night as well as by day, required not only for the proper execution but
also for protection of the public and the safety of any adjacent roads, streets,
pavements, walls houses, building and other erections matters or things.
Throughout the execution of the work, the Contractor or his representative duly
authorised and fully responsible and technically conversant with the work under
this agreement, acting on his behalf shall be available at the site for supervising
the work. The Contractor shall make adequate arrangements for watchmen to
guard the materials brought by them to the site and shall ensure the safety,
breakage and any theft of materials fixed or unfixed by him. Any material, T & P
brought to the site for bonafide use of the Project shall not be removed/ shifted
from the site without the prior written permission of the owner
The contractor has to provide at his cost leveling pipe, steel/ metallic tapes etc.
required by the supervising staff of the Owners/Consultants/owner representative
during execution of the work.
11.2
11.3
11.4
31
11.5
11.6
12.0
12.1
12.2
Whenever required by the Consultants the Contractor shall provide shop drawings
/ details before execution of work and get them approved by the Consultants/
Owner
Wherever the specifications of any item indicate the usage of approved equivalent
of any material, the Contractor shall get the sample of the equivalent material
approved from the Consultants / Owner before execution. The approval of the
equivalent material is entirely at the discretion of the owner.
Infrastructure:
For storage of materials, contractor has to provide at his own cost sufficient
fenced and covered appropriate area on site for storage of above materials with
lock and key arrangement. For arranging meetings suitable sized table and chairs
shall be provided by Contractor.
Contractor to provide required quantity of portable water for his workers and staff.
13.0
Site Establishment
The contractor shall provide all stores, workmen and materials. All materials
likely to deteriorate in the open shall be stored under suitable cover.
13.1
The contractor shall not be allowed to construct huts for accommodation of his
employee or workmen, within the site area. The contractors employees or
workmen will not be allowed to stay overnight at the site area.
The security of the contractors equipment and materials is his own responsibility.
The Owner accepts no liability for loss or damage to the contractors plant tools or
materials.
The materials issued to the contractor by the Owner will remain under the custody
of contractor as a trustee. However, title on the same will remain with the Owner.
The contractor will be responsible for loss or damage to such materials and shall
preserve them in good working conditions as required for the contract and good
construction practices till such time that they are incorporated in the works and
erected, aligned and fully installed in position and handed over to the Owner. In
case the Owner/Consultants feels that arrangements made by the contractor are not
adequate he shall so advice the contractor and the contractor shall promptly take
corrective action. In case the contractor fails to take corrective action, Consultants
shall take such corrective actions and recover the cost thereof from the
contractors bills. Accounts of such material on completion of work shall be
rendered and surplus material returned to the Owner as per instructions of
Owner/Consultants.
The contractor shall clear away periodically or as instructed by Owner/Consultants
any rubbish, scrap materials, etc. and dump the same in the authorised dump sites
notified by local authority or area indicated by the Owner/Consultants. All
construction materials shall be neatly stacked in an orderly manner as directed by
the Owner/Consultants and care shall be taken to allow proper access to workmen
and easy movement of men, vehicles, cranes and materials.
The contractor shall maintain all the drawings carefully mounted on the board of
appropriate size and well protected from the ravages of weather, termites and other
insects.
The contractor shall not permit the entry to the site of any person not directly
connected/concerned with the work without first having obtained the written
permission of Owner/Consultants.
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.5
13.6
32
13.7
13.8
13.9
14.0
14.1
15.0
15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4
15.5
15.6
The contractor shall submit a list of plants, equipments, tools, tackles, etc. which
he will use, to perform the work. These tools, etc. shall not be removed from the
site till the completion of job. A gate pass must be obtained from the Owners
representative in order to remove from site any plant equipment, tools and
materials.
All items such as instructions and other pertinent data regarding erection/
commissioning and maintenance should be typed and classified for transmittal in a
manner approved by the Owner/Consultants.
All employees of the contractor shall conform to rules of conduct, etc. established
by failure to do so will be sufficient cause for removal of such person from the
site.
Messing & Accommodation
The contractor will make his own arrangements for messing and accommodation
and the same shall not be done at site. No accommodation and messing shall be
provided by the Owner.
Procurement, Consumption and Storage of Materials
The contractor shall at his own expenses, provide all materials including cement &
steel required for the works. Adequate stocks of all materials required for the work
are to be maintained at site. No material (unless as provided elsewhere in this
document) shall be supplied by the Owner.
All materials to be provided by the contractor shall be in conformity with the
detailed specifications laid down in the contract and the contractor shall, if
requested by the Owner/Consultants furnish prior to the satisfaction of the
Owner/Consultants that the materials conform to the laid down specifications.
All materials required for execution of work must be got approved by the site
representative of the Owner/ Consultants before they are actually put to use. All
facilities for prior inspection of materials and subsequent inspection of work by
the Site representative must be made available.
The contractor shall, at his own expenses and without delay, supply to the
Owner/Consultants samples of materials proposed to be used in the work. The
Owner/Consultants shall within seven days of supply of samples, or within such
further period as Owner/Consultants may require and intimate the contractor in
writing, whether samples are approved by Owner/Consultants, or not. If samples
are not approved, the contractor shall forth with arrange to supply, for their
approval, fresh samples complying with the specification laid down in the
contract.
The Owner/Consultants shall have full power to require removal of any or all the
materials brought to site by the contractor which are not in accordance with the
contract specifications or do not conform in character or quality to the samples
approved Owner/Consultants. In case of default on the part of the contractor in
removing rejected materials, the Owner/Consultants shall be at liberty to have
them removed by other means. The Owner/Consultants shall have full powers to
direct other proper materials to be substituted for rejected materials and in the
event of the contractor refusing to comply. Owner/Consultants may cause the
same to be supplied by other means. All risks and costs which may attend upon
such removal and/or substitution shall be borne by the contractor.
Contractor shall be responsible for procurement of all materials/equipments etc.
No delay due to non availability of any material equipment will be entertained by
Owner.
33
16.0
16.1
Method of storing the materials

The contractor shall at his own cost, provide for all necessary storage on the site in
specified areas for all materials such as steel, cement and such other materials
which are likely to deteriorate by the action of sun, wind, rain, dampness or other
natural causes due to exposure in the compounds or in stores in such a manner that
all materials, tool etc. shall be duly protected form damage by weather or any
other cause.
16.2
Materials required for the works, by the contractor be stored by the contractor only
at places approved by the Owner/Consultants. Storage and safe custody of
materials shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
All the materials including contractors Tools & Plants brought by the contractor
to the site shall become and remain the property of the Owner and shall not be
removed off the site without prior written approval of the Consultants/Owner. But
whenever the works are finally completed and advances, if any, in respect of such
materials are fully recovered, the contractor shall at his own expenses forthwith
remove from the site all surplus materials supplied by him and upon such removal,
the same shall revert in and become the property of the contractor.
17.0
17.1
Shuttering and Scaffolding Materials

It shall be desirable to have adequate amount of shuttering and scaffolding
materials to complete the work speedily and Consultants/Owner decision so as to
the quantum of these desirable/ resources of the site shall be final and binding.
18.0
18.1
Completion of Work
Before finally leaving site, all the Contractors stores, plant, tools and rubbish shall
be removed and the site left clean and tidy. The space allocated by Owner shall be
vacated and handed over to the Owner.
19.0
Water and Electricity for Construction work
19.1
Water & Electricity

Contractor has to make his own arrangement for supply of water / power. At no
point of time the construction activity should not stop or slow down due to non
availability of water / power, and also a reasonable size water sump should be
constructed for storage the water.
If excess water is available with ARCI the same can be utilized by contractor with
the approval from Director ARCI and at one point water is provided with water
meter and the contractor need to tap the required water from this one point by
laying temporary PVC water lines. ARCI will charged @ Rs. 200/- per KL and
deduct the amount from RA bills. The water meter will be provided by ARCI. The
rates quoted in tender shall also include electric consumption charges for power
connection and maintain at his expense an efficient service of electric light and
power and shall pay for the electricity consumed, which shall be metered and
charged @ Rs. 12/- per KVAH and DG set power @ Rs. 24/- per KWH . ARCI
shall be giving all possible assistance to the contractor .Required wiring /cables
&SFU are under the scope of contractor
34
20.0
20.1
20.2
20.3
21.0
21.1
21.2
21.3
Employment of Labour
The contractor shall comply with the requirement of statutory provisions and shall
be solely responsible for fulfillment of all legal obligations under Contract Labour
(reg. & abolition) Act, Inter State Migrant Workmen (Registration of Employment
and condition of Service Act, payment of Wages Act., Minimum Wages Act,
Workmens Compensation act, Employees Provident Fund & Miscellaneous
Provisions Act, Payment of Bonus Act, Payment of Gratuity Act, Industrial
Disputes Act and all other Industrial/Labour enactments and Rules made there
under as applicable from time to time. In case Owner incurs any liability towards
payment of any dues, compensation, cost of any other
liability of any kind
whatsoever, due to non fulfillment of statutory provisions
under any
industrial/labour laws by the contractor, the same shall be made good by the
contractor and Owner shall have full right to recover and claim the same against
the contractor from his outstanding bills or otherwise. No Labour to stay at site.
The contractor will be expected to employ on the work only his regular skilled
employees with experience of this particular work. The permission of the
Owner/Consultants must be obtained before tradesmen are recruited locally for the
work. This rule does not apply to unskilled labour. No female labour shall be
employed in dark hours/ i.e. hours prohibited under the applicable law. No person
below the age of eighteen years shall be employed at any point of time. The
contractor shall pay, to each person, the wages as per minimum Wages Act of the
State Government.
All traveling expenses including provision of all necessary transport to and from
site, lodging allowances and other payments to the contractors employees are his
own responsibility.
The hours of work on the site shall be decided by the Owner/Consultants and
contractor shall adhere to the same.
All contractors employees shall wear safety helmet and such identifications marks
as may be provided by contractor on work site and duly approved by
Consultants/Owner.
All notices displayed on the site and any instructions issued by the
Owner/Consultants shall be strictly adhered to by the Contractors and/or his subcontractors employees.
The contractor shall be required to maintain employment records as covered in
relevant Acts and produce documentary evidence to the effect that he has
discharged his obligations under the Employees Provident Fund Act 1952, and ESI
Act, 1948, if applicable, Group Insurance and other Acts for the workmen working
at site towards safety, statutory regulations and insurance aspects.
Working and Safety Regulations
The contractor shall observe all statutory, safety, and legal requirements /
regulations issued by Central and State Governments applicable to the work as
well as any local regulations applicable to the site.
The contractor has to fulfill the safety obligations at site and ensure that all safety
equipment required for the execution of the work is available and used by the
workmen at site.
Required safety signage and other requirement as per safety norms must be
compiled as per the instructions of the Owner/Consultant.
35
21.4
21.5
22.0
22.1
22.2
22.3
22.4
22.5
22.6
23.0
23.1
23.2
A qualified person in charge of safety should be posted at the site by the contractor
to take care of the safety related issues during the construction period with regard
to workmen and material. Failure to employ the safety person will invite suitable
deductions from the bills.
The contractor shall be responsible for the provision of all safety notices safety
equipments including the safety gadgets for his workmen required by both the
relevant legislation and such as the Owner/Consultants may deem necessary.
While working at heights, safety belts and safety helmets shall necessarily be used.
Particular attention is drawn to the following:
In case of accident, the Owner/Consultants shall be informed in writing forthwith
and First-Aid, Hospitalization shall be provided by the Contractor. The contractor
shall strictly follow regulations laid down by Govt. and State authorities in this
regard and all cases are to be defended By the Contractor. The Owner shall not
entertain any insurance claims.
Contractor shall fence his plant, platforms, excavations etc.
Compliance with all electricity regulations should be ensured.
Compliance with statutory requirements for inspection and test of all lifting
appliances and auxiliary lifting gear is to be ensured.
Staircase, doors or gangways shall not be obstructed in any way that will interfere
with means of access of escape.
Where it is necessary to provide and/or store petroleum products or petroleum
mixtures and explosive, the contractor shall be responsible for carrying out such
provision and/or storage in accordance with the rules and regulation laid down in
Petroleum Act 1934. Explosive Act 1948 and Petroleum and Carbide of Calcium
Manual Published by the Chief Inspector of Explosive of India. All such storage
shall have prior approvals of the Owner/Consultants. In case any approval or
clearance from Chief Inspector of Explosive or any statutory authorities is
required, the contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the same.
The contractor shall have his own Fire Fighting Extinguishers and Equipment.
Contractors Risks
Contractors Risks- All risks of loss or damage to physical property and of
personal injury and death which arise during and in consequence of the
performance of the Contract are the responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be responsible for injury to persons if any, animals or things
and for all damages to the structural and/or decorative part of property which may
arise from the operations or neglect of himself or of any sub-contractor or of any
of his or sub- Contractors employees whether such injury or damage arises from
carelessness accident or any other causes whatsoever in any way connected with
the carrying out to the Contract. This clause shall be held to include interalia any
damage to buildings, whether immediately adjacent or otherwise and any damage
to roads, footpaths, or ways as well as all damage caused to the buildings and the
work forming the subject to this Contract by frost, rain or other inclemency of the
weather. The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner and hold him harmless in
respect of all and any expenses arising from any such injury or damage to persons
or property as aforesaid and also in respect of any claim made in respect of injury
or damage under any acts of Government or otherwise and also in respect of an
award of compensation or damages consequent upon such claim.
36
The contractor shall make good all damages of every sort mentioned in the
Clause, as to deliver up the whole of the Contract works complete and perfect in
every respect and so as to make good or otherwise satisfy all claims for damage to
the property of third parties.
24.0
24.1
24.2
24.3
24.4
24.5
24.6
24.7
25.0
25.1
26.0
Insurance
The Contractor shall provide, in the joint names of the Owner and the Contractor,
Insurance cover from the Start Date to the completion of work and handing over
to the owner for the amounts and deductibles stated in the Contracted Amount for
the following events which are due to the Contractors risks and shall be covered
under respective policies as under:
(a)
Contractors All Risk Policy;
(b)
Third Party Insurance for four occurrences, the minimum cover for
occurrence is Rs. 5.0 lac. Contractor will pay additional premium after
each occurrence to make insurance valid for four occurrences always.
The contractor shall provide workmen compensation policy, obtained in his name.
Policies and certificates for insurance shall be delivered by the Contractor to the
Owner /Consultants for the Owner/ Consultants approval before the Date of Start
of work i.e., date of execution of the contract. All such insurance shall provide for
compensation to be payable in the types and proportions of currencies required to
rectify the loss or damage incurred.
If the Contractor does not provide any of the policies and certificates required, the
Owner may affect the insurance which the Contractor should have provided and
recover the premiums the Owner has paid, from the contractor bills. Otherwise
due to the Contractor or if no payment is due, the payment of the premiums shall
be a debt due. The cost of premium will be deducted from the contractors bill, if
at any time the work remains uninsured.
Alterations to the terms of the insurance shall not be made without the approval
of the Owner or Consultants.
Both parties shall comply with the conditions in the insurance policy.
All policies in original shall be submitted to the owner before the release of the 1st
bill.
Setting out Works
The contractor shall set out the works and shall be responsible for the true and
perfect setting out of the same and for the correctness of the positions, levels,
dimensions and alignment of all parts thereof, if at any time any error shall appear
during the progress of any part of works the contractor shall at his own expenses
rectify such error, if called upon to the satisfaction of the Consultants/Owner.
Contractor to remove all offensive matter, non-suitable material etc
immediately.
All debris, excavated soil, filth or other matter or an offensive nature taken out of
any trench, sewer, drain cesspool or other place shall not be deposited on the
surface but shall be at once carted away be the contractor out the premises/ site
under intimation to concerned authorities. Any material brought on site if found
unsuitable / surplus shall be removed from site at once by the Contractor under
intimation to the concerned authorities.
37
27.0
27.1
27.2
27.3
27.4
27.5
28.0
28.1
28.2
Inspections by Consultants/Owner
The representative of the Consultants/Owner at all times have free access to the
works and /or to the workshops, factories or other places where materials are
being prepared or constructed for the Contract and also to any place where
materials are lying or from which they are being obtained. No person except the
representatives of Public authorities shall be allowed on the work at any time
without the written permission of the owner /Consultants. If any work is to be
done at a place other then the site of the works, the Contractor shall obtain written
permission of the Consultants/owner for doing so.
The Consultants/owner and their representatives shall have the right to test and/ or
inspect the works to confirm their conformity to the contract, at all times,
whenever in progress either on the site on the Contractors premises wherever
situated or any firm or company where work in connection with this contract may
be in hand. All records, registers or documents relating to the works including
materials used on works shall be kept open to the inspection of the Owner or his
Authorised representative when so called for in writing.
The Contractor shall get the quality of work done inspected for material and
workmanship at different stages of execution as per instructions given by the
Consultants or their representative from time to time. Any item of work done
which is found not conforming to the Contract shall be rejected by the owner. The
decision of the owner in such cases shall be final.
The inspections and tests may be conducted on the premises of the Contractor or
at the Project site. When carried out on the premises of the Contractor or its subContractor(s), all reasonable facilities and assistance including access to drawings
and production data shall be furnished to the inspectors at no charge to the Owner.
Should any inspected items of work fail to conform to the specifications, the
Owner/ Consultants shall communicate them and the Contractor shall either
replace them or make all alterations necessary to meet specification requirements
free of cost to the Owner.
Covering Up/Uncovering of Works
No part of the works shall be covered up without the approval of Consultants/
owner and the Contractor shall afford full opportunity for examination and
inspection by the Consultants owner. The contractor shall give due notice to the
Engineer about the work to be covered up for its measurements and examination.
The Engineer shall within a reasonable time attend for the purpose of examining
such work, unless the Engineer specifically advises the Contractor in writing of
his unwillingness not to attend for such examination in which case the Contractor
may proceed further with the Contract work.
Should the Consultants/Owner consider it necessary in order to satisfy himself as
to the quality of the work, the Contractor shall at anytime during the continuance
of the contract pull down or cut into any part of the work and make such opening
into and to such an extent through the same, as the Engineer may direct and the
Contractor shall make good the whole to the satisfaction of the Engineer, should
the work prove to be faulty or in any respect not in accordance with the terms of
the contract documents, the Engineer shall be at liberty to order such further
removal as he may consider necessary and the whole of the expenses incurred
shall be borne by the contractor. If however, the work proves to be sound and in
accordance with the contract document, the actual expenses incurred in such
examination will be borne by the Owner.
38
28.3
28.4
28.5
29.0
29.1
29.2
29.3
29.4
30.0
30.1
30.2
30.3
30.4
31.0
31.1
Rates charged by the Contractor for works performed under the contract shall not
vary from the rates quoted by the Contractor in its Tender.
If requested by the Consultants/Owner, the Contractor shall provide the
Consultants/ Owner with a detailed cost breakdown of any rate in the Schedule of
Quantities.
The Consultants/Owner may at any time / stage of execution demand for the
Analysis of Rates for any item / items of work which in their opinion is / are
abnormally high / low rates or required for the Analysis of Rates of other tender /
extra item / items. The Contractor is bound to present the same and if the
Contractor is unable to present a justified Analysis of Rates for any item / items,
the rate / rates for such item may be adjusted accordingly and the decision of the
Consultants/owner in such cases shall be final.
Change in the order/ Extra items of work
The Owner may at any time, by written order given to the Contractor, make
alterations in, omissions from, additions to, or substitutions for, in drawings,
designs or specifications or quantities of the items of work
ARCI reserves to itself the right of omission of any item of work from the
awarded tender at any time / stage during the execution of work and award the
same to another agency / contractor.
The Owner may at any time, by written order given to the Contractor, increase the
scope of work or include any new item of work. The Contractor shall be bound to
carry out such works, the rates for which shall be arrived at on the basis of the
CPWD Schedule of Rates or if the Schedule is silent by standard methods of rate
analysis as derived by the Owner/Consultants.
If any such changes cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time
required for the Contractors performance of any part of the work under the
contract, whether changed or not changed by the order, an equitable adjustment
shall be made in the contract value or work schedule, or both, and the contract
shall accordingly be amended. Any claims by the Contractor for adjustment under
this clause must be asserted within seven (7) days from the date of the
Contractors receipt of the Owners change order.
Payment
The method and conditions of payment to be made to the Contractor under the
contract shall be specified in SCC.
Payment shall be made by the Owner after joint measurements by the
Consultants/owner. Running payment to the Contractor shall not be made more
than once a month. The minimum amount of bill to be raised shall not be less than
Rs. 25.00 Lakhs. A retention amount of 5% of Gross value of bill shall be
deducted from each running bill including final bill.
All intermediate running payments to the contractor shall be regarded as payments
by way of advance against the final payment and shall not preclude the requiring
of bad, unsound and imperfect or unskillful work to the removed, taken away and
reconstructed or re-erected.
The Final RA Bill will be released subject to submission of documents mentioned
in SCC.
Variations and Provisional Cost:
Where work cannot be measured and valued properly, the Contractor shall be
allowed day work rates on the prices prevailing when such work is carried out
(unless otherwise provided in the contract):
39
a.
31.2
32.0
32.1
32.2
32.3
32.4
32.5
At the rates, if any, inserted by the Contractor in the priced Schedule of

Quantities or
b.
If no such rates have been inserted then at the rates prevailing in the
market for material and labour and at the control rates for the controlled
materials including in all cases the rate for delivery of the material at the
work.
Provided that in any case voucher specifying the time daily spent upon the work
(and if required by the Consultants/Owner the workmans names) and the
materials used shall be delivered for verification to the Consultants, .his
authorized representative not later than the end of the week following that in
which the work has been executed. Effect shall be given to the measurement and
valuation of variations in interim Certificates and by adjustment of the total
Contract Value.
Claims for Extra or for Deviations
The Owner shall not be responsible for the payment of any claim for extra work
not included in the contract nor the Contractor shall be entitled to claim any
addition to the contract sum in respect of any changes or alterations in the
materials used unless the same shall have been ordered or sanctioned, as the case
may be, in writing by the Consultants/ Owner.
The Contractor has to submit a monthly return by 10 th of the ensuing month for
any extra work which in his opinion is not covered by the contract agreement
through the Owners/ Consultants representatives and obtain a receipt from the
authorised signatory of the Owner. Failing this, he shall have no right to any such
claim, whatsoever may be the circumstances, later on.
In the event of any dispute arising either as to validity of the claim or as to the
account to be paid or allowed in respect thereof, the decision of the Consultants/
owner shall be final and binding on the contractor. In the meantime, the
Contractor shall either proceed with the work in question or suspend the same as
may be determined by the Consultants/owner and no payments due or payable by
the Owner or his agent, as the case may be, shall be withheld on account of such
dispute.
All extra works (those permitted by Owner) of every description shall be executed
by contractor on site of work in pursuance of any of the provision of the contract,
shall be measured up, and shall be paid according to actual quantities ascertained
by such measurements and the prices as finalized by the Consultants/ owner based
on the priced schedule of quantities so that such priced schedule of quantities shall
include all such operations and accessories as appear in the said schedule of prices
or specification to be or shall in the opinion of the Consultants/ owner the
contingencies upon the works mentioned in such schedule of prices or required to
make such works perfect and fit for use.
Provided also that if any work shall be ordered by the Consultants/Owner and
executed by the Contractor for the payment of which no provision in the opinion
of the Consultants have been made in the priced schedule of quantities or the
specifications, the Consultants owner shall fix and determine such prices for the
same based on the prices appearing in the priced schedule of quantities, such
allowance being made as may seem to the Consultants owner sufficient for any
difference in the character of conditions of the work. However rates for extra
items shall be fixed on the basis of actual rate analysis.
40
32.6
The Consultants/owner may at any time / stage of execution demand for the
analysis of rates for any item / items of work which in their opinion is / are with
abnormally high / low rates or required for the analysis of rates of other tender /
extra item / items. The Contractor is bound to present the same and if the
Contractor is unable to present a justified analysis of rates for any item / items, the
rate / rates for such item may be adjusted accordingly and the decision of the
Consultants/ owner in such cases shall be final and binding.
33.0
33.1
Removal of Imperfect Work.

If, it shall appear that the work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or
unskilled workmanship, or with material of any imperfect or any inferior quantity
or otherwise not in accordance with the contract documents the Contractor shall at
his own cost rectify, reform, remove, or reconstruct the same, either in the whole
or in part, as may be directed by the Engineer, whether or not the value of any
such work or materials shall have been included in any payment made to the
Contractor.
The Contractor shall remove all debris etc., wash and clean the floors and hand
over the site quite clean on the completion of the work to the satisfaction of the
Owner / Consultants.
33.2
34.0
34.1
34.2
Delay in the Contractors performance

Execution of the work and performance of the services shall be done by the
Contractor in accordance with the time schedule specified by the Owner in the
Notice for Invitation of Tenders.
If, at any time during performance of the contract, the Contractor should
encounter conditions impending timely execution of the works and performance
of services, the Contractor shall promptly notify owner/ the Consultants in writing
of the fact of the delay, its likely duration and its cause(s). As soon as possible,
after receipt of the Contractors notice, the owner/Consultants shall evaluate the
situation and may, entirely at its discretion, extend the Contractors time for
performance with or without liquidated damages.
35.0
Liquidated Damages.
If the Contractor fails to execute any or all of the works or to perform the services
within the period(s) specified in the contract, the Owner shall deduct from the
contract value, as liquidated damages, a sum specified in the SCC for each week
or part thereof delay until actual completion or performance, up to a maximum
deduction of the percentage specified in SCC. Once the maximum is reached, the
Owner may consider termination of the contract. The prorata progress envisaged
and expected from the contractor shall be maintained, time being the essence of
the contract.
36.0
36.1
Termination by Default
The Owner may without prejudice to any other right or remedy, by written notice
(of fifteen days) of default sent to the Contractor, terminate the contract in whole
or part:
a)
if the Contractor fails to complete any or all of the works within the
period(s) specified in the NIT or any amendment thereof, or within any
extension thereof granted by the Owner, or
b)
if the Contractor fails to perform any other obligation(s) under the
contract,
41
36.2
37.0
37.1
37.2
In the event, the Owner terminates the contract in whole or in part, the Owner may
procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, works or
services similar to those unexecuted and the Contractor shall be liable to the
Owner for any excess costs for such similar work or services. However, the
Contractor shall continue the performance of the contract to the extent not
terminated.
Force Majeure
The Contractor shall not be liable for forfeiture of its performance security,
liquidated damages or termination by default, if and to the extent that, its delay in
performance or other failure to perform its obligations under the contract is the
result of an event of Force Majeure.
For purposes of this clause, Force Majeure means an unforeseeable event
beyond the control of the Contractor and is not because of the Contractors fault or
negligence. Such events may include acts of the Owner either in its sovereign or
contractual capacity, wars or revolutions, fires, floods, epidemics.
37.3
If a Force Majeure situation arises, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner
in writing of such conditions and the cause thereof. Unless otherwise directed by
the Owner in writing, the Contractor shall continue to perform its obligations
under the contract as far as is reasonably practical, and shall seek all reasonable
alternative means for performance not prevented by the Force Majeure event.
38.0
38.1
Termination for Insolvency

The Owner may at any time terminate the contract by giving written fifteen days
notice to the Contractor, if the Contractor becomes bankrupt or otherwise
insolvent. In this event, termination will be without compensation to the
Contractor, provided such termination will not prejudice or affect any right of
action or remedy which has accrued or will accrue thereafter to the Owner.
39.0
Termination for Convenience

The Owner, by written notice of fifteen days sent to the Contractor, may terminate
the contract, in whole or in part, at any time for its convenience. The notice shall
specify that the termination is for Owners convenience, the extent to which
performance of the Contractor under the contract is terminated, and the date upon
which such termination becomes effective.
The items of work those are complete and ready after the Contractors receipt of
notice of termination shall be accepted, if completed within the notice period, by
the Owner at the contract terms and values. For the remaining works, the Owner
may elect;
a)
to have any portion completed at the contract terms and value and/or
b)
to cancel the remainder and pay to the Contractor an amount, finalized by

the Consultants/Owner, for partially competed works and for materials and
parts previously procured by the Contractor.
The contractor shall obtain written permission from the owner to complete
the incomplete items of work during the notice period.
c)
42
40.0
40.1
Resolution of Disputes
The Consultants/Owner and the Contractor shall make every effort to resolve
amicably by direct informal negotiations any disagreement or dispute arising
between them under or in connection with the contract.
If, after thirty (30) days from the commencement of such informal negotiations,
the Owner and the Contractor have been unable to resolve amicably a contract
dispute, either party may require that the dispute be referred for resolutions to the
formal mechanisms specified in the SCC. These mechanisms may include but are
not limited to, Arbitration in accordance with rules of Arbitration Act and award
made in pursuance thereof shall be binding on both the parties.
41.0
41.1
Governing language
The contract shall be written in English language. All correspondence and other
documents pertaining to the contract that are exchanged by the parties shall be
written in the same language
42.0
42.1
Governing law
The contract shall be governed by the laws of The Union of India for the time
being in force. All disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this
agreement shall be deemed to have arisen in Hyderabad and only the courts in
Hyderabad alone shall have exclusive jurisdiction to determine the same.
43.0
43.1
Notices
Any notice given by one party to the other pursuant to this contract shall be sent to
other party in writing or by cable, telex, or facsimile and confirmed in writing to
the other partys address specified in SCC.
A notice shall be effective on the date on which it is delivered, or on the notices
effective date, whichever is later.
44.0
44.1
Discoveries
Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value unexpectedly
discovered on the Site is the property of the Owner. The Contractor is to notify the
Consultants/Owner of such discoveries and carry out the Consultants/Owner
instructions for dealing with them.
45.0
45.1
Dismissal of workmen:
The contractor on request from the Consultant/ Owner, immediately dismiss from
the works any person employed by him who may be found in the opinion of the
client to be unsuitable or incompetent or who has shown misconduct.
46.0
46.1
Working Hours:
Normal working hours shall be from 9.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. No construction work
of important structural nature shall be carried out on Sundays, Holidays and
during nights. However permission to work beyond normal working hours can be
granted by the Owner/ Consultants in exceptional circumstances to achieve the
target schedule of completion.
43
B. TIME CONTROL
47.0
Programme
47.1
Within the time stated in the Contract Data the Contractor shall submit to the
Consultants/Owner for approval a Program showing the general methods,
arrangements, order, and timing for all the activities in the works, along with
weekly cash flow forecast.
An update of the Program shall be a program showing the actual progress
achieved on each activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the timing of
the remaining work including any changes to the sequence of the activities.
The Contractor shall submit to the Consultants/Owner, for approval, an updated
Program at intervals no longer than the period as stated in the clause no. 8.1. If the
Contractor does not submit an updated Program within this period, the
Consultants/ Owner may withhold the amount stated in the Contract Data from the
next payment certificate and continue to withhold this amount until the next
payment after the date on which the overdue program has been submitted.
The Owners/Consultants approval of the Program shall not alter the Contractors
obligations. The Contractor may revise the Program and submit it to the
Consultants again at any time. A revised Program is to show the effect of
Variations.
At any stage of work, Consultants may award any item/part of item of work to
contractors workman/ external agency, if in their opinion, the progress of work is
suffering because of that. The work done will be added to the Contractors bill and
the amount paid for the job will be deducted from the Contractors account.
48.0
Delay and Extension of time

If in the opinion of the Owner/ Consultants the work be delayed (a) by force
majeure or (b) by reason of any exceptionally inclement weather or (c) by reason
of proceedings taken or threatened by or disputes with adjoining or neighboring
owners or public authorities or (d) by delays of other contractor or Tradesmen
engaged by the Owner or the Consultants and the works not referred to in the
Schedule of Quantities and/or specification or (e) by reasons of Consultants
instruction or (f) by reason of civil commotion, local combination of workmen or
strike or lockout affecting any of the building trades or (g) in consequence of the
contractor not having received in due time necessary instructions from the
Consultants/ Owner for which he shall have specially applied in writing or (h)
from other cause which the Consultants/ Owner may certify as beyond the control
of the contractor or ( i) by reason of non-payment of interim certificate at
specified time, the Consultants shall recommend for approval by the Owner a fair
and reasonable extension of time for completion of the Contract works. In case of
strike or lockout the contractor shall as soon as may be given written notice
thereof to the Consultants/Owner, but the contractor shall nevertheless constantly
use his endeavors to prevent delay and shall do all that may reasonably be
required to the satisfaction of Consultants/ Owner to proceed with the work.
44
C. QUALITY CONTROL
49.0
49.1
50.0
50.1
50.2
Identifying Defects
The Owner/Consultants shall check the Contractors work and notify the
Contractor of any Defects that are found. Such checking shall not affect the
Contractors responsibilities. The Owner/ Consultants may instruct the Contractor
to search for a Defect and to uncover and test any work that the Consultants/
Owner consider may have a Defect.
Correction of Defects
The Owner /Consultants shall give notice to the Contractor of any Defects before
the end of Defects Liability Period, which begins at Completion and is defined in
the Contract Data. The Defects Liability period shall be extended for as long as
Defects remain to be corrected.
Every time notice of Defect is given, the Contractor shall correct the notified
Defect within the length of time specified by the Owner/ Consultants notice.
51.0
51.1
Uncorrected Defects
If the Contractor has not corrected a Defect within the time specified in the Owner
/Consultants notice, the Owner/ Consultants will assess the cost of having the
Defect corrected, and the owner will realise the cost of rectification from the
contractor bill.
52.0
Maintenance of Registers
The contractor shall maintain the following registers at site of work and should
produce the same for inspection by owner/consultant whenever desired by them.
The contractor shall also maintain the records/registers as required by the local
authorities.
1. Registers for cement/steel/ paints/Antitermite treatment chemicals/water
proofing chemicals.
2. Registers for sand bulk age/sieve analysis/silt content\
3. Registers for coarse aggregate sieve analysis
4. Registers for concrete slump test/cube tests
5. Hindrance registers
6. Site order book
7. Daily progress report.
D. COST CONTROL
53.0
53.1
53.2
54.0
54.1
Schedule of Quantities
The Schedule of Quantities shall contain items for the construction work,
installation, testing, and commissioning work to be done by the Contractor.
The Schedule of Quantities is used to calculate the Contract Price. The Contractor
is paid for the quantity of the work done at the rate in the priced Schedule of
Quantities for each item.
Variations
All variations in the programme pursuant to delay shall be included in the updated
programmes produced by the Contractor.
45
55.0
55.1
55.2
55.3
Payments for Variations

The Contractor shall provide the Owner/ Consultants with a quotation (with
breakdown of unit rates) for carrying out the Variation when requested to do so by
the Owner/Consultants. The Owner/ Consultants shall assess and finalise the
quotation, which shall be given within seven days of the request or within any
longer period stated by the Owner /Consultants and before the Variation is
ordered.
If the Contractors quotation is unreasonable, the Owner /Consultants may order
the Variation and make a change to the Contract Price which shall be based on
Owner/Consultants own forecast of the effects of the Variation on the
Contractors costs.
No escalation shall be payable on any account.
E: FINISHING THE CONTRACT

56.0
56.1
Completion Certificate
The Contractor shall request the Owner/ Consultants to issue a Certificate of
Completion of the Works and the Owner/ Consultants will do so upon deciding
that the Work is completed.
57.0
57.1
Taking Over
The Owner shall take over the Site and the Works within seven days of the
Consultants issuing a certificate of Completion, subject to satisfaction of owner in
regard to completion of work before handing over the site, the contractor must
obtain a site clearance certificate from the Owner/Consultants.
58.0
58.1
Final Account
The Contractor shall supply to the Owner /Consultants a detailed account of the
total amount that the Contractor considers payable under the Contract before the
end of the Defects Liability Period. The Owner/ Consultants shall issue a Defect
Liability Certificate and certify any final payment that is due to the Contractor
within 15 days of receiving the Contractors account if it is correct and complete.
If it is not, the Owner /Consultants shall issue within 15 days a schedule that states
the scope of the corrections or additions that are necessary. If the Final Account is
still unsatisfactory after it has been resubmitted, the Owner /Consultants shall
decide on the amount payable to the Contractor and issue a payment certificate
within 15 days of receiving the Contractors revised account.
59.0
59.1
No Claim Certificate
No claim certificate shall be submitted by the Contractor as per ARCI format.
60.0
Taxes to be deducted at source and charges for WCT/Cess/ Seinerage will be

issued to the contractor. The contractor will be required to deliver the cheque to
the concerned authorities, and the acknowledgement is to be deposited with ARCI
along with subsequent running bill.
46
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC)

The following Special Conditions of Contract are supplementary, to the General
Conditions of Contract. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail
over those in the General Conditions of Contract. The corresponding clause number of the
General Conditions of Contract is indicated in parentheses.
1.0
Definition
(A)
Owner means
International Advanced Research

Centre for Powder Metallurgy And
New Materials (ARC International), an
autonomous Research and Development
Centre of Department of Science &
Technology, Government of India)
OPP Balapur Village,RCI Road
Hyderabad 500005.
(B)
Consultants means
M/s SS Infrastructure Project Consultants

Pvt.Ltd, Hyderabad.
(C)
Site means the project site situated at Proposed CLPM, CEC, MET LAB & CMD
buildings at ARCI, Balapur campus, on RCI road, OPP Balapur, Hyderabad
(i) Performance Guarantee

The (Earnest Money Deposit) EMD of the successful Tenderer shall be returned
on submission of the Performance Guarantee. Within fifteen days (15) from date
of LOI, the Contractor shall furnish Performance Guarantee to the Owner
amounting to 5% of the accepted Tender Value in the form of Bank guarantee
from nationalized bank.
Release of Performance Guarantee: 100% after the completion of work i.e. final
bill and issuance of completion certificate by the Owner.
Agreement will be executed after submission of PBG.
2.0
Mobilisation Advance
An amount equal to 10% of the contract value with simple interest @ 10% will be
paid on furnishing a bank guarantee from any nationalized bank for amount equal
to 110% of the amount of mobilization advance. The advance will be released in
two equal installments. One immediately on submission of performance guarantee
bond and the other after 6 months from the date of payment of 1 st installment. The
second installment shall be released on satisfactory utilization of 1st installment on
the work, progress of the work to the satisfaction of ARCI and also progress of
work in conformity with BAR or PERT chart.
The interest on mobilisation advance shall be calculated on reducing
balance.
Recovery will start from the next running bill after payment of second
installment of mobilisation advance.
47
3.0
Material Advance
Material advance will be paid only on steel at 50% of the purchase order rate of
steel( item code No.312001549) in four quarterly installments, for the quantity to
be consumed in the work in each quarter.
The quality of steel must be certified by the consultant.
ARCI will not accept the unconsumed quantity of steel either for advance or for
any other mode of payment.
Recovery of advance shall be made from every running bill for the quantity
consumed in the work.
4.0
Payments
Following terms of payment shall be applicable
4.1 Payment against Running Bills
The Contractor shall be paid for the work done against running bills to be
raised for minimum value of Rs.25.00 lakhs.
95% of the Bill amount will be paid as on account payment after joint
measurements by the Owner/Consultants The following payment will be
recovered from the bills:
Value of chargeable materials issued by the Owner or Consultants.
Security deposit @ 5% of gross value of the bill. Half of this amount will
be released with final bill on submission of bank guarantee for equivalent
amount and the validity of bank guarantee shall be up to defect liability
period plus two months. Remaining half will be released after successful
completion of defects liability period. Subject to compliance of clause 4.4
below.
Statutory deductions like income Tax, VAT, Cess under Building and
Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act, 1996 etc. as applicable and
seignerage charges, if any.
Electricity and Water charges will be recovered as per tender terms.
Any other recovery if due.
Payment shall not be released against 1st R/A bill until submission of
following documents by contractor to the Owner and also subsequent RA
bills.
Performance guarantee bond

Labour License (as per statutory requirements)
EPF Code Registration number with RPFC.
Insurance Contractors All Risk (CAR) Policy
Workmen compensation policy
Third Party Liability Insurance for four occurrences each occurrence of 5.0
lac.
VAT registration number.
Indemnity Bond in standard proforma indemnifies the Owner against all
risks arising during the performance of the contract.
48
Deployment of project engineer B.Tech (Civil) with 10 years experience

and junior engineer B.Tech (Civil) with 5 years of experience. Non
deployment engineer will attract suitable deduction at the discretion of
ARCI from the Contractor bill.
Test reports on materials used.
Challans/receipts of taxes paid to statutory authorities i.e. Seignerage (earth
materials as per Govt norms), labour cess, VAT etc.,
A Certificate towards the effect that minimum Technical and Safety man
power was deployed during the work execution period along with proofs i.e
Attendance sheet during the work execution period. Certified by the ARCI
Staff as per the Tender Clauses.
Registration under Building and Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act,
1996 if applicable.
Undertaking for compliance of all labour laws
4.2 Basis of Payment in RA bills
Payment in RA bills shall be based on quantity of work executed at site (as
per the item of work) & verified by Owner/Consultants as per the item rate
in work orders. Owner/ Consultants is authorized to allow part
rate/reduced rate for any item of work. The Consultants shall specify the
reason for the part rate payment in the RA bill.
4.3 Disallowance of payment
If payment has been made in RA bill for any item of work but later on
some defect is noticed, Owner/Consultants is authorized to disallow the
payment in the subsequent bills till rectification of the work.
4.4 Final bill
The final bill complete in all respect shall be submitted by the contractor
within 60 days from the completion of the work. The bill should be
accompanied with the following documents.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
Job completion certificate.

No claim certificate on Owner/s prescribed proforma.
Site clearance certificate.
Indemnity certificate towards labour payment and all statutory
payments.
Clearance certificate from Hyderabad Building & Other
Construction Workers Welfare Board, if required (i.e. labour cess).
Certificate of test on materials etc.
Statement of accounts showing the advances taxes, deductions,
security deposit at a latest position duly attested by Owner.
Certificate of joint measurement sheets Duly signed by the
Owner, Contractor and Consultant.
Copy of the insurance policy. (Workmen compensation act and
contractors all risk policy).
Contractor should submit Operation and Maintenance manuals and
testing and commissioning reports with Guarantee and Warranty
certificates.
49
xi. Original quality control record, measurement records and any other
joint site records maintain at site. No claim shall be entertained
after receipt of final bill.
xii. Settlement of final bill shall be made subject to deduction of all
dues payable by contractor, settlement of all disputes and
furnishing of all required documents/clarifications and grant of
extension of time, if any, by Owners competent authority.
xiii. Recovery charges if any on account of water & Electricity provided
by ARCI
xiv. Statutory Compliance certificate should be submitted by the
Contractor towards payment of insurance, Seignerage, VAT, labour
cess and other taxes if any applicable.
xv. A compliance Certificate should be submitted towards deployment
of Technical & Safety man power as per the Tender Clauses.
5.0 ESCALATION
No Escalation shall be paid on any account.
6.0 Liquidated Damages
6.1
0.5% per week upto a maximum of 5% (Five percent) of the Contract
value from the stipulated date of completion.
7.0 Notices
For the purpose of all notices, the following shall be the address of the Owner and
the Contractor.
Owner:
The Director,
International Advanced Research Centre for Powder
Metallurgy And New Materials (ARCI),
PP Balapur Village, RCI Road
Hyderabad 500005.
Contractor:
______________________
(To be filled in at the time of Signing of the Contract)
______________________
8.0 Labour
8.1 The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the engagement of all
staff and labour, local or other, and for their payment, housing, feeding and
transport. No labour to stay at site.
8.2 The Contractor shall, if required by the owner/Consultants, deliver to the
owner/Consultants a return in detail, in such form and at such intervals as the
owner/Consultants may prescribe, showing the staff and the numbers of the
several classes of labour from time to time employed by the Contractor on the
Site and such other information as the owner/ Consultants may require.
8.3 Compliance with labour regulation:
During continuance of the contract, the Contractor and his sub Contractors
shall abide at all times by all existing labour enactments and rules made
50
thereunder, regulations, notifications and bye-laws of the State or Central

Government or local authority and any other labour law (including rules),
regulation by laws that may be passed or notifications that may be issued
under any labour law in future either by the State or the Central Government
or the local Authority. The Contractor shall keep the Owner indemnified in
case any action is taken against the Owner by the competent authority on
account of contravention of any of the provisions of any Acts or rules made
thereunder, regulation or notifications including amendments. If the Owner is
caused to pay or reimburse, such amount as may be necessary to cause or
observe, or for non-observance of the provisions stipulated in the
notifications/bye laws/Acts/Rules /regulations including amendments, if any,
on the part of the Contractor, the owner/Consultants shall have the right to
deduct any money due to the Contractor including his amount of performance
security. The Owner/Consultants shall also have right to recover from the
Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the
loss or damage suffered by the Owner
8.4 The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-Contractor in no case shall be
treated as the employees of the Owner at any point of time.
8.5 No labour shall stay at site. Temporary storage space provision should be
made by contractor.
8.6 The rates shall be complete in all respects i.e. inclusive of all taxes, octroi,
local taxes, packing and forwarding, work contract tax, Seignerage charges
nothing on any account shall be paid over the approved rate.
8.7 All specialized and specific jobs shall be carried out by approved
agencies/venders only.
8.8 The Contractor shall arrange temporary drinking water and sanitation facilities
for his workmen.
8.9
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Fair Wage Clause:

The contractor shall pay not less than fair wages to labourers
engaged by him on the work.
Fair wages means wages whether for time of piecework notified
by the Government from time in the area in which the work is
situated.
The contractor shall not with-standing the revisions of any contract
to the contrary cause to be paid to the labour, in directly engaged
on the work including any labour engaged by the sub-contractor in
connection with the said work, as if the labourers had been directly
employed by him.
In respect of labour directly or indirectly employed in the works for
the purpose of the contractors part of the agreement the contractor
shall comply with the rules and regulations on the maintenance of
suitable records prescribed for this purpose from time to time by
the Government. He shall maintain his accounts and vouchers on
the payment of wages to the labourers to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
The Engineer-in-charge shall have the right to call for such record
as required to satisfy himself on the payment of fair wages to the
labourers and shall have the right to deduct from the contract
amount a suitable amount for making good the loss suffered by the
51
worker or workers by reason of the fair wages clause to the

workers.
The contractor shall be primarily liable for all payments to be made
and for the observance of the regulations framed by the Govt., from
time to time without prejudice to his right to claim indemnity from
his sub-contractors.
As per contract labour (Regulation and abolition) Act. 1970 the
contractor has to produce the license obtained from the licensing
officers of the labour department along with the tender or at the
time of agreement.
Any violation of the conditions above shall be deemed to be a
breach of his contract.
Equal wages are to be paid for both men and women if the nature
of work is same and similar.
The contractor shall arrange for the recruitment of skilled and
unskilled labour local and imported to the extent necessary to
complete the work within the agreed period as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge in writing.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
9.0
Safety Measures:
The contractor shall take necessary precautions for safety of the
workers and preserving their health while working in such jobs,
which require special protection and precautions. The following
are some of the measures listed but they are not exhaustive and
contractor shall add to and augment these precautions on his own
initiative where necessary and shall comply with directions issued
by the Engineer-in-charge or on his behalf from time to time and at
all times.
ii.
Providing protective foot wear to workers situations like mixing
and placing of mortar or concrete, sand in quarries and places
where the work is done under much wet conditions.
iii.
Providing protective headwear to workers at places like
underground excavations to protect them against rock falls.
iv.
Providing masks to workers at granulates or at other locations
where too much fine dust is floating about and sprinkling water at
frequent intervals by water hoses on all stone crushing area and
storage bins abate to dust.
v.
Getting the workers in such jobs periodically examined for chest
trouble due to too much breathing in to fine dust.
vi.
Taking such normal precautions like fencing and lighting in
excavation of trenches, not allowing rolls and metal parts of useless
timber spread around, marking danger areas for blasting providing
whistles etc.
vii.
Supply work men with proper belts, ropes etc., when working in
precarious slopes and heights etc.
viii.
Avoiding un-insulated electrical wire etc., as they would
electrocute the workers.
ix.
Taking necessary steps towards training the workers concerned on
the machinery before they are allowed to handle them
i.
52
x.
10.0
independently and taking all necessary precautions in and around

the areas where machines hoists and similar units are working.
The Contractor should isolate the work spot by providing safety
barricades, Signage boards and etc.
Indemnity Bond:
The tenderers should submit Indemnity Bond at the time of the Agreement as
specified below.
Name of work:________________________________________________
I __________________________________contractor S/o.________________ aged
____________________________ Resident of ______________________ do hereby
bind myself to pay all the claims may come (a) under Workmens Compensation Act.
1933 with any statutory modification thereof and rules there under or otherwise for or
in respect of any damage or compensation payable in connection with any accident or
injury sustained (b) under Minimum wages Act 1948 (c) under payment of wages
Act.1936 (d) under the Contractor labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act. 1970 by
workmen engaged for the performance of the business relating to the above contract
ie., failing such payment of claims of workmen engaged in the above work and any
claim raised by statutory authorities for nonpayment of taxes and duties, I abide in
accepting for the recovery of such claims, effected from any of my assets with the
Corporation and with other Government Departments / Corporations.
11.0
a)
b)
Fire fighting measures:
The contractor shall provide and maintain adequate firefighting equipment and
take adequate fire precaution measures for the safety of all personnel and
temporary and permanent works and shall take action to prevent damage to
destruction by fire of trees shrubs and grasses.
Separate payment will not be made for the provision of fire prevention measures.
12.0
Resolution of Disputes & Arbitration

12.1 All disputes, other than quality, quantity, workmanship, specification,
design, drawing, extension of time and rates for extra items, arising out of
or relating to this contract whether arising during the progress of the work
or after cancellation, termination, completion or abandonment there of
shall dealt with mentioned herein after. The decision of consultant on the
after said excepted matters shall be final and building.
12.2 If the contractor considers any work demanded of him to be outside the
requirements of the contract or disputes any drawings, record or decision
given in writing in connection with or arising out of the contract or
carrying out of the work, he shall promptly within 15 days request the
Consultants in writing for written instruction or decision.
12.3 If the Contractor is dissatisfied with this decision, the Contractor shall
within a period of 30 days from receipt of the decision, give written notice
to Director the International Advanced Research Centre for Powder
Metallurgy And New Materials (ARCI) for appointment of Arbitrator
53
failing which the said decision shall be final binding and conclusive and
not referable to adjudication by the Arbitrator.
Except where the decision has become final, binding and
conclusive in terms of Sub Para (i) above disputes or difference shall be
referred for adjudication through arbitration by a sole arbitrator appointed
by The Director, International Advanced Research Centre for Powder
Metallurgy And New Materials (ARCI). If the arbitrator so appointed is
unable or unwilling to act or resign his appointment or vacates his office
due to any reason whatsoever another sole arbitrator shall be appointed in
the manner aforesaid. Such person shall be entitled to proceed with the
reference from the stage at which it was left by his predecessor.
12.4
It is a term of this contract that the party invoking arbitration shall give a
list of disputes with amounts claimed in respect of each dispute along with
the notice for appointment of arbitrator.
12.5
It is also a term of this contract that no person other than a person

appointed by such International Advanced Research Centre for Powder
Metallurgy And New Materials (ARCI) as aforesaid should act as
arbitrator and if for any reason that is not possible, the matter shall not be
referred to arbitration at all.
12.6
It is also a term of this contract that if the contactor does not make any
demand for appointment of arbitrator in respect of any claims in writing as
aforesaid within 30 days of receiving the intimation from the Owner that
the final bill is ready for payment, the claim of the contractor shall be
deemed to have been waived and absolutely barred and ARCI shall be
discharged and released of all liabilities under the contract in respect of
these claims.
12.7
The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of the

Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (26 of 1996) or any statutory
modifications or reenactment thereof and the rules made there under and
for the time being in force shall apply to the arbitration proceedings under
this clause.
It is also a term of contract that a simple interest of not more than 6% shall
be applicable on the award.
The cost of arbitration shall be shared equally by both the parties.
12.8
12.9
13 Protection of environment
13.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the environment
on and off the Site and to avoid damage or nuisance to persons or to
property of the public or others resulting from pollution, noise or other
causes arising as a consequence of his methods of operation.
13.2
During continuance of the contract, the Contractor and his sub-contractors

shall at all times abide by all existing enactment on environmental
protection and rules made thereunder, regulations, notifications and byelaw of the State or Central Government, or local authorities and any other
law, by-law, regulations that may be passed or notification that may be
issued in this respect in future by the State or Central Government or the
local authority.
54
13.3
Salient features of some of the major laws that are applicable are given
below:
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 This provides
for the prevention and control of water pollution and the maintaining and
restoring of wholesomeness of water. Pollution means such
contamination of water or such alteration of the physical, chemical or
biological properties of water or such discharge of any sewage or trade
effluent or of any other liquid, gaseous or solid substance into water
(whether directly or indirectly) as may, or is likely to create a nuisance or
render such water harmful or injurious to public health or safety, or to
domestic, commercial, industrial agricultural or other legitimate uses, or to
the life and health of animals or plants or of aquatic organisms.
The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, This provides for
prevention, control and abatement of air pollution, Air Pollution means
the presence in the atmosphere of any air pollutant, which means any
solid, liquid or gaseous substance (including noise) present in the
atmosphere in such concentration as may be or tend to be inju rious to
human beings or other living creatures or plants or property or
environment.
The Environment (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1986 This
provides for the protection and improvement of environment and for
matters connected to herewith, and the prevention of hazards to human
beings. Other living creatures, plants and property, Environment includes
water, air and land and the interrelationship which exists among and
between water, air and land, and human beings, other living creatures,
plants, micro-organism and property.
The Public Liability Insurance ACT 1991. This provides for public
liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the
persons affected by accident occurring while handling hazardous substance
means any substance or preparation which is defined as hazardous
substance under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986, and exceeding
such quantity as may be specified by notification by the Central
Government.
14 Deployment of Manpower:
The contractor shall deploy the following minimum man power at site to take
instructions from ARCI Staff & Report the site activities on day to day basis
execution of quality work and maintain all statutory records as per Govt. norms/as
directed by ARCI staff.
1) Civil graduate Engineer with suitable experience of 10 years and junior Engineer
B.Tech (Civil) of 5 years experience, the contractor shall furnish the name, bio
data, experience of the personal required to be posted at site at the start of work.
The deployment of Engineers is irrespective of the contractor or the director of the
contracting company being a Civil Engineer. Attendance register should be kept
with ARCI staff.
2) The Contractor shall maintain supervisor staff to Labour ratio as per standard
government / CPWD norms.
3) The Contractor may employ more number of site Engineers other than above
mentioned Engineers to get quality workmanship and maintain all statutory
records as per ARCI staff.
55
15 The quantity mentioned in the purchase order is only approximate in nature i.e.,
approximate quantified scope. Hence, the contractor should not claim any
compensation towards non-operation of the part or total quantities and nonoperated items listed in the Purchase order.
16
Photographic monthly progress report in the prescribed proforma shall be
submitted through the consultant before 2nd day of every month .The photograph
should be taken before and after the work.
17 Accident or Injury to Workman:
a) ARCI shall not be responsible for any injury or loss of life of any worker of
the contractor that may take place while on work. Any compensation or
expenditure towards treatment for such injury or loss of life shall be the sole
responsibility of the contractor.
b) The contractor is solely responsible for any damage injury or accident that
may occur to any of his personnel working under this contract. He will not
claim any compensation from ARCI.
18
Since the payments are based on actual site measurement, the contractors are
advised to procure the materials based on actual site requirement. Payment will
not be made for left out and unused materials.
19 Income tax:
a) During the currency of the contract, deduction of TDS as applicable from the
gross value of each bill of the contract.
b) The contractors staff, personnel and labour will be liable to pay personnel
income taxes in respect of their salaries and wages as are chargeable under the
laws and regulations for the time being in force, and the contractor shall
perform such duties in regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed
on him by such laws and regulations.
20
Seignerage charges will be recovered as per Government Orders / Mines and

Geology Dept. issued from time to time from the work bills of the contract and
based on the theoretical requirement of materials.
20.1 The Contractor should ensure the mining items should be purchased from the
Govt. authorized quarries and submit the required document to the ARCI along
with the bills.
21
VAT and Labour Cess, Seignerage as per rule will be born by the contractor.
Taxes to be deducted at source and cheques for WCT/Cess/Seignerrage will be
issued to the contractor. The contractor will be required to deliver the cheque to
the tax authorities, the acknowledgement of which will be deposited by the
contractor with ARCI along with subsequent RA bill.
22
The Contractor will be required to keep all the codes mentioned in the document
at site. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to obtain separate code/
identification number for contractor deposit of PF dues, if applicable with the
concerned authorities directly.
23 It would be necessary for the contractor to get his materials gate entry at ARCI
Main gate with the duty officer of ARCI before unloading at the site.
56
APPENDIX- I
SCHEDULE OF FISCAL ASPECTS
S. No
1
Aspect
Completion Period
Building wise
:
:
2
2
Estimated Cost
EMD
:
:
Date of Commencement
4
5
Possession of Site
Performance guarantee
:
:
Security Deposit (SD)
Description of Aspect
16 months for CEC Building from the date of
Purchase order.
12 months for CLPM, Met Lab & CMD
respectively within total period of 16 months
Rs.12.46 Crores.
Amount of Rs. 22.50 lakhs as per clause 8.0 of
general instructions.
10 days from the date of LOI / Purchase Order. The
work shall commence for all buildings
simultaneously.
Immediately on receipt of work order from Owner.
5% of the contract value in the form of bank
guarantee valid for period till completion of work as
per clause 24.0 of general instructions.
a) 5% of the bill value shall be deducted from
every bill. Half of SD will be released with
the final bill on submission of bank
guarantee for equivalent amount with
validity period up to defect liability period
plus two months.
b) The balance half will be refunded /returned
to the contractor after successful completion
of the defect liability period.
c) No Interest is payable on the security
Deposit
Rs. 5.0 lac per occurrence with number of
occurrences of four subject to latest statutory
regulations issued by the Government.
Minimum amount of third

party insurance
Rs. 25.00 Lakhs.
Minimum value of work for

each RA Bill
Mobilization Advance
10% of purchase order value with simple interest at

10% on furnishing bank guarantee from
nationalized bank for an amount equal to 110% of
the amount of advance.
The advance will be released in two equal
installments. 1st installment immediately on
acceptance of work order and 2nd installment after6
months of payment of 1st installment. The other
terms and conditions are as per clause 2 of special
conditions of contract.
10
Payment terms
a) Progressive R.A bill amount to 95% of value of

work done as per site joint measurement certified
by ARCI Staff.
b)
I) 2.5% of the security deposit will be
released with final bill against equivalent bank
guaranty, valid for defect liability period plus two
months.
57
II) Remaining 2.5% of the security deposit

will be released after successful completion of
defect liability period. Subject to defect free
performance of the work executed by the contractor
during the defect liability period. If any
deficiency/substandard/inferior in the work
(material & labour) is observed during the defect
liability period,cost thereof will be adjusted from
the retention money.
c)
TDS under IT Act, as applicable shall be
deducted from the payment.
d)
ARCI reserves the right to adjust any excess
/ short payment made in the earlier bills, at the time
of making payments.
e)
Computerized
detailed
measurements,
Running Accounts Bills and Final Bill will be
Prepared by contractor and submitted to ARCI for
verification and approval.
Time shall be considered the essence of this
contract. The entire work must be completed within
allotted time from the date of commencement of the
work. If the completion of the work is delayed
beyond time allotted, a penalty at the rate of 0.5 %
per week over the contract value will be imposed
subjected to a maximum of 5% of the contract
value.
12 calendar months from the date of Issue of Final
completion certificate/Acceptance of work by ARCI
11
Liquidated damages
Delay (LD Clause)
12
Defects Liability Period
13
Increase or decrease in cost
Quoted prices are firm and no escalation charges on

any account are allowed till the completion of the
work .No claim will be entertained on this account
in future
14
Statutory Taxes
15
Material advance
Taxes such as Seignerage, labour cess, VAT, WCT

insurance of work and workmen including third
party insurance are applicable and to be borne by
the Contractor. Taxes to be deducted at source and
cheques for WCT/ Cess/ Seignerrage will be issued
to the contractor. The contractor will be required to
deliver the cheque to the tax authorities, the
acknowledgement of which will be deposited by the
contractor with ARCI along with subsequent RA
bill.
Material advance will be paid only on steel at 50%
of the purchase order rate of steel (item code
No.312001549) in four quarterly installments for the
quantity to be consumed in the work in each quarter.
ARCI will not accept the unconsumed quantity of
steel for mobilisation advance. Recovery of advance
shall be made from every running bill for the
quantity consumed in the work.
for
58
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR RETENTION MONEY

ON NON-JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER OF RS. 100/To,
__________________
__________________
WHEREAS _______________________________________________(hereinafter called
the CONTRACTOR) has undertaken, in pursuance of ________________________
dated ________ to execute Civil, Plumbing, Sanitary, Industrial water supply, Fire
Fighting and HVAC & including renovation works for International Advanced Research
Centre for Powder Metallurgy and New Materials, ARC International(ARCI) at Opp
.Balapur village ,RCI Road ,Hyderabad (hereinafter called the CONTRACT)
AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said contract that the Contractor
shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a nationalized bank for the sum specified
therein as security for compliance with Contractors Performance obligations in
accordance with the contract.
AND WHEREAS we, (Name of Bank) having our office at ________________
(hereinafter called the BANK) have agreed to give the Contractor a Guarantee.
THEREFORE, we the Bank, hereby affirm that we are Guarantors and responsible to you,
on behalf of the Contractor, up to a total of __________________ (Rupees
__________________________________________) and we undertake to pay you,
without demur merely upon your first written demand declaring the Contractor to be in
default under the Contract and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the
limit
of
Rs.
________________
(Rupees
_______________________________________________________ only) as aforesaid,
without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand for the
sum specified therein.
We the Bank lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee except with the previous
consent of the Owner in writing.
This guarantee is valid till ____________________.
NOTWITHSTANDING anything contained herein above.
Our liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed Rs._________________/(Rupees
__________________________________________________________
_________________ only)
This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto _____________.
We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee
only and only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before
________________________.
Dated:
Place:
59
FORM OF PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE / BANK GUARANTEE BOND

In consideration of the Director,ARCI (hereinafter called Director) having offered to
accept the terms and conditions of the proposed agreement between .and
...(hereinafter called the said contractor(s) for the work (hereinafter
called the said agreement) having agreed to production of an irrevocable Bank
guarantee for Rs.(Rupees .only) as a security / guarantee from the
contractor(s) for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms and
conditions in the said agreement.
1. We ... (hereinafter referred to as the Bank) hereby undertake to
(Indicate the name of the Bank)
pay to the Director an amount not exceeding Rs(Rupees..only)
on demand by the Director.
2. We.do hereby under take to pay the amounts due and payable
(Indicate the name of the Bank) under this guarantee without any demur, merely
on a demand from the Director stating that the claimed is required to meet the
recoveries due or likely to be due from the said contractor(s). Any such demand
made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by
the bank under this guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be
restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs ..... (Rupees.only).
3. We, the said Bank, further undertake too pay the Director any money so
demanded notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the contractor(s) in
any suit or proceeding pending before any Court or Tribunal relating thereto, our
liability under this present being absolute and unequivocal.
The payment so made by us under this bond shall be valid discharge of our
liability for payment thereunder, and contractor(s) shall have no claim against us
for making such payment.
4. We..further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall
(indicate the name of the Bank) remain in full force and effect during the period
that would be taken for the performance of the said agreement, and it shall
continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the Director under or by virtue of the
said agreement have been fully paid, and its claims satisfied or discharged, or till
the Engineer-in-charge, on behalf of the Director, certifies that the terms and
conditions of the said agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the
said contractor(s), and accordingly discharges this guarantee.
5. We....further agree with the Director that the Director
(Indicate the name of the Bank) shall have the fullest liberty without our consent,
and without effecting in any manner our obligations hereunder, to vary any of the
terms and conditions of the said agreement or to extend time of performance by
the said contractor(s) from time to time or to postpone for any time or from the
time to time any of the powers exercisable by the Director against the said
contractor(s), and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions related to
the said agreement, and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of
any such variation or extension being granted to the said contractor(s) or for any
forbearances, act of omission on the part of the Director or any indulgence by the
Director to the said contractor(s) or by any such matter or things whatsoever
which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision, have effect
of so relieving us.
60
6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the
Bank or the contractor(s).
7. We...lastly undertake not to revoke this Guarantee except with
(Indicate the name of the Bank) the previous consent of the Director in writing.
8. This guarantee shall be valid up to .unless extended on demand
by the Director notwithstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against
this guarantee is restricted to Rs..(Rupees.only), and
unless a claim in writing is lodged with us within six months of the date of expiry
of this guarantee all our liabilities under this guarantee shall stand discharged.
Dated the.. day of..For....
(Indicate the name of the Bank)
61
VOL-III
CIVIL, PLUMBING, INDUSTRIAL
WATER SUPPLY, FIRE FIGHTING &
HVAC TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
WITH BILL OF QUANTITIES
62
Part I - Civil Works
63
1) Excavating foundations
(a)
Trenches for foundations, footings/cesspits, drains etc. to be excavated to
the required size considering the working space requirement. However
measurement will be paid to the actual width length and depth shown or
figured on the drawings or as may be directed by the Engineer. The
working space and other unforeseen works will be deemed to be included
in the quoted price hence the same will not be measured. If taken out to a
greater width, length, or depth than shown or required the extra work
occasioned thereby shall be done at the Contractors expense. Extra depth
shall be brought up by sound masonry or concrete filling and extra length
or width filled in by rammed earth or muram or, if the Engineer thinks it
necessary for the stability of the work, by masonry or concrete as may be
directed. The excavated material shall be used to fill in on each side of the
masonry or to form the filling in of floors or it shall be placed or spread
elsewhere on or near the side of the works as may be ordered free of
charge. The Contractor shall at his own expense and without extra charge,
make provision for all shoring, pumping, dredging, bailing out or draining
water, and the trenches shall be kept free of water while the masonry or
concrete is in progress and till the Engineer considers that the mortar is
sufficiently set. The sides of the trenches to be kept vertical and the
bottom horizontal, and to be run at the same level throughout or properly
stepped as may be desired by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also, at
his own cost remove such portions of boulders or rock as are required to
make the bottom of the trench horizontal and level. He shall also make
level and hard the bed of all the trenches and consolidate the earth about
the same and against all walls, pits, drains etc. The foundation trenches to
be inspected and passed by the Engineer before any masonry work is
commenced and the Contractor shall hold an order in writing to this effect,
otherwise he shall be liable to have his work removed for inspection.
All the excavated materials belong to the ARCI, Hyderabad and therefore
shall be property of ARCI, Hyderabad. It will be mandatory on the part of
contractor to use this material in the execution of works under contract if
the quality of material available is as per the specification. The contractor
shall have to sort out the material in separate stacks and transport the same
at his cost. No transportation charges or any other charges will be paid to
the contractors. The rate of excavation is deemed to include the cost of
transportation and disposal of surplus excavated materials to any location
as directed by the Engineering Staff.
(b)
The measurement of the work will be the length and width of the lowest
step of the footing according to drawings or the Engineers instructions
and the depth measured vertically.
The contractor shall make every effort to carry out the excavation in rock
to the correct formation levels as far as practicable. However, under cut
and over cut up to 8 cm. of the formation levels shall be permitted. As far
as payment is concerned quantities shall be worked out with respect to
formation levels only. Under cut in excess on 8 cm. shall be removed by
chiseling and over cuts for above 8 cm. shall be filled in with 1:3:6
concrete without any extra cost.
64
2) Filling in with Contractors Earth or Muram.

(a)
The earth or muram, whenever required to be supplied by the Contractors

for filling in the low lying ground and wells or in the embankment of the
road, shall be dry, friable, and free from mud sludge, vegetable matter or
rotten material of any kind, or material likely to decay and of a quality to
be approved by the Engineer. All big lumps or clod shall be broken before
spreading the earth or muram on the ground.
(b)
The filling in of wells and low-lying grounds shall be done in such layers
as may be directed from time to time by the Engineer, and no fresh layer
shall be allowed to be put on unless the previous one is properly spread,
trimmed, leveled, and thoroughly consolidated by rammers or rollers, as
the case may be, or as may be ordered by the Engineer.
(c)
The embankment shall be raised in regular layers slightly concave in

section, beginning from the bottom and gradually raised to the full height,
layer by layer not exceeding 300 mm. in thickness in a loose state. Each
layer shall be thoroughly consolidated by watering where necessary and
rolling it with an approved diesel vibratory roller before the next layer is
put on. The rolling and consolidation should be done to the entire
satisfaction of the Engineer and no rubble packing or metal should be laid
on it until the Engineer is satisfied that the earthwork has been thoroughly
consolidated and written certificate is given to them effect by the Engineer.
(d)
The rates for embankment or filling in with Contractors earth or muram

shall include the cost of materials, fencing, lighting, watching haulage,
spreading, leveling, watering, rolling and consolidating.
3) Dry Rubble Packing

The dry rubble packing shall consist of a layer of uniform thickness of
blue trap stone rubble, or any other approved stone carefully set as close as
possible on ground properly formed for the purpose. The width of the upper part
of the stone shall not be more than 200 mm. or less than 150 mm. and the
packing shall consist of large stones. The interstices between the rubble stones
shall be filled up with stone chips, removing the projection of the upper part of the
packing with care, as not to loosen the whole; the whole should be thoroughly
rammed, watered, settled to place and made compact.
4) Cement Concrete in Foundation and Bedding
(a)
Cement concrete in foundation and bedding shall be mixed in the

proportion of 1:4:8 as directed using Portland cement, sand and metal nos.
1, 2 and 3 in proportions as directed.
65
(b)
The ground to be thoroughly leveled and well rammed before laying the
concrete on the work. The concrete shall consist as described above. In
case of hand mixing the metal, sand and cement, etc. as the case may be to
be stacked, before mixing, in measured layers. The materials to be then
thoroughly mixed in small quantities at a time with sufficient quantity of
fresh water and laid in the work in layers, each not exceeding 300 mm. in
depth and repeated one above the other. Salt or brackish water will not be
allowed to be used. Each layer to be well rammed with heavy wooden or
iron rammers. The work to be ground with thin mortar, while ramming,
until it fills in all the spaces between stones and cream to the surface. The
ramming operation to be continued until the whole work becomes solid
and compact to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. The measurement of
the work will be the exact length, breadth and depth ordered by the
Engineer or shown or figured on the drawing and after the concrete is
consolidated.
(c)
The stone metal to be made of good hard blue rubble stone from quarried
to be approved of by the Engineer. The metal to be such as to pass through
a ring 40 mm. diameter. Larger size metal or chips will not be accepted.
(d)
The contractor shall adopt every precaution towards guarding the concrete
from mixing with dust or dirt of any kind and shall use properly
constructed and impervious brick masonry or wooden platform for mixing
and keeping it until laid in the work and protect it from rain and sun.
5) Coursed Rubble, Stone and Cement Masonry for Plinths, Walls, Backing to
cut-stone works etc.
(a)
(b)
(c)
To be of the best description of blue basalt /granite rubble stones from an

approved quarry and cement mortar in courses not exceeding 300 mm. in
height. The stones to be flat-bedded and laid flush in mortar. Every stone,
whether large or small, must be set flush in mortar, the small stones used
for wedging of filling in being carefully selected to fill in the voids
between larger stones. Care must be taken that no dry work or hollow
space shall be left in the masonry. The stones to be arranged as to break
joint at least 75 mm. and long vertical lines of joints to be carefully
avoided everywhere. The joints at the face to be finished off by being
neatly struck and smoothed with a trowel while the mortar is fresh. The
upper surface of the work to be brought to uniform level at the height of
every course.
When the rubble masonry is built for backing to coursed rubble or
khandkee face work, the height of the course to be the same as that of the
khandkee course.
The stones at all courses and junctions of walls to be large size and dressed
with the hammer. At all angles formed at the junction of walls that stones
to run well into the masonry and laid headers and stretcher alternatively
and at every third course the angle to be formed by cutting the stone into
an angle.
66
(d)
One header in at least every square yard or 0.80 square meter of facing
shall bond into the work. The header to be about 500 sq.cm. in area at face
and to run back to the entire width of wall. When the thickness of wall is
more than 60 cm. a series of bond stones to be laid through the work so as
to form a tie from front to back, breaking joint or over-lapping each other
for at least 150 mm. No stone whose length is less than 45 cm. to be used
in the work as header.
(e)
All walls to be carried up simultaneously and to one level throughout and

no part shall be allowed to raise more than one meter above the rest to
avoid unequal settlement. If it should be necessary to carry up one part of a
wall before the other, it shall be done after previously obtaining the
Engineers permission and in case the end of the portion first build should
be racked back i.e. left in steps each course projecting further than the one
above it. Care should be taken to see that the sides of the wall are not built
separately from the hearting, the faces and internal filling being done at the
same time. The stones should cross from opposite sides of the wall and
overlap as much as possible. No course to be laid unless the course below
it is perfectly set.
(f)
The Masonry to be well watered until it becomes hard and solid and to be
well protected from sun and rain.
(g)
The measurement of the work to be actual cubical contents of the masonry

after
deducting all the openings cut stone work and all other items of
work paid for separately.
(h)
All bond stones to be marked inside and out and the marks to be retained
until ordered by the Consultant/Owner to be removed.
(i)
Nothing extra will be allowed for inserting door and window frames or any
frames of a similar character nor for the insertion of wooden blocks for
fixing hooks rails etc.
Blue Basalt Stone

All blue basalt stone shall be from quarries to be approved by the Engineer
and to be of the best approved quality and colour. All stones shall be
sound, durable, uniform in colour and texture and free from flaws, cracks,
injurious veins, crystals, minerals, salt cavities and other defects. No
earthly, discolored, weathered or water worn or boulders stones to be used.
6) Stone and Brick Masonry Work in general
(a)
The work to be built plumb, curved, or batters, as may be required by the
design and to be carried out in a thoroughly workman like manner and to
the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor to provide at his
own expense all moulds, templates, centering, scaffolding etc. as may be
required for the proper execution of the work which shall be included in
the prices of the work, as no separate change to be made for them.
67
(b)
(c)
All stones or bricks to be thoroughly cleaned and wetted with fresh water
before being put into the work and the mortar to be used stiff.
The work to be kept wet while in progress to the entire satisfaction of the
Engineer till the mortar is properly set. On Sundays and other holidays
also when the work is stopped, the top of all unfinished masonry to be kept
flooded and labourers to be employed for this purpose. Watering to be
done carefully so as not to wash the mortar out of the joints. The Engineer
shall be at liberty to employ labourers to water the work should the
contractors fail to do the same to his (the Engineers) satisfaction.
(d)
Should the mortar perish that is becomes dry, white or powdery through
neglect of watering, the work shall be pulled down and rebuilt at the
contractors expense.
(e)
As a rule the whole of the masonry work in any structure to be carried up

at one uniform level throughout but where breaks are unavoidable the joint
to be made in good long steps, so as to prevent cracks arising between the
new and old work. All junctions of walls to be formed at the time the walls
are being built, and cross walls to be carefully bonded into the main walls.
(f)
When new work is to be added to existing structure, the old work must be
prepared to receive the new and both must be carefully bonded together.
(g)
During the rains, the work to be carefully covered without extra charge, so
as to avoid the fresh mortar being washed away.
(h)
Where the word cement is used it is to be understood Portland cement of

the best description, specified under the head of the Cement.
7) Bricks & Brick work in General.

(a)
Bricks (light weight) shall conform to the latest Indian standard
specifications (I.S.S.). Bricks to be whole, sound, table molded, well burnt
free from cracks to ring when struck and not to crack or break when
soaked in water regular in shape and uniform in size. They should be of
the best of description obtainable in the market and of the best quality and
colour, and in every respect to be approved by the Engineer unless
otherwise specified they should be of English pattern 230 mm. x 115 mm.
x 63.5 mm. No bricks to absorb water more than one fifth of their own
weight when dry for use in load bearing wall. For bricks used in panel
walls, the water absorption shall not exceed of their dry weight. Bricks
to be thoroughly cleaned, well wetted or soaked in fresh water before
being used on the work and no broken bricks to be used except as closures.
Crushing strength of the dry bricks shall be not less than 50 kg./cm.2
(b)
The mortar should be as described under the head of good quality carefully
mixed and used stiff. For joints of face work only Neeru and screened sand
should be used in equal proportion.
(c)
A good bond should be preserved throughout the work both laterally and
transversely. All bed joints should be perpendicular to the pressure upon
them, i.e. horizontal in vertical walls, radial in arches and at right angles to
the slope in battering walls.
68
(d)
In walling the courses shall be kept perfectly horizontal and rise in plumb.
The vertical joints shall break joints with the courses immediately below
and above, but they shall be directly over one another in alternate courses
to prevent the necessity of bats. The joints shall not exceed 10 mm. thick
shall be fully of mortar close, well flushed up and neatly struck or pointed
as may be required.
(e)
English bond to be used throughout in walling. In arching such bond shall

be used as the Engineer or his agent may direct.
(f)
Facing of brick work to be specially selected brick of the same colour

throughout. All external brick walls of thickness 25 mm. and above, shall
be constructed in plumb from the outside face with the help of scaffolding
erected on the external side.
(g)
In other respects, the work should comply with the general specification
for brick work given in P.W.D. Hand book.
8) Neeru.
Neeru to be made of the best description of lime slaked with fresh water
and sifted. The lime to be reduced to a fine powder by grinding it on a
stone or in a hand mill, with a thick solution of mussalla to be made as
may be desired by the Engineer. The neeru thus prepared to be kept moist
until used and no more than that can be consumed in eight days to be
prepared at a time.
9) Indian Patent Stone Flooring (IPS).
The Indian patent stone flooring to be 40 mm. in thickness and shall
consist of cement concrete mixed in the proportion of 1:2:4 (with 12 mm
chips only).
It shall be laid as directed in bays of suitable size and to required slope or
at level 0.0 as per drawings and neatly finished smooth in any colour with
lines drawn as per design and as directed.
No dry cement shall be allowed to be used for finishing the surface.
Where IPS flooring is used as sub-base below flooring like sheet vinyl
type flooring, the IPS surface shall be vaccumm dewatered.
The surface shall be kept well watered after it is dry for a period of 8 days.
The measurement of the work shall be the actual superficial area of the
pavement.
For terrace, expansion joints of the full depth of the P.S. should be
provided for each bay of 10sq.m. The joints should be at least 10 to 12
mm in width first filled with 30/40 asphalt to be poured in for full depth
over it not fine sand to be filled in.
69
10) Internal plaster (Cement Plaster).

All stone and brick masonry shall be thoroughly wetted and raked out to a
depth of at least 20 mm each and walls washed and wetted before
plastering is done. Render with a mortar of 1:6 proportions (Portland
cement and fine sand) of 15 mm thickness and rough but do not beat.
Second coat set with a thin coat 5 mm thick in CM (1:3) 1Portland Cement
and 3 fine sand polished well immediately with a trowel or flat board.
The cement mortar to be used within 30 minutes after it leaves the mixing
board or mill. Before work is started patches of plaster 150 x 150 mm.
should be put on about 3 meters apart as gauges. By this means an even
thickness is ensured. Cement plaster must be in even squares or stripe.
Care shall be taken to keep the whole surface thoroughly wetted for at
least a week. The finishing surface should be as specified and directed.
11) External plasters.
All stone and brick masonry surface to be plastered shall be thoroughly
wetted for at least 6 hours in case of brick masonry and the joints shall be
raked out to a depth of at least 20 mm. before plastering.
The first coat of cement mortar in the proportion 1:6 (1 portland cement:
6sand) shall be applied uniformly all over the surface to be plastered to a
thickness of 15 mm. with a trowel and flat board in exact plumb. This coat
shall be allowed to rest for not less than half an hour. Indentations shall
then be made in the form of waves by a wire broom over the surface to
form a key for the second coat. The plastered surface shall be allowed to
cure for at least four days.
The second coat of cement mortar 1:3 (1 portland cement;3 fine sand) shall
be applied in the proportion of as specified in item using clean and
screened through a mesh of not less than 1.5 mm. and not more than or 3
mm. equal size to a uniform thickness of 4 mm by trowel and flat board in
exact plumb.
The surface shall be trapped with a cork piece to give a desirable uniform
granular appearance. Care shall be taken to keep the whole surface
thoroughly wetted for at least a week.
12) Ceiling plaster.
All the surfaces to be plastered shall be thoroughly prepared by hacking
surface and thoroughly cleaned and wetted. Cement mortor in the
proportion 1:4 (1 cement, 4 Fine sand) and of thickness 12mm by trowel
and flat board.
70
13) Pointing.
a)
The old mortar to be raked out of the joints at least 20 mm deep. The dust
to be brushed out of the joints and the walls well wetted with fresh water
until the old mortar in the wall is wet. The pointing to be made with mortar
of cement and fine sand, in proportions as specified. The joints to be neatly
defined by the pointing and the same to be sunk as per drawings. No false
joints will be allowed. The pointing to be kept wet until the cementing
material sets and becomes hard. The whole surface to be left clean at the
completion of the work.
b)
After the joints are raked out they shall be inspected by the Engineer
before being filled up.
14) Metal works.

a)
All cast iron works to be clean, sharp sound and free from cracks, flaws,
sand or air holes, or defects of any kind, with a fair and even surface. Then
exist not less than 50 per cent of Nc.1 pig.iron, and to be sufficiently soft
to admit of being easily cut by either chisel or drill.
b)
Moulds and patterns to be supplied by the Contractor unless otherwise

specified, but in any case the responsibility for the accuracy of the
castings, in size and dimensions shall rest with the Contractors.
c)
Holes for bolts, etc. shall be drilled out or cast in the castings as may be
directed in each case.
d)
All wrought iron work to be carefully, cleanly and soundly forged, not
ever heated or burnt. To be of best approved bar and plate iron. Rivets to
be of approved iron. The rods for trusses or arches to be of the best
approved iron.
e)
The work to be made accurately to the dimensions shown in the drawings

all welds to be carefully examined and any not perfectly sound, rejected.
f)
Holes for bolts and rivets shall always be drilled when made by the hand
and shall only be punched where proper machinery is available. All rivets
shall be firmly clinched whilst hot, and left with a neat clean head free of
cracks.
g)
Straps and collars shall be shrunk on so as to make them fit, firm and tight.
h)
All heads bolts passing through plates to be accurately fitted to the holes
with heads lying squarely and closely on the plates. The heads to be forged
in one piece with the bolts. Rivets must be tightened and drawn closely
home and the head spread equally and properly hammered and set down
all round.
All screws to be out with a clean full thread without taper and to an
accurate fit.
i)
71
j)
Nuts when measured from side to side to be at least twice the diameter of
the bolts and to be greater in depth than the diameter of the bolt.
k)
All iron works during the whole course of manufacture shall be subject to
the inspection of the Engineer or those nominated for the purpose.
l)
All iron works to be seated while hot with boiled linseed oil or painted
with two coats of red lead as the Engineer may direct.
m)
No iron works shall be painted before it has been examined by the

Engineer or Inspecting Officer.
n)
The Engineer may order the completion and fitting together on the ground
of such portions of works as he may expedient and may cause the same to
be subjected to proper tests before it is put into position.
o)
In putting iron works together the greatest care should be taken to fit the
plates and bars accurately in contact and to see that rivet and bolt holes
correspond before being rivetted. All joints to be perfectly cleaned and free
from rust. If any parts are bent or injured, they are to be repaired according
to the instructions of the Engineer. No holes to be rinsed out without the
special permission of the Engineer, and then the rinsing out is to be done
with a semi-circular bit not drifted and larger rivets or bolts must be used
to fit the holes.
p)
In erecting girders, the different parts are to be fitted together with service
bolts, and packed up to camber before riveting is commenced, care to be
taken to keep the girder literally straight.
q)
In fixing bed plates, special care must be taken to put the holding down
bolts exactly in position, so that the nuts may bear square and firmly grip
the plate below. The upper surface of bed plates of rollers must coincide
exactly with the level given by the Engineer. The bed plates to be set in
mastic or cement as the Engineer may direct, the cost of which must be
included in the rate for fixing.
r)
After the passing of any iron work by the Inspecting Officer the whole
shall be thoroughly cleaned and scrapped clear of rust, and then covered
with one coat of red lead and two coats of best oil paint, the color of which
will be determined by the Engineer. All planed and turned surfaces to be
covered with white lead and tallow.
15) Rolled iron steel beams, joints etc.

a)
The rolled iron steel beams and joists etc. shall be of the sections and sizes
shown on the drawing or as may be ordered by the Engineer. They shall be
of the best quality and without any defects. They shall be tested to bear
such weights as the Engineer may determine.
72
b)
The rate for the rolled iron steel beam shall include the cost of beams the
seives, that of approved welding if required, that of drilling holes for bolts
and nuts, required for fixing the plate below and above together with the
cost of testing the beam after or before being riveted as the Engineer may
direct and placing them in their position and painting them 3 coats in oil
paint in any approved tint, first coat being red lead. The measurement of
the work to be theoretical weight of the beam or joints inclusive of bolts,
nuts plates, welding etc. either in metric tonnes or kg.
16) Teak wood work.

a) The whole of the timber used to be of 2 nd class teak, quality of the
dimensions and forms shown in the drawings or as desired by the
Engineer. The wood to be in every case, of the best description, fullgrown, sound free from large and loose or dead knots twists, shakers, sun
cracks, flaws or others defects and to be of hard wood and well seasoned
and conformed to CPWD specifications norms for 2 nd class teakwood.
b) All mortise and mitre joints tenons, scarfs, etc. to be made and fitted
accurately in a workman like manner in accordance with working drawing
or directions and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
c) If after the wood work shall have been erected any undue shrinkage of bad
workmanship show themselves, the contractor shall forthwith amend the
same without any extra charge.
d) The rate for wood work to include all sawing, planing, joining, framing
labour and material for raising and fixing and all workmanship also the
fitting, fixing and supply of all straps, bolts, mass, tranaile, spike, screws,
necessary for the framing and fixing.
e) All timber resting on or embedded in masonry to be well tarred with
boiling coal tar.
f) The measurement of all wood work to be for actual visible portion and no
allowance will be made for tenons overlaps etc. excepting girder joist and
wall plates of which the actual cubic contents will be taken.
g) The whole of the wood work shall be first treated with two coats of antitermite wood preservative chemicals of an approved make. All the wood
shall thereafter be applied with primary coat of paint . The application of
primary shall not be done within 24 hours of the application of the second
coat of anti-termite treatment. The wood work shall be made perfectly
clean and smooth before painting.
h) Cost of painting of primer, boiling coal tar and treatment with anti-termite
wood preservative chemical to be included in the cost of wood work to
which it is applied.
73
17) Coal Tarring

For coal tarring to wood or iron work, the coal tar is to be heated nearly to
boiling point thinned by the addition of half a pint of common country
spirit to each gallon of tar, and while still very hot applied like paint with a
brush and covered with fine coal powder, the surface being first well
cleaned. When possible to remove iron work for the purpose, it will be
heated to little short of a red heat and then brushed over with coaltar, iron
work which cannot be heated will be painted with hot tar and spirit as
specified for wood. The quantity to be used not be less than 22.50 kg. per
Sq.m.
18) Hold fasts for Doors and windows.
The hold fasts both for doors and windows are of MS and shall be size 230
mm x 29 mm x 3 mm. The length 230 mm will be exclusive of the two
right angles bands at either ends each of which will be 40mm long to get a
firm hold in the masonry.
In case because of vicinity of column of lesser thickness of wall holding
the frame, it is not possible to use 230 mm. hold fasts, the length may be
suitably reduced as directed but in no case it should be smaller than 100
mm. (Straight length ).
The size and number of hold fasts shall be as shown on the detailed
drawing or as directed.
19) Specification for Painting Works
Wherever scaffolding is necessary, it shall be double scaffolding
The surface shall be thoroughly brushed free from mortar droppings and
foreign matter. All steel work shall be cleaned of loose rust, mill scales etc. so as
to expose the original surface. All broken edges, cracks, loose plaster and water
surface
All materials Viz. dry distemper, oil bound distemper, oil paint, flat oil
paint, synthetic enamel paint, plastic emulsion paint, cement primer, red lead and
other primers and metallic paints shall conform to respective I.S. Specifications
and shall be approved manufactures. All paints shall be brought on site in sealed
tins in ready mixed form and shall be applied direct with the addition of thinner, if
recommended by the manufactures.
Waterproof Cement Paint:
The surface shall be prepared as specified above and thoroughly wetted
with clean water before waterproof cement paint is applied.
The paint shall be prepared strictly as per manufactures specifications and
in such quantities as can be used up in an hour of its mixing, as otherwise the
mixture will set and thicken, affecting flow and finish.
74
The paint thus prepared shall be applied on clean and wetted surface with
brush or spraying machine. The solution shall be kept stirred during the period of
application. It shall be applied on the surface which is on the shady side of the
building so that the direct heat of the sun on the surface is avoided. The completed
surface shall be watered after the days work. Number of coats shall be as
specified in the item.
Painting Oil/ Enamel/Plastic Emulsion etc.
Ready mixed oil paint, flat oil paint, plastic emulsion paint, ready mixed
synthetic enamel paint, aluminum paint etc. shall be brought in original containers
and in sealed tins, if for any reason thinner is necessary, the brand and quantity of
thinner recommended by the manufacturer or as instructed by the architect shall
be used.
The surface shall be prepared as specified above and a coat of approved
primer shall be applied. After 24 hours drying, approved or specified quality paint
shall be applied evenly and smoothly. A filler putty coating may be given to give a
smooth finish. Each coat shall be allowed to dry out thoroughly and then lightly
rubbed down with sand paper and clean of dust before the next coat is applied.
Number of coats shall be specified in the item and if the finish of the surface is not
uniform, additional coats as required shall be applied to get good and uniform
finish at no extra cost. After completion no hair marks from the brush or clogging
of paint puddles in the corners of panels, angles of mouldings etc. shall be left on
the work. The glass panes, floor etc. shall be cleaned of stains.
When the final coat is applied, if directed, the surface shall be rolled with a
roller or if directed, it shall be stippled with a stippling brush.
French Polishing:
French Spirit polish shall be of an approved make conforming g to IS: 348.
If it has to be prepared on site, the polish shall be made by dissolving 0.7 kg. of
best shellac in 4.5 liters of methylated spirit without heating. To obtain required
shade pigment may be added and mixed.
Surface shall be cleaned. All unevenness shall be rubbed down smooth
with sand paper and well dusted. Knots, if visible, shall be covered with a
preparation of red lead and glue. Resinous or loose knots and gaps shall be filled
with seasoned timber pieces and made level with the rest of the surface. Holes and
indentations on surface hall be filled with putty made of whiting and linseed oil.
Surface shall be given a coat of filler made of 2.25 kg. of whiting in 1.5 liters of
methylated spirit. When it dries, surface shall again be rubbed down perfectly
smooth with sand paper and wiped clean.
Piece of clean fine cotton cloth and cotton wool made into shape of pad
shall be used to apply polish. The pad shall be moistened with polish and rubbed
hard on the surface applying the polish sparingly but, uniformly and completely
over the entire surface it shall be allowed to dry and another coat applied in the
same way. To give finishing coat, the pad shall be covered with a fresh piece of
clean fine cotton cloth, slightly damped with methylated spirit and rubbed lightly
and quickly with a circular motion, till the finished surface attains uniform texture
and high gloss. The polishing shall be done entirely to the satisfaction of the
Architects.
75
Wax Polishing:
Wax polish shall either be prepared on site or obtained readymade from
market. Polish made o the site shall be prepared from a mixture of pure bees wax,
linseed oil, turpentine oil and vanish in the ratio of 2: 1 : 1 : by weight. The
bees wax band the boiled linseed oil shall be heated over a slow fire. When the
wax is completely dissolved the mixture shall be cooled till it is just warm, and
turpentine oil and varnish added to tit in the required proportions and the entire
mixture is well stirred.
Surface shall be prepared as described under French Polishing except that
the final rubbing shall be done with sand paper which has been slightly moistened
with linseed oil.
Mixture or polish shall be applied evenly, with a clean cloth pad in such a way
that no blank patches are left, and rubbed continuously for half an hour. When the
surface is cuite dry a second coat shall be applied in the same manner and rubbed
continuously for an hour or until the surface is dry. Final coat shall then be applied
and rubbed for two hours or more if necessary, until the surface has assumed a
uniform gloss and is quite dry showing no sign of stickiness when touched. Gloss
of the polish depends on the amount of rubbing, therefore rubbing must be
continuous and with uniform pressure and frequent change in direction. The
polishing shall be done entirely to the satisfaction of the Architects.
Varnishing:
Surface shall be prepared as described above, after preparation of surface, two
coats of clean boiled linseed oil shall be applied at sufficient internal of time.
After the linseed oil has dried two coats of varnish obtained from approved
manufacturer shall be applied at sufficient intervals of time. If the surface fails to
produce the required glass additional coat shall be applied without any extra cost,
and the finish shall be to the entire satisfaction of the Architects.
20) Glaziers work.
a)
The glass when not specified shall be float glass of the best quality of
specified thickness.
b)
All glass shall be free from speck, blisters and all other defects, set in
good putty and the rebate neatly chamfered.
c)
All putty shall be made of best whiting and oil, the whiting to be specially
dry and passed through a sieve of 45 mashes to the inch, and to be mixed
with as much linseed oil as will form it into a stiff paste. This after being
well kneaded shall be left for 12 hours and worked up in small pieces till
quite smooth. If the putty becomes dry, it should be restored by heating
and working it up again while hot. The putty to be coloured to suit the
colour of the doors or windows.
All glass to be out to fit the rebates of the slashes truly.
d)
76
e)
All glass to be properly bedded puttied and back puttied and pinned to the
frames with hands finished in workman like manner. Plate glass to the
frames with wooden batterns without extra charge.
f)
No glazing to be considered complete until all stains have been removed

from the surface of the glass.
g)
All glass shall, if they become loose during one year, be re-fixed and reputtied by the Contractor without extra charge.
h)
The contractor shall make good without extra charge any glass broken
before the completion of the work, unless it is proved that the breakage did
not take place through the neglect or carelessness of the Contractors men
or through bad work done by them.
i)
Job work, such as re-fixing old glasses, will be paid as per job or the
Contract or will have to supply labour and material at rates fixed with him,
the work being executed under departmental supervision.
j)
When sheet glass is specified it should be of the best quality of sheet glass
weighing not less than 6.5 to 7.5 kg. per square metre.
k)
When plate glass is specified it should be, unless otherwise described,

polished patent plate glass of the best quality. It should be of the usual
light colour, glass of the Second quality will not be accepted unless such
glass described in the tender.
l)
The plate glass should be of that thickness mentioned in the specifications

or in the tender. If glass of the specified thickness be not used, it will either
be rejected or a lower price paid for it, at the option of the Engineer.
m)
All the windows shall be cleaned all damaged putty or glazing shall be
repaired, and the whole left perfect at the completion and rendering up of
the work.
n)
In measuring the glaziers work all fractional parts, under 12 mm will be

omitted and all above that taken as 25 mm. Net measurements only will be
taken from rebate to rebate, but in case of irregular circular gotic and other
shapes the dimensions of the smallest glass out of which the required piece
can be cut will be taken.
o)
The contractor shall provide his own scaffolding without extra charge.
p)
When crown glass is specified it should be of the best kind. Sound and
thirds will not be accepted. It should be at least 2mm thick.
77
21) Flush shutters for doors :

21.1 Flush shutters (Double/Single) : should be factory made ISI marked
confirming to IS 2202-1991 (part-I), 35mm thick with bond wood solid
block board type core having cross bonds and face veneers hot pressed
bonded with water proof phenol formaldehyde synthetic resin, with lipping
on all sides.Construction: The block board core shall confirm to the
requirements specified in clause 7.1.1. of IS 2202 (Part I) : 1991. The
frame constructed of stiles and rails shall be provided for holding the core.
The width of the frame including internal lipping shall not be less than 45
mm and not more than 75 mm.
21.3
Plywood: used in flush door shutter shall confirm to IS 710: 1976 with
surface requirements confirming to type AB of IS 303: 1989.
21.4
Cross-bands used in flush door shutter shall confirm to the requirements

laid
down in IS 710:1976.
21.5 Face Veneers: used in flush door shutters hs all confirm to the
requirements laid down for veneer for BWP grade plywood in IS
710:1976.
21.6 All Plywood, cross boards and veneer used shall be treated in accordance
with clause 6.1.5.1. of IS 2202 (Part I) : 1991.
21.7 Adhesive used for bonding plywood or cross bond and face veneer to core
shall be phenol formal dehyde synthetic resin adhesive confirming to BWP
grade specified in
IS 949:1974.
21.8 Internal lipping shall be of Teak wood and shall have a total depth not less
than 25mm. It may be provided separately, when it is of species
different from that of backing or as one piece with the style, designated as
frame-cum-lipping, when
internal lipping and backing are of the same
species.
21.9 External lipping shall be of teak wood and shall be solid and shall measure
at least 6mm on the face of the door. It shall be provided all round the
shutter in case of single shutter and on three sides in case of double
shutter.
21.10 In case of double leaved shutters, the sheeting of the stiles shall be rebated
by 8mm to 10mm. The rebating shall be either splayed or square type as
per clause 7.7 of IS 2202
(Part I) : 1991. The depth of lipping at the
meeting of stiles shall not be less than
30mm.
21.11 Shutter shall be shop prepared for taking mortise locks or latches as may
be ordered.
78
21.12 Workmanship and the finish of the face panels shall be in confirmity with
those specified in IS 303:1989
21.13 Tests : Knife test, glue Adhesion test, End Immersion test, slamming test
shall be carried out as per clause 10 of IS 2202 (Part I) 1991. The
sampling and criteria for
conformity, making etc. shall also be as per
IS 2202 (Part I) : 1991.
22) Pre-laminated particle board doors (NOVAPAN Doors or equivalent)
Pre-laminated particle board doors shall conform to I.S.I. specifications12823
1990 (EXT).
Technical Specifications:
The doors should confirm to following minimum standards.
ISI Specifications Conforms to :
Property
Unit
12823 1990 (EXT)
RG
EXT
500Density
Kg/M3
500-900
900
Water Absorption
+\- 10%
+\-10%
=\-5
2 hrs
15
7
24 hrs
30
15
Thickness Swelling
2 hrs Soaking
Percent
Thickness
8
5
Length
0.45
0.45
Width
0.45
0.45
Modulus of rupture
N/mm2
11
15
Tensile strength
Perpendicular
to
N/mm2
0.3
0.45
Surface
Screw Withdrawal
Strengh
N
Face
1250
1250
Edge
700
850
Number of Abrasion
450
450
Submittals Required by the Contractor: Contractor to submit technical data of the
product to be used before ordering and installing the product. The technical data
should meet or exceed the specifications mentioned above.
Basis of Design Product: 35 mm thick NOVAPAN Doors manufactured by
Novapan Industries Ltd.
Installation: Install doors plumb and in level with the door frame. Provide hinges
and necessary hardware like handles, locks, door closers etc. for smooth operation
of the door. Clean the surface of the door after installation.
79
23) Glazed tile work.

Flooring glazed tiles shall be of specified thickness of best quality. They shall be
uniformly smooth and regular in size. They shall be set cement mortar 1:3, 25 mm
average thickness and finally set in cement float and left clean after filling the
joints with white cement or colour cement. They shall be laid in slope as directed.
The rate for the work shall be inclusive of fixing, setting and handing over neat
and clean.
Dado: - They shall be set on cement plaster (1:3) 12 mm thick on brick walls or
any other walls with neat cement paste as backing to the tiles. Neat cement paste
should properly apply to the tiles so that complete back surface including corners
are covered. The joints should be filled in with white or colour cement.
Skirting
Tiles for skirting shall be of specified thickness and size of approved quality. They
shall be uniform in size. They shall be set on 1:3 C.M backing about 12 mm thick
with neat cement paste backing, covering the full back of the skirting including
corners. The joint shall be filled in with cement of required colour. Hand polishing
with Curborandam Stone nos. 1, 2 or 3 shall be done as required on site. Minimum
2 to 3 coats of hand polishing should be applied to get the surface of tile well
polished.
24) Anti termite treatment to soil (Pre-construction)
(a)
Time of application:- Soil treatment should start when foundation trenches

and pits are ready to take mass concrete in foundations, laying of mass
concrete should start when chemical emulsion has been absorbed by the
soil and the surface is quite dry. Treatment should not be carried out when
it is raining or when soil is wet with rain or sub-soil water.
In the event of water logging of foundation, the water shall be pumped out
and the chemical emulsion applied when soil is absorbent.
(b)
Treatment of column pits, wall trenches and basement excavation:The bottom surface and the sides (upto a height of about 300 mm.) of the
excavations made for column pits, wall trenches and basements shall be
treated with the chemical @ the rate of 5 Lit./m2 of surface area.
After the column foundations, wall foundations and the retaining walls of
the basement come up the back fill in immediate contact with the
foundation structure shall be treated at the rate of 15 Lit./m2 of the vertical
surface of the sub-structure for each side to. If water is used for ramming
the earth fill, the chemical treatment shall be carried out after the ramming
operation is done by dhumas the earth at 150 mm. centre close to the wall
surface and supplying the chemical with the above dose. The earth is
usually refilled in layers and the treatment shall be carried out in similar
stages. The chemical emulsions shall be directed towards the concrete or
masonry surface of the columns and walls so that the earth in contact with
the surface is well treated with the chemical.
80
(c)
Treatment for R.C.C. framed structure:- This treatment is necessary to

start from the bottom of excavation for columns and plinth beams. The
treatment shall start at the depth of 500 mm. below ground level. From
this depth, the back fill around the columns, beams and R.C.C. basement
walls shall be treated at the rate of 15 Lit./m2 of the vertical surface.
Other details of treatment shall be as stated above.
(d)
Treatment of top surface of plinth filling:-
(e)
The top surface of the filling earth within plinth wall shall be treated with
Chemical emulsion at the rate of 5 lit/m2 of the surface before the rubble
soling or sub-grade is laid. If the filled earth has been well rammed and
the surface does not allow the emulsion to seep through, holes upto 50 to
76 mm. deep at 150 mm. centre both-ways may be made with crow bars on
the surface to facilitate saturation of the soil with the chemical emulsion.
Treatment at the junction of the wall and the floor:
Special care shall be taken to establish continuity of the vertical chemical
barrier of inner wall surface from ground level upto the level of the filled
earth surface to achieve this a small channel 30x30 cm. shall be made at
the junction of wall and column with the floor before laying the sub-grade
or rubble) and rod holes made in the channel upto the ground level 150
mm. apart and the iron rode moved backward and forward to break up the
earth and chemical emulsion poured along the channel at the rate of 15
Lit./m2 of the vertical wall or column surface so as to soak the soil right to
bottom. The soil should be tamped back into place after this operation.
(f)
Treatment of soil along external perimeter of building:

After building is completed, provide holes in the soil with iron rods along
the external perimeter of the building at intervals of about 150 mm and
depth 300 mm and filling these holes with chemical emulsion at the rate of
15 Lit./m2 of the perimeter wall.
(g)
Treatment of soil surrounding pipes, wastes and conduits

When pipes wastes and conducts cater the soil inside the area of the
foundation the soil surroundings the point of entry shall be loosened
around each leak pipe, waste and conduet for a distant of 150 mm and to a
depth of 75 mm before treatment is commenced when they enter the soil
external to the foundations, they shall be similarly treated unless they start
clear of the walls of the building but about 75 mm. for a distance of over
300 mm.
(h)
Treatment for expansion joints:

Expansion joints at ground floor level are one of the biggest hazards for
termite infestation. The soil beneath these joints shall receive special
attention when the treatment mentioned in para. (d) is carried out. This
treatment should be supplemented by treating through the expansion joint
after the sub-base of rubble has been laid at the rate of 2 lit/m2 linear
manner.
Chemical mentioned below shall be used for anti-termite treatment to be
solid with the concentration mentioned below:
81
Name of chemical
Proportion to mix concentration by

Weight
Chlorpyrifosemulsiflable
concentrates
1.0%
This material (chemical) will have to be tested in ARCI approved

Laboratory
before using on the site at the cost of the contractor. Site in
charge will have to check the results as stated above before using the same.
The contractor will have to give 10 years guarantee for the treatment
carried out.
25) Special Direction for use of Controlled concrete:
(a) All items pertaining to reinforced concrete as contained in the bill of
quantities, shall be replaced with corresponding items of controlled concrete
as per ISI 456 of 2000 or as amended upto date.
(b) All reinforced concrete works shall be done with controlled concrete, as per
mix design on the basis of ideal grading curve method. For this purpose, the
contractors may either engage the services of site engineer who is conversant
with the design of controlled concrete mix or in the alternative be may employ
an agency doing this type of work. However, in both these cases, the design
work shall be done at the site chowky only for which the contractors shall
keep the necessary equipments like sieves, balance etc. The maximum size of
aggregate for R.C.C. works will be 20 mm. The contractors shall appoint a
qualified Civil Engineer who is well conversant with controlled concrete
technique.
(c) The mix design will have to be done at the site of works every time a new
batch of materials (sand and aggregates) is received at site even though the
materials are being brought from one quarry for the duration of the work. This
point is covered in the I.S.I. Specifications but is elaborated here for the
guidance of the tenderers/contractors.
(d) Concrete used for R.C.C. items shall be machine mixed and shall be vibrated
with mechanical vibrators.
(e) The proper cover for slabs, beams and column will have to be provided using
pre case cement mortar block or plastic blocks spaced at a distance of 60 cms.
maximum in either direction.
(f) For R.C.C. works with controlled concrete good quality shuttering shall be
employed.
(g) The tenderers are directed to note the above instructions very carefully and
quote their percentage accordingly. The items of controlled concrete will
replace the items of ordinary reinforced concrete, the rates remaining the same
mentioned in the bill of quantities and no claim for extra items will be
entertained.
82
26) Specifications for the use of cover blocks: As per I.S. 456-2000(p. 47) clauses no 26.4.2 table no. 16.
Nominal cover to meet durability requirements
Exposure
Nominal concrete cover in mm. not less

than
Mild
20
Moderate
30
Severe
45
Very Severe
50
Extreme
75
Notes: For main reinforcements up to 12 mm. dia. bar for mild exposure the
nominal cover may be reduced by 5 mm.
Unless specified otherwise, actual concrete area shall not deviate from the
required nominal cover by +10 mm.
For exposure condition 'severe' & 'very severe' reduction of 5 mm. may be
made where concrete grade is M-35 and above.
27) General Specification for Cement Concrete
(ORDINARY AND REINFORCED)
A Materials
28-1 CEMENT
All Portland cement of Grade 53 for use on the works shall comply in every
respect with the requirements of the Indian Standard Specification for Portland
Cement as issued and amended from time to time by the Indian Standards
Institution.
The Portland Cement used in the works shall manufactured in India and shall be
of a make and quality to be approved by the Engineer.
Tests :
No other make of cement but the one approved by the Engineer will be
allowed on the works and the contractor shall not change his source of
supply without the approval of the Engineer in writing. The contractor
shall produce test certificates to show that the cement is fully upto the
specifications and not withstanding this, the Engineer may at his discretion
order that the cement delivered on the work, and which he may consider
83
damaged or of doubtful character for any reason whatever, must be

retested by approved testers and fresh certificates of its soundness
produced by the contractor at his specification cost. Cement ordered
for retesting shall be withdrawn from the work pending the results of
retesting. The decision of the Engineer in this respect shall be final
and binding on the contractors.
Large stocks of cement shall not be kept at the works but only sufficient
quantities to ensure continuity of the work. The contractors shall provide
the material inproper and efficient storage sheds for the cement on the
works. The floor of the stores shall be raised at least 230 M.M. from the
ground in order to protect the bags from moisture. No cement damaged by
exposure or otherwise will be allowed to be used in work but shall be
removed at once from the site.
Stores:
Package:
The cement shall be supplied in sound and properly secured and sealed
bags weighing 50 Kg. of cement. The rates entered in the Bill of quantities
and rates must be held to include the cost of haulage to the work, housing
and protecting from the weather, risks of every kind, and all expenses
connected with preparing the cement for use and with using it in the work.
28 2 SAND (River Sand)

All the fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard strong, durable, uncoated, wellgraded particles. When incorporated in the concrete mixture, the fine aggregate
shall be free from frost, frozen, lumps injurious amount of dust, mica shells, soft
or flaky particles, shale, alkali organic matter loan or other deleterious substances.
The River sand shall be taken from a source approved by the Engineer.
If the Engineer considers it necessary it shall be washed. The cost of washing
must be included in this price for the concrete work.
All sand shall pass through a sieve having meshes not more than 1/4th inch wide
and if the Engineer shall require it, it shall be screened before use at the expense
of the contractor.
In no case shall fine aggregate be accepted containing more than two percent, by
dry weight, not more than three and half per cent, by dry volumes, not more than
five percent, by wet volume of clay, loam or silt. If any sample of fine aggregate
shown more than five percent of clay, loam, silt in one hours settlement, after
shaking in an excess of water, the material represented by the sample will be
rejected. If necessary, silt test shall be taken by the Engineer.
All fine aggregate shall be stored on the works in such a manner as to prevent the
intrusion of foreign matter.
Storage.
The fine aggregates shall conform as nearly as possible to the following sieve
analysis.
84
S-Sieve.
Designation
Percentage retained
480
Nil
240
0 to 13
120
13 to 37
60
33 to 85
30
80 to 90
15
90 to 98
A mixture having the lowest possible void content shall be used.
This description of the fine aggregate shall not be interpreted as admitting the use
of stone or slag screenings unless authorized.
28 3 COARSE AGGREEGATE
Quality of coarse aggregate: The whole of the ingredients of the coarse aggregate shall consist of rock, gravel
or Quality of coarse other inert material. The particles of aggregate, coarse
aggregate shall be of clean, hard tough, durable material, free from vegetable or
other deleterious substances, and shall contain no soft flat or elongated pieces.
All coarse aggregate shall be stored on the works in such a manner as to prevent
the intrusion of foreign matter.
If it is considered necessary, the Engineer may order it to be washed and screened.
The contractor shall state in his tender the source from where he will obtain the
aggregate and he shall also include in his price for concrete the cost of washing.
If screening is necessary the cost shall be borne by the contractor.
The coarse aggregate shall consist of: Grading of coarse aggregate
1. metal no. 2 .. 20 to 25 mm.

2. metal no. 1 .. 3 to 12 mm.
The whole of the aggregate shall pass a screen having meshed not greater than 25
mm. square and shall be retained on a screen having meshes 6 mm. square. The
materials may be tested for voids before the work is commenced and at intervals
during the course of construction, as may be necessary and the proportion of the
different grades in the coarse aggregate fixed by the Engineer so as to secure a
well grade material varying from 6 mm to 25 mm. The different grades of the
85
course aggregate shall be measured by mean of suitable boxes and in such

proportions as may be approved by the Engineer.
28 4 WATER
The water shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali,
organic or other deleterious substances. The quantity of water added to the
materials for making concrete shall be properly under control and must be
measured.
28 5 REINFORCEMENT
The steel to be used in reinforced concrete work shall comply with the
requirements of Indian Standard Specification, I.S.S. no. 432 (Latest).
Specifications for High Yield strength steel deformed Bars (Tor Steel)
The tor steel to be used in the works should be of grade Fe. 500 conforming to
I.S.S.1780 of 1979 (2nd revisio n) or I.S. 1139 of 1966 (revised).Wherever
welding of reinforcement is specified, the same shall be carried out conforming to
IS:9417 or IS:2751. Welding shall be carried out by approved qualified welders
only. One percent testing of welds shall be carried for all types of welds.
Column reinforcement bars are required to be lapped in the middle portion of
columns as per IS 13920. Proper arrangement shall be made to support
reinforcement projecting above floor level. Similarly laps within a distance of 2 D
(depth of beam) or 1/4 span from the face of the column are not allowed. The
overhanging bars should be properly supported. The cost of these works is
included in the rate.
If any steel does not in the opinion of the Engineer comply with any of the tests
specified under above I.S.S. the Engineer may reject the lot or lots from which the
sample or samples are taken and the same shall not be used in the works but shall
be removed there from.
All steel used for reinforcement shall be free from loose or rust which must be
removed with a stiff wire brush. Bars also be free from oil or paint. The steel
should be properly braced, supported and otherwise held in position so as to
prevent displacement while concrete is put in. The correct number and size of
reinforcing bars, stirrups and binders shall be provided and placed in position
strictly according to the contract and plans. This shall be looked after with proper
care and checked over by a competent foreman personally and finally before
pouring the concrete.
All protruding bars from columns, beams and slabs to which other bars are to be
spliced later on must be protected from rusting by a coat of thin neat cement grout.
All bending shall be done cold, gradually, evenly and without jerks. A jerky
action is likely to snap or crack the steel.
28 5a Cover Blocks
Cover blocks shall be of approved quality of high grade concrete and shall be
vibrated on a table vibrator to reduce the permeability. Cover blocks shall be made
86
of the same grade of concrete as of structural member in which the blocks are to
be used. Rate of Concrete is inclusive of providing cover blocks.
28.6
CENTERING (FORM WORK) AND SHUTTERING

Steel Formwork: Only steel forms of approved make (Acrow steel centering)
shall be used. Forms with surface dents, bulges, undulations or holes shall not be
used on the work and shall be removed from the site.
Form work shall be substantially and rigidly constructed of steel and shall be true
to the dimensions described. Form work shall be constructed to confine and shape
the concrete to the required shape, lines and dimensions described. Liners and
cores shall be provided where necessary and shall be due to space and securely
fixed.
Shuttering shall be erected true to line and securely braced, cross braced, strutted
and supported to prevent deformation under the weight of pressured wet concrete
and constructional loads, wind pressure and other forces.
The surfaces of the forms shall be clean and free encrustation of mortar, grout or
other foreign materials.
The variation in thickness of RCC roof slab due to varying spans or special
covering materials should not effect the general roof bed which should be
uniform, unless otherwise shown in drawing or as instructed.
All joints shall be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement slurry. All faulty
joints shall be adequately caulked.
Mould Oil: Before laying the reinforcement, all faces of shuttering and moulds in
contact with wet concrete shall be treated with a coat of oil to prevent adherence
to concrete. Release agent should be applied so as to provide thin uniform to the
forms without coating the reinforcement.
The mould oil (The de-bonding agent) to be applied shall be standard shuttering
oil, engine oil or filtered waste oil (Carbon particles and impurities should not be
present).
Plumb and string lines in sufficient numbers shall be installed before and
maintained during concrete placement. During concrete placement the contractor
shall continuously monitor plumb, string line and form positions.
In case of columns, retaining walls and vertical structural components suitable
arrangement shall be made for securing the form to the already poured concrete.
28) MIXING AND PLACING OF CONCRETE INGREDIENTS AND

MEASUREMENTS OF MATERIALS
The concrete shall be composed of water, Portland cement fine aggregate and
coarse aggregate.
All sand and aggregate used on the works shall be carefully and accurately
measured by volume in suitable gauge boxes and in quantities to the entire
satisfaction of the engineer, and the cement to be added to the aforesaid mix shall
87
be either by one or two fully sealed bags, or by weight the water being added to
the dry mix in a manner in which it can be properly controlled and measured.
The cement shall be measured by sealed bags or by weight. One bag of cement
shall weigh 50 kg. Volumetric measurement of cement shall not be permitted. If
loose cement is used, quantity of cement shall be weighed before being put in the
mixture or mixing platform. Water shall preferably be weighed or measured in
liter-cans. Buckets shall not be used for measuring water.
29.1
PROPORTIONS (FOR VOLUMETIC BATCHING)

The proportions of cement, sand and aggregate for the concrete shall be 1:3:6,
1:2:4, 1:1.5: 3 or 1:1:2 by volume or weight, and shall generally consist of the
quantities as given below per bag of cement.
Proportion
of
ingredients
Quantity of material per bag of cement
Cement
sand (cu.m.)
aggregate(cu.m.)
1:3:6
1 bag
0.105
0.183
1:2:4
1 bag
0.061
0.142
1:1.5:3
1:1:2
1 bag
1 bag
0.053
0.035
0.106
0.061
The maximum quantity of water to be mixed per bag of cement of 50 kg shall

include the free water carried by the aggregates, but correction shall be made to
this quantity of water according to the wetness of the aggregates as per
instructions of the engineer.
29.2
CONSISTENCY AND SLUMP TEST

It is necessary that the concrete shall have the desired workability and give the
maximum yield per bag of cement.
If the first batch is too stiff, either sand or coarse aggregate or both must be
adjusted until the desired work ability is obtained. If it is too wet, either sand or
coarse aggregates or both can be added as appear desirable.
When the correct proportion has been ascertained, they must be carefully noted
and adhered to until there is a change in the condition of the materials supplied.
In order to test the consistency of the mixed concrete, slump tests shall be made
by the contractor as and when required by the Engineer, and these slump tests
shall be carried out in the following manner:The test specimens shall be formed in the mould of No. 16 gauge galvanised metal
in the form of the lateral surface of the frustum of a cone with the base 200 mm. in
diameter, the upper surface 100 mm. in diameter and the attitude 300 mm. The
88
base and the top shall be open and parallel toone another and at right angles to the
axis of the core. The mould shall be provided with foot pieces and handles.
When the test is made at mixer, the samples shall be taken from the pile of
concrete immediately after the entire batch has been discharged.
The mould shall be placed on a flat, non-absorbent surface such as a smooth plank
or a slab of concrete and the operator shall hold the form firmly in place, while is
being filled, by standing on the foot pieces. The mould shall be filled to about one
fourth of its height with the concrete, which shall be then puddled, using 20 to30
strokes of a 12 mm. rod pointed at the lower end. The filling shall be completed
in successive layers similar to the first and the top struck off so that the mould is
exactly filled. The mould shall then be removed by being raised vertically,
immediately after being filled. The moulded concrete shall then be allowed to
subside until quiescent and the height of the specimen measured.
The consistency shall be recorded in terms of mm. of subsidence of specimen
during test, which shall be known as the slump.
29.3
COMPRESSION TEST
Compression test for concrete shall be carried out by the Contractor at their own
cost and in accordance with the provisions of the IS Code and the results shall
satisfy the provision of I.S.S. 456 (2000)
The specified characteristic compressive strength of 150 mm size cube at 28 days
attained for M20, M25 and M30 grades of concrete shall be 20 N/sqmm,
25N/sqmm and 30 N/sqmm respectively. The mix shall be designed to produce
the grade of concrete having the required workability and a characteristic strength
at 28 days not less than the appropriate values mentioned in Table-2 of IS456:2000 The target mean strength of the concrete mix should be equal to the
characteristic strength plus 1.65 times the standard deviation.
Whenever the grade of concrete such as M25, M30 etc., is specified it shall be
Contractors responsibility to ensure the minimum crushing strength stipulated for
the respective grade of concrete is obtained at works.
In the case of M25 grade concrete minimum cement content of 330Kgs/ Cum
shall be used to obtain a minimum cube strength of 25N/ mm2 at 28 days age.
In the case of M30 grade concrete minimum cement content of 360Kgs/ Cum
shall be used to obtain a minimum cube strength of 30N/ mm2 at 28 days age.
The contractor shall maintain the test results on regular basis as indicated in
I.S.456/2000 and subsequent amendments thereon.
In all cases, the 28 days compressive strength specified shall be the criterion for
acceptance or rejection of the concrete.
The sample of water taken for testing shall be typical of the water proposed to be
used for concreting.
89
The contractor shall be responsible for production of controlled concrete as per

design mix to ensure the required works cube strength is attained and maintained.
In the designation of concrete mix, letter M refers to the Mix and the number to
the specified 28 days works cube compressive strength in Newton per sq.mm.
The concrete where site mixing is permitted shall be with concrete mixtures fitted
with weigh batching scale. All measuring equipment shall be maintained in a
clean serviceable condition and their accuracy periodically checked.
5.19.1 The proportions of cement concrete, if specified in volumetric proportions
i.e., nominal mixes shall be as follows which are indication of approximate

proportion of cement, fine aggregate and coarse aggregate which may have to be
altered suitably at site to obtain desired strength and workability. However, the
quantity of cement shall not be less than specified below.
Nominal Mix
Cement in bags of 50 kgs / 1Cum (net) of cement concrete
a) 1:3:6
4.42 bags of 50 Kgs
b) 1:4:8
3.31 bags of 50 Kgs
c) 1:5:10
2.65 bags of 50 Kgs
The contractor shall ensure the tests of Design Mix from the Reputed Agencies /
University or any Research Lab for ensuring the strength of Design Mix with the
provided quantity of cement in the estimate.
29.4 HAND MIXING
Hand mixing when allowed by the Engineer shall be carried out in the following
manner, and shall be done on a watertight platform or through at least 2 meters x 4
meters with three sides of sufficient depth to prevent the materials from being
shoveled off during the operation of mixing. The actual mixing shall be carried
out by two or more then opposite each other, using square ended shovels (
notpowras)
The specified quantity of sand for the batch of concrete shall be spread out first on
the platform or trough, making a level heap about 15 cm. deep and on the sand the
specified quantity of cement shall be spread. All the dry sand and cement shall be
turned over with the above at least three times until the mixtures is of a uniform
colour. Each shovel should leave the shovel with a spreading action as a turning.
The specified quantity of coarse aggregate shall now be added and the whole
mixture turned over again at least three times. The specified quantity of water
shall next be added slowly through a hose attached to a watering can, while the
process of turning the mixture over is being carried out. The mixing shall be
continued until the whole batch has reached an even consistency and the mortar is
spread evenly through the batch. If any other method be adopted the same shall
be previously approved in writing by the Engineer.
The water must not be added by bucket or bhistis bag to the dry mixed materials.
After mixing the concrete must be placed immediately, within half an hour
completion of mixing.
29.5
PLACING CONCRETE
All forms shall be absolutely clean and free from shavings or foreign matter
90
before any concrete is placed. All concealed items like conduits, junction boxes,
fixtures etc. shall bbe located as per details and locations to be approved before
placing concrete.
All concrete must be deposited in the forms within 10 minutes after leaving the
mixture and the concrete should be worked round the various reinforcements,
carefully by means of roads and small beaters, and thapis, care being always taken
to see that no reinforcement is disturbed from its position and no voids are left; the
sides of the forms being gently tapped by spades and thapis to ensure proper
filling and uniform outside surface. A mechanical vibrator shall be used during
placing of concrete in column footings, column plinth, floor beams, floor slabs
and in such other places as directed.
All beams and slabs shall be filled to the top surface in one continuous operation,
i.e., from the bottom of the beam to the top floor construction. The filling of the
column shall be continuous operation from its bottom to the bottom of the beam or
girder.
In case where it becomes necessary to stop concreting for any line of beams and
girders before completion, the concreting shall be stopped only directly over the
center of the column making a vertical joint and allowing one half of the column
to become the bearing surface for the future adjoining beam. The floor slab shall
be filled up together the beams on which they are resting.
Construction joints shall be minimum in numbers and their location shall be
approved by the Engineer. Construction joints shall be treated properly with
bonding coat of approved material to be applied at the old concrete before
commencing the fresh concreting operations.
Concreting after it has been placed in the forms and begun to set (after about 2
hours of laying)it should not be disturbed but the exposed surface should be kept
damp by covering with wet gunny bags and then cured by flooding with water by
making mortar watta of 75 mm high for 15 days to ensure curing. Curing
compound may be permitted by the engineer only for locations of concrete work
that are inaccessible.
In form finish surfaces, the patterns to be provided for the formwork shall be as
per Consultants suggestions.
Concrete rate is inclusive of providing pockets, holes, slits, depressions, inserts,
pipes, etc. required for electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems.
29) REMOVAL OF CENTERING
In no case shall the centering of any concrete work be removed without obtaining
the special permission of the engineer or his Assistant.
Proper care shall be exercised while removing the centering to avoid jarring the
structure or throwing heavy form from the floor.
Generally nothing less than the following times should elapse between the filling
in of the concrete and removal of the forms: -
91
Type of formwork
Minimum period before striking formwork
Vertical formwork to columns, beams 24 hrs.

and slabs
Soffit formwork to slabs (Props to be 3 days
re-fixed immediately after removal of
formwork.)
Soffit formwork to beams (Props to be 7 days
re-fixed immediately after removal of
formwork.)
Props to slabs
Spanning up to 3.5 m
7 days
Spanning over 3.5 m
14 days
Props to beams and arches
Spanning up to 4.5 m
Spanning over 4.5 m
14 days
21 days
After removal of the centering any roughness or irregularity on the exposed

surface of the work shall be made good by thin grouting of cement or a cement
wash and the whole surface shall be so finished as to present an even and uniform
appearance. No plastering will be permitted on the surface.
Where plastering is specified over concrete surfaces, concrete surfaces are
required to be hacked immediately after the removal of centering/form work as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge wherever required. Additional rate shall not be
paid to contractor for hacking.
30) MODE OF MEASUREMENTS
Where not otherwise specified, the value of work done under this contract
shall be calculated as follows:The net dimensions only filling in foundations plinth and other stone
masonry or brick walls.Brick, concrete and arching will be measured in the center
of the arching, the full breadth and the full thickness of the stone, concrete or
bricks in the wall.In case of plain, curved, moulded or chamfered cut stone work
the dimensions of the smallest stone out of which the work can be cut will be
taken.In woodwork the cube measurements are to be taken only on the fullest
visible dimensions of the pieces of the woodwork. The cover lap of scarfs,
projections of tennons etc. will not be allowed, except in the case of girders and
joists, which will be measured full.The superficial measurements of planking will
be of the surface seen, and the dimensions of tongues or laps will not be allowed.
Coursed khandkee facing will be paid extra on the walling and deduction will be
made for all out-stone work in the facing paid for separately. For round columns,
measurements of the square stone from which it can be out will be taken.Where
frames are included in the items, doors and windows will be measured outside to
outside (clear) of the frames after the door or window is closed. Where frames are
not included, shutters will be measured clear between the frames after they are
92
closed and rebates will not be paid for separately. Curved heads, fanlights etc.
will be similarly measured. Horns will not be paid for separately.For walling, the
actual cubical content of the masonry will be taken after deducting all openings
cut stone work and all other items of works paid for separately.For cut stone steps,
the measurements of only the exposed rise, tread and length of the steps will be
taken; overlaps and tails will not be allowed.
Measurements of the plaster will be the whole plastered surface of the wall, after
making deductions for openings and for dressings and other portions not plastered.
All mouldings which will be required to be worked out true to a template and
drawn near clean and level, and all exposed angles ad junctions with door frames
etc., to be included in the rate for plastering.
Tiling roofs with Mangalore or other similar tiles, The measurements of this work
will be taken on the slopes of the roof. Nothing extra will be allowed for ridges,
hips, overlaps etc.
Where lead sheet work in gutters, covering to roofs etc. is to be measured
superficially, net measurements will be taken. Nothing extra will be allowed for
overlaps.
Measurements for lightening conductors will be taken from the highest point of
the conductor to the bottom of the earth-plats.
Asphalt flooring will be measured on the actual area covered by the asphalt.
Minton-tiled flooring will be measured on the actual area covered by the tiles.
Porbunder stone and other pavement will be measured on the actual area covered
by the slabs.
When rock excavation is measured in depots, 40 percent of the measured quantity
will be deducted to allow for voids.
While measuring quantities of surplus earth to be removed from site of work,30
per cent of material loaded will be deducted from lorry measurements.
31.1 R.C.C. WORK
All R.C.C. work will be measured and paid for at the overall design dimensions,
increase in dimensions caused by the plaster finish will not be taken into account.
In the case of junctions of two or more members of R.C.C. work, only one of the
members will be measured full and no claim for overlap of other members will be
allowed either in respect of cubic contents or extension of reinforcement
necessary at the junctions.
Junctions of the Tee and or rectangular beams with slab: - beams will be measured
upto the top of the slab.
Junction of beams and columns: - columns will be measured full.
Junction of columns and footing: - footings will be measured full.
Junction of gallery slabs with parapet and drop (apron walls) slabs will be
measured full. Chajjas will be measured in sq. mts. arrived at by multiplying
93
length and projection as measured on the top surface exclusive of the vertical
edge. Drip mouldingwatas or any other mouldings will not be separately
measured.
Junction of columns and lintels: - columns will be measured full.
31.2
MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND RATES FOR HYSD

REINFORCEMENT
No allowance will be made for wastage while computing the weight, hooks and
bend will be taken into account but not the laps. The lengths of the bars shall be
measured correct to two places of decimals in meters and the weight payable
would be worked out on the following basis correct to 0.10 of a kg.
Weight in Kg. per metre.
Diameter of bars in millimeters
0.22
0.62
10
0.89
12
1.58
16
20
2.46
22
2.98
25
3.85
28
4.83
32
6.31
36
9.99
40
9.87
Overweight of the steel shall not be considered for calculating consumption and
payment purpose, weight of different dia. of bars mentioned above shall be
considered for payment as well as consumption purpose.The wire for tying and
devices for supporting bars and maintaining various clearances will not be
measured or paid.No payment will be made for pins, clips, binding wires, tack
welding done in lieu of tying, separators, wire chassis and other materials used for
fastening and supporting reinforcement in place. If the bars are substituted at the
contractors request and as a result more steel is used than specified only the
quantity specified shall be paid. The rate shall include the cost of steel and of
94
cutting, bending and binding, placing, cleaning, supporting etc., the M.S. bars
including laps and wastage.
31.3
31.4
WHITE WASHING, COLOUR WASHINGS DISTEMPER, OIL PAINTING

AND OTHER PAINTING WORKS:
In deduction clear opening exclusive of frames will be measured and nothing extra
will be allowed for jambs of doors, windows etc. Painting will be paid for at the
rates per sq. meter according to the colour and number of coats and also ordinarily
according to the actual area of the surface painted except as hereafter provided.
Moulded works of all kinds unless otherwise stated will be measured by running
tape into and overall depressions and elevations.
DOORS AND WINDOWS
Framework will be paid for as per actual measurements. Venetian shutters will be
measured, on each side, as one and half times the area of the clear opening of the
door or window for the portion of the Venetian shutters. Glazed portion of doors
windows shutters will be allowed for by deducting half of the glazed part
including the mesh from the total flat surface. Portion of doors and window
shutters fixed with expanded metal and wire-netting will be allowed for by
deducting quarter of such part from the total flat surface. Steel casement windows
will be measured as 25 per cent of the area of one face for painting done on both.
Painting of iron bars for doors and windows will be paid for as per actual
measurements of the surface painted.
31.5 RAILINGS AND GATES

Painting to all railings and simple grills of teakwood and iron will be paid for as
per as actual measurements of the surface area painted. Ornamental C.I. or W.I.
gates and grills will be paid for one and half times the overall surface for each side
painted. Fencing pole or angle iron shall be paid for one and half times the surface
of one side for painting done on both sides.
31.6
TRELLIS WORKS
32)
Hoop iron trellis work will be paid for painting done on both sides at one and half
times the area of one face where the opening are 75 mm. or less wide but only
once when the openings are more than 75 mm. wide. Teakwood trellis work or
R.C.C. jallis shall be measured on each side as if there were no openings in cases
where the openings are 75 mm. or less in width. In case of openings greater than
75mm. one and a half times the surface of one side will be paid for painting done
on both sides. Expanded metal and wire netting will be measured on one side only
for painting done of both sides in case where the mesh is 50mm. or less. Where
the mesh is longer than 50 mm. it will be measured as half of one side, for
painting done on both the sides.
MAKING HOLES FOR PIPES, CABLES ETC.
33)
No extra payment will be made for making holes in walls, slabs, beams etc. for
taking through them any pipes for drainage and or water fittings, cables wires etc.
and the cost the roof should be deemed to be covered under rates for those items.
SPECIFICATION
FOR
ALLUMIUM
DOORS,
WINDOWS,
VENTILATORS & PARTITIONS etc.
95
These shall be obtained from approved and established manufactures and shall
be of aluminum alloy conforming to IS:733 and sections shall generally conform
to IS:1948. These shall be fabricated as per the detailed drawings.
Frames for windows, ventilators etc. shall be square and flat. Both fixed and
openable frames shall be constructed of sections which have been cut to length,
mitred and welded at corners. Sub-dividing bars shall be tenoned and riveted into
the frames. All frames shall have corners welded to a true right angle. For side
hung shutters, hinges hall normally be of projecting type made of aluminum alloy
and riveted/ welded to frames and shall have stainless steel pins. Handles, peg
stays etc. shall be of approved quality aluminum or its alloy conforming to IS
Specifications.
All types of shutters shall be fabricated, supplied and fixed as specified in the
IS:1948. The rate shall include supplying and fixing all fittings and fixtures
required for proper and safe operation.
The doors shall be fabricated by using standard aluminum alloy extruded
sections specified in IS: 1948. The rate shall include supplying and fixing fittings
and fixtures including approved locking arrangement as directed.
All aluminum fabrication work shall be powder coated to give a film of 40
micron.
The contractor shall take care to stack the fabricated frames etc. on site
undercover they shall be handled with care, stacked on edge on level bearers and
supported evenly, before erecting, the frames coming in contact with concrete,
masonry, plaster or dissimilar metals shall be coated with a coated of clear
transparent lacquer based on methacrylates or cellulose butyrate to protect the
surface from wet cement during installation. This coating shall be removed on
completion. Before handing over, the aluminum work shall be washed with mild
solution of non-alkali soap and water.
Glazing:
Glazing shall be of approved specially selected quality glass of specified
thickness and unless otherwise directed it shall be provided on the exterior with
metal beading.
34)
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS/ DIRECTIONS FOR USING READY

MIXED CONCRETE.
All Reinforced concrete work will be of Ready Mix Concrete (RMC). Contractor
will be fully responsible for maintaining the grade of concrete. Its acceptance
criteria will be as per IS 456 (2000).
All special conditions/directions for cement concrete work shall also be
applicable.
The contractor shall procure RMC from the RMC plant approved by
ARCI/Consultants.
Ready mix concrete prepared and transported will be as per IS 4926 OF 1976 OR
THE LATEST I.S. CODE.
cement to be used shall be of OPC 53 grade at the specific instructions of
Consultants and approved brand.
96
No dry mix shall be brought on site and water added there at.
Ready mix concrete will be brought to the site from RMC plant only by transit
mixers (agitators)
Every transit mixer will carry delivery challan, mentioning the minimum
following details.
Name of Manufacturer and Depot.
Serial No. of challan.
Date
Truck No.
Name of contractor to whom the RMC is being supplied.
Location of contract work.
Grade of concrete.
Specified workability.
Cement content and Grade of cement. (minimum cement required shall be
distinctly marked.)
Time of loading.
Quantity of concrete.
Type of admixture.
When the truck arrives on site, the drum should always be speeded to
about 10 to 15 rev/min, for at least 3 minutes, to make sure that the concrete is
thoroughly mixed and uniform, before discharge.
Testing of Ready Mixed Concrete: - The sampling and testing requirements for
ready mixed concrete are the same as those for site mixed concrete. As regards
testing of workability following procedure be followed.
After making sure that the concrete has been uniformly mixed, take a sample
from the first 0.5 cu. m. of concrete discharge, and do a slump (or compacting
factor) test on the sample. If the result complies with the specified requirements,
then the load should be accepted, If the results are beyond limits, a further sample
should be taken from the second 0.5 cu. m. of the discharge, and if this is
satisfactory, the load should be accepted, if not, the concrete load shall be
rejected, as the same is not as per the specification range. The specified slump is
75 to 100 mm while carrying out above tests; it may vary by 10 mm. as per IS
4926-1976.
Twelve cubes shall be cast at the plant as well as at the site for every days work
where the concrete is placed.
The admixtures used shall conform to IS-9103-1979 reaffirmed on 1990 or
ASTMC-494 of 92 and shall be compatible with the cement used for
manufacturing concrete.
All taxes/duties etc. will be borne by the contractors and not by the Owner.
No extra payment will be made for the use of admixtures.
The contractors will make all arrangements & provide an uninterrupted access to
R.M.C. plant for Consultants engineers to check the ready mixed concrete.
It will be sole right of the Consultant / owner to allow or disallow the use of ready
mixed concrete if all the conditions are not complied with.
97
PART I - ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

OF MATERIALS (GENERAL)
98
MATERIALS (GENERAL)
1.
GENERAL:
1.1.
Standard All materials shall conform strictly to the latest Indian Standards (even though old
version Nos are printed elsewhere in the document) unless otherwise mentioned.
1.2.
Supply All materials required for the Works execution shall be arranged by the
Contractor.
1.3.
Storage of materials All materials shall be stored strictly at locations approved by the Engineer in such
a manner that no deterioration occurs in their quality.
1.4.
Testing The Engineer shall order such tests and analysis of all materials brought on site as
he considers necessary and the Contractor shall bear the cost of all sampling and
testing which is in accordance with the Indian Standards.
99
PART I - SPECIFICATIONS
OF WORKMANSHIP (GENERAL)
100
WORKMANSHIP (GENERAL)
1.
GENERAL
1.1.
Standard
In all cases the work shall be carried out in accordance with the CPWD
Specifications VOL-I and II and (or) latest Indian Standards Specifications and
the best engineering practice In the absence of such specifications, work shall be
executed in accordance with any other relevant standards issued elsewhere as
approved by the Consultant / Owner or as per the instructions and directions of
the Consultant / Owner. Unless otherwise specified for specialized items of
work, the Contractor shall furnish to the Consultant / Owner for his approval the
various specifications / details etc. of the manufacturer. On approval, the work
shall be carried out strictly in accordance with these specifications / details.
1.2.
Constructional Equipment
The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply, use and maintenance of all the
constructional plant and equipment so as to ensure smooth and efficient working
of the job. The Consultant / Owner shall have access to the Plant at all times.
1.3.
Workmen & Staff

The Contractor shall ensure that he employs only capable and experienced labour
force, foremen, other tradesmen and supervisory staff on the job capable of
handling the types of work they are required to handle in a workmanlike and
efficient manner to the satisfaction of the Consultant / Owner. He shall also
ensure that his Sub-contractors or nominated Sub contractors also employ all
workmen and supervisory staff capable of delivery work of a high standard. For
all concrete work, a fully qualified and experienced quality control engineer shall
be employed by the Contractor and he shall be available on site at all times when
concreting operations are in progress. Operators for mixers, mechanical vibrators
and personnel in- charge of placing of concrete shall be fully trained and
experienced for their class of work.
1.4.
Tests
The Tenderer shall indicate the tests (like flooding / ponding etc.) that he would
conduct at site during the progress of the work and later after the works
completion so that no leakage / seepage takes place wherever new waterproofing
treatment and plastering work and other special treatment are carried out.
101
PART- I - SPECIFICATIONS FOR

ENABLING WORK
102
EWA -ENABLING WORK

1.
All enabling works comprising cutting, dismantling, removing etc. shall be done
with utmost care such that material does not fall from height and cause injury to
men & materials, noise/sound is kept to a minimum, structural and/or nonstructural members in the vicinity of items being dealt with are not damaged,
walls, floors, fittings and fixtures etc. are duly protected from the falling,
splintering, flying materials, any items, which are to be removed but to be
reinstalled later are handled in a manner that no damage is caused to the members
themselves during removal and stacking .making provision of temporary partition
/ working platform, etc. if & when required
2.
Methodology for dismantling of work, scheme of execution of repair works,

storage of materials and working platforms in corridors, etc. shall be got approved
by Consultant before starting the work.
3.
Cutting of RC members is deemed to include breaking/removing of the member as

existing including reinforcement, if necessary etc.
4.
For RC members where only reinforcement is to be exposed, all the plaster shall
be removed and concrete shall be removed in the cover portion and/or upto just
behind the main reinforcement as required using only chisel and hammer.
5.
Removal of any items related to public health work (i.e. plumbing pipes, waste
water lines etc.) is deemed to include removal / disconnection of all the fittings,
fixtures, accessories, seating / fixing arrangements etc. as are relevant to the item.
Removal of touching / concealed pipes would include removal of any plaster,
chasing / cutting of any masonry etc.
6.
Removal of existing wooden shutters from door's & windows would included
removal of all fittings and fixtures such as hinges, tower bolt, aldrop, handle glass
etc.
7.
Removal of existing M.S. steel work of any thickness or MS grill work of any
type, design carefully with the help of gas cutting at any floor level.
8.
Unless stated otherwise the rates for dismantling, cutting, breaking of plaster,
masonry, concrete, tiles, removal of pipes, etc. shall allow for all careful operations including all safety measures
any scaffolding, propping etc. as required
stacking of usable materials, if any as directed by the Owner and disposal of
all other material / debris etc. outside the Employers premises
9.
All debris from dismantling items as above to be disposed off outside Employers
property at no extra cost. All scrap in reinforcement or structural steel shall be
disposed off after the approval of the Employer.
103
10.
All refixing items shall be removed by taking care to avoid breakage / damage and
handling over them to Employer by keeping proper record of the same.
11.
All electrical items like fittings, cabling, wires, etc. shall be removed to
enable repair works by the Contractor through the licensed electrician and cost
towards the same shall be reimbursed to the Contractor at mutually agreed during
the work progress.
12.
All electrical wiring, batterns, casing, caping, fuses, distribution boards, bell
chimes, telephone wiring, junction boxes, etc. already removed carefully
accounted and recorded in register and to be handed over to the Employer.
104
PART I SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIAL ITEMS

1.
Industrial Tiling (Acid and Alkali resistant flooring):

A. General:
a. IS Code : Meet or exceed IS 4457
b. Submittal: The contractor shall submit Product data sheet, color chart and
sample of 150 mm x 150 mm for approval by the Consultants and the
Owner before procuring and installing the product in the project.
B. Basis of Design Product:
a. Manufacturer H & R Johnson or equivalent
a) Model
- ENDURA-Acid and Alkali resistance tiles.
b. Color and Texture
- As approved by the Consultants
C. Installation:
a. Acid resistant tiles shall be laid as specified in IS 4457 as as per
manufacturers specifications. The joints shall be cleaned of the cement
grout with a wire brush or trowel to a depth of 5 mm. and all dust and
loose mortar is removed. Joints shall then be flush pointed with acid
resisting cement.
b. Clean the floor with water and soap as per manufacturers instructions.
2.
ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS & SUSPENSION GRID

Armstrong Mineral Fibre Acoustical Suspended Ceiling System with
ULTIMA (MICRO LOOK) EDGE TILES WITH ARMSTRONG SILHOUETTE
EXPOSED GRID. The tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of 95%, NRC
0.70, Light Reflectance >90%, Thermal Conductivity k = 0.052- 0.057 w/m K,
Colour White, Fire Performance A2-s1.d0 in module size of 300 X 1200 X 19 mm
with Bio Block coating in the front & back of the tile, suitable for Green Building
application, with Recycled content of 70-80%.
The tile shall be laid on
Armstrong Silhouette profile grid system with 15mm white flanges incorporating
a 6mm central reveal in white/black colour. Silhouette, Main Runners & Cross
Tees to have mitered ends & birdsmouth notches to provide mitered cruciform
junctions. The T Sections have a Galvanizing of 90 grams per M2 & passed
through 500 hrs of Salt test.
PRODUCT WARRANTY 15 YEARS - Armstrong World Industries for 15 Year
Ceiling and Suspension System Limited Warranty
CEILING SYSTEM INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION: To comprise main runner (with 300mm spaced miter cut)
spaced at 1200mm centers securely fixed to the structural soffit using Armstrong
suspension system (specifications below) at 1200mm maximum centre & not
more than 150mm from spliced joints. The First/Last Armstrong suspension
system at the end of each main runner should not be greater than 600mm from the
adjacent wall. 1200mm long cross tees (without central miter cut) to be
interlocked between main runners at 300mm centre to form 1200 x 300 mm
105
module. Cut cross tees longer than 600mm require independent support.
Perimeter trim to be Armstrong shadow wall molding (dimensions:
19x7x7x14mm), secured to walls at 450 mm maximum centers. The Rate is
including cost and conveyance of all materials, labour charges and all operational,
incidental charges etc., complete for finished item of work.
3.
ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS & SUSPENSION GRID

Providing & Fixing of Armstrong Mineral Fibre Acoustical Suspended Ceiling
System with Dune (Bevelled Tegular) Edge Tiles With Armstrong 15mm Exposed
GRID.
The tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of 99%, NRC 0.5, Light
Reflectance 85%, Thermal Conductivity k = 0.052 - 0.057 w/m K, Colour White,
Fire Performance UK Class 0 / Class 1 (BS 476 pt - 6 &7) in module size of 600 x
600 x 16mm , suitable for Green Building application, with Recycled content of
32%.
The tile shall be laid on Armstrong Silhouette profile grid system with 15mm
white flanges incorporating a 6mm central reveal in white/black colour and with a
web height of 45mm and a load carrying capacity of minimum 15.68 Kgs/M2 &
minimum pull out strength of 100 Kgs.. Silhouette, Main Runners & Cross Tees to
have mitred ends & birdsmouth notches to provide mitred cruciform junctions.
The T Sections have a Galvanizing of 90 grams per M2 and need to be installed
with Suspension system of Armstrong make. .
INSTALLATION: To comprise main runner spaced at 1200mm centres securely
fixed to the structural soffit using Armstrong suspension system (specifications
below) at 1200mm maximum centre. The First/Last Armstrong suspension system
at the end of each main runner should not be greater than 450mm from the
adjacent wall.
Flush fitting 1200mm long cross tees to be interlocked between main runners at
600mm centre to form 1200 x 600 mm module. Cut cross tees longer than 600mm
require independent support. 600 x 600mm module to be formed by fitting
600mm long flush fitting cross tees centrally between the 1200 mm cross tees.
Perimeter trim to be Armstrong wall angles of size 3000x19x19mm, secured to
walls at 450 mm maximum centres.
106
PART - II
SPECIFICATIONS FOR PHE WORKS
107
SPECIFICATIONS FOR PHE WORKS

SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY AND LAYING GI PIPES
The specification covers the method of providing GI pipes for internal and
external water supply works.
1
SPECIFICATION OF GI PIPES AND FITTINGS:
1.1
Materials:
The pipes shall be galvanized mild steel welded pipes and seamless, screwed and
stocked tubes conforming to the requirements of IS: 1239 for medium grade. They
shall be of the nominal dia (nominal bore) specified in the description of the item.
The respective nominal bores of the pipes for which they are intended shall design
at the stock.
The pipes and sockets shall be cleanly finished, well galvanized in and out
and free from
cracks, surface flaws, laminations, and other defects. The
ends shall be cut cleanly and square with the axis of the tube.
All screwed tubes and sockets shall have pipe threads conforming to the
requirements of IS: 554-1955 (or revised) screwed tubes shall have taper threads
while the sockets shall have parallel threads.
1.2
Pipe fittings:
The fittings shall be of malleable cast iron or mild steel tubes complying with all
the appropriate requirements given in Para 1.1 or as specified. The respective
nominal bores of the pipes for which they are intended shall designate the fittings.
The fittings shall have screw threads at the ends conforming to the requirements
of IS: 554-1955(or revised). Female threads on fittings shall be parallel and male
threads (except on running nipples and collars of unions) shall be tapered.
The dimensions of specials to be used shall be as per tables 1 to 29 of IS: 1239
part-II
EARTH WORK EXCAVATIONS AND PREPARATION OF TRENCH FOR

EXTERNAL
WORKS:
The galvanized iron pipes and fittings shall be laid in excavated trenches. The
widths and depths of trenches for different diameters of the pipes shall be as in the
table given below:
The work of excavation and refilling shall be done true to line and gradient in
accordance with specifications. At joints the trench width shall be widened where
necessary for earthwork trenches.
When excavation is done in the rock bottom shall be excavated to extra depth of
10cms to permit the pipes to be laid on a cushion of sand of minimum 10 cm
thick.
108
CHECKING THE QUALITY OF PIPES BEFORE USING ON WORKS:

The pipes and fittings shall be inspected at site before use to ascertain that they
conform to the wall thickness and weight of pipes for one meter length of pipe
shall be necessarily checked to ensure the appropriate class of pipe (medium class
/ heavy class) before acceptance of the pipe for use in the building. The wall
thickness of pipe has to be checked accordingly to second decimal of a millimeter
using a screw gauge and recorded in measurement book. The defective pipes shall
be rejected. While cutting laying and jointing for internal and external works,
where the pipes have to be cut or rethreaded, the ends shall be carefully filed out
so that no obstruction to bore is offered. The ends of the pipes shall than be
threaded conforming to the requirement of IS-554-1955 with pipe dies and taps
carefully in such a manner as well not results in slackness of joints when the two
pieces are screwed together the taps and dies shall be used only for straightening
screw thread which have become bent or damaged and shall not be used for
turning of the threads so as to make them slack, as the later procedure may not
result in a water tight joint. The screw threads of pipes and fittings shall be
protected from damage until they are fitted.
3
JOINTING OF GI PIPES:
The pipes shall be cleaned and cleared of all foreign matter before being laid. In
jointing the pipes shall be oiled and rubbed over with white lead and a few turns
of spun yarn wrapped round the screwed end of the pipe. The end shall then be
screwed in the socket, tee etc., with pipe wrench care should be taken that all
pipes are kept at all times free from dust and dirt during fixing. Burr from the
joints shall be removed after screwing. After laying, the open ends of the pipes
shall be temporarily plugged to prevent access of water, soil or any other foreign
matter. Any threads exposed after jointing shall be painted or in case have under
ground piping thickly coated with approved anticorrosive paint to prevent
corrosion.
LAYING FOR EXTERNAL WORKS:

4.1. The pipes shall be painted with two coats of anticorrosive bitumastic paint of
approved quality. The pipes shall be laid and jointed on a layer of 7.5 cms and
filled up to 15 cm above the pipes. In case of sandy soil not containing
sulphates and chlorides then provision of layer of sand is not required. The
remaining portion of the trench shall be back filed with excavated earth. The
surplus earth shall be disposed off as directed.
4.2. When GI pipes are laid below ground level they shall not be laid parallel and
close to electrical cable. Using GI water pipes for ear thing of electrical wiring
shall not be done as it may induce galvanic corrosion in pipes, and also may
result in electrocution.
4.3. Vertical and horizontal separation between sewer and GI pipe line:
Care shall be taken to lay the GI water mains always above the sewer line. The
minimum horizontal and vertical clearance between sewer line and water line
shall be 500 mm. Joints shall be avoided in the water pipe and sewer pipe at the
crossing of sewer line and water line if the crossings is perpendicular or angular
to sewer line.
109
4.4. Laying service pipe:

Service pipes of less than 50 mm bore may be connected to cast iron pipe mains
by means of right-angled screw down ferrule of non-ferrule of non-ferrous metal
conforming to IS: 2692, but the ferrule itself shall not be more than 25 mm bore.
Ferrule of 20 mm bore and above shall not be used in CI mains of less than 100
mm bore. The CI mains is drilled and tapped and the ferrule screwed in.
5
INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS:

The meter shall be installed in accordance with IS: 2401. The meters shall be
fitted beyond the stopcock with unions to facilitate the removing of the meter for
repairs. If fitted in an exposed position outside the building the meter shall be
housed in water meter boxes conforming to IS: 2401.Care shall be taken the
factory seal of the meter is not disturbed. When the meter shall be fixed to a newly
fitted pipeline, the pipeline shall have to be completely washed before fitting the
meter. For this purpose a piece of pipe equal to the length of the meter shall be
fixed in the proposed position of the meter in the new pipeline. The water shall be
allowed to flow completely to wash the pipeline and then the meter installed as
described above by replacing the connecting pipe.
LAYING GI PIPES FOR INTERNAL WORKS:
6.1
GENERAL:
The rates for fixing shall provide for making holes in walls, providing screws,
wooden plugs and cleats wherever necessary, cutting floors, chasing in walls
and floors e t c., and making good and restoring to original conditions. The rate
shall be for the completed work as laid down in the schedule and the contractor
is not entitled for any payments on this account except in case of any
dismantling structures, which are of special nature in the opinion of the
consultant for which payment shall be made in accordance with the relevant
rates as in schedule of approved rates.
6.2
Marking the alignment of pipes:

The alignment of pipes to be laid shall be neatly marked with thread and line
strictly in accordance with plans and approval of the client / consultant taken
before commencing the laying of pipes. The consultant shall be approved any
deviations from plan found necessary during lying. No water pipe is to be buried
under flooring. Pipes shall be laid exposed or concealed in wall as prescribed in
drawing and schedule of quantities.
6.3
Laying GI pipes exposed on walls:

All exposed pipes and specials shall be painted with three coats of approved
synthetic enamel paint of approved shade to match with the colour of wall
surface.
The fixing shall be done by means of standard pattern holder bat clamps,
keeping the pipes about 15 mm clear of the wall. The clamps shall be spaced at
regular intervals in straight lengths as shown in table given below:
110
Intervals in meter
Size of pipe in mm
15
20
25
32
40
50
6.4
for horizontal run

2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
for vertical run

2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
GI PIPES LAID CONCEALED IN WALLS:
6.4.1 GI pipes shall be fixed in chases and be secured with approved MS pipe
Hooks at about 1.5 m intervals.
6.4.2 For GI pipes 15mm to 25mm dia drilling by pipe jumper and not by dismantling
the brickwork or concrete shall make the holes in the walls and floors. However
for bigger dimension pipes the holes shall be carefully made of the smallest size.
After fixing the pipes the holes shall be made good with cement mortar 1:3 and
properly finished to match the adjacent surface.
6.4.3 The chasing to be done in the wall shall be of minimum width equivalent to pipe
diameter plus 20 mm on either side. The depth of chase shall be pipe diameter
plus 20 mm to be cut in un-plastered brick wall. Care shall be taken to do all
chasing before plastering. Wherever pipes are intended to be concealed in wall
chases, the pipes shall be painted with 3 coats of anticorrosive bituminous paints.
The pipe shall be laid centrally along the centerline of chase leaving sufficient
space for grouting. GI pipes shall be fixed in chase by means of MS pipe hooks
driven in to the wall at every 1.5 m intervals securely clamping the pipe in to wall.
The front cover from the exterior pipe surface to the surface of un-plastered brick
wall shall be minimum 20mm at all places. After pipe lying is completed, pressure
testing shall be conducted for water tightness of the entire piping system including
all joints to be concealed got checked. After satisfactory testing the chases shall be
grouted with cement mortar of mix 1:3 flush in line the un-plastered brick wall
surface.
7
PROVISION OF ANCHOR AND THRUST BLOCKS IN PIPELINES:

Anchor and thrust blocks for external pipes shall be designed and provided for the
maximum pressure of the system in case of GI pipes of 80 mm dia and above laid
inside building subjected to high pressure suitable MS anchors grouted in walls
shall be provided at all bends and free ends.
111
HYDROSTATIC TESTING FOR INTERNAL WORKS:

After laying and jointing the GI pipes shall be slowly and carefully charged with
water, so that all air is expelled from the main by providing a 25 mm inlet with a
stopcock allowed to stand full of water for one day minimum and then tested
under pressure. The test pressure shall be 5 kg/cm2 or one and half times the
maximum working pressure, whichever is greater. The pressure shall be applied
by means of a manually operated test pump. Due precaution shall be taken to
ensure that the required test pressure is not exceed. Pressure gauge shall be
accurate and shall preferably have been recalibrated before the test. The test pump
having been stopped the test pressure shall maintain it self without measurable
loss for atleast half an hour. The internal pipes shall be tested in section as the
work of laying proceeds. The GI pipes only after the pressure testing is done
satisfactorily and leakages if any are stopped and the test is repeated the open end
of the main may be temporarily closed for testing under moderate pressure by
fitting a water tight plug. The ends of the main and the plug shall be secured by
struts or otherwise, to resist the end thrust of the water pressure in the mains.
COMMISIONING THE SYSTEM AND DISINFECTION OF PIPES AND

FITTINGS:
After completion of the entire internal plumbing system the overhead tank shall be
filled with water mixed with filtered bleaching powder solution of 50-ppm
chlorine. This water shall be filled to the entire system and kept for a contact
period of 12 hours. All fittings like stopcocks, bib taps, and shower rose, pillar
cocks, flushing cistern etc. shall be operated with this water for effective
disinfection. Care shall be taken to see that this water is not used for drinking and
other purposes. The system shall be flushed with potable water before
commissioning.
CAST IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS
The specification covers the method of providing CI pipes for internal and external
sewage works.
Soil and waste pipes shall be cast iron pipes. All pipes shall be straight and smooth and
inside free from irregular bore, blow hole, cracks and other manufacturing defects. Pipes
shall centrifugally spun iron soil pipes conforming to I.S 3989-1984, 1729-1979.
Standard weight, dimension and pig lead required for joints shall be as follows:
For pipes conforming to IS 3989-1984 (centrifugally spun soil pipes)
Nominal
diameter
inches
2
3
4
6
Thickness
mm
50
75
100
150
Mm
3.5
3.5
4.0
5.0
Overall Weight6
length 1.83mm
kg.
8.5
12.7
19.2
35.5
112
Internal diameter
of socket
Mm
73
99
126
178
Depth of lead
Mm
25
25
25
38
TOLERANCES
Tolerances on the external diameter of the barrel. The internal diameter of the
socket and the depth of socket shall be as follows :
Dimen sio n
MM
External
diameter in barrel
No mina l dia meter MM To lera nce

50,57
100
150
All diameters
All diameters
internal diameter of barrel

Depth of socket
+ 3.0
+ 3.5
+ 4.0
+ 3.0
+ 10.0
Dimension
Nominal - Size A
Pipe
50
60
5
76
6
60
{External diameter, B
{Thickness, C
{Internal diameter, F
Socket{Thickness, H
{Internal depth, J
Overall length 1800mm

Nominal Weight of Pipe
(exclusive of ears)
Weight tolerances in all items +10%
75
85
5
101
6
66
100
110
5
129
6
70
150
160
5
181
6
75
kg
kg
kg
kg
11.41 16.52 21.67 31.92
LAYING AND JOINTING

1 .1. CLE AN ING OF P IPE S AND FIT T IN GS
All lumps, blisters and excess coating shall be removed from the socket and
spigot end of each pipe and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the socket
shall be wire-brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease
before the pipe is laid.
CLOS I NG T HE E NDS OF PIPE T O PR
E VE NT
FORE I GN MAT E RIALS W HI LE LAY ING P IPE
ENT RY
OF
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe
while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying team cannot put the pipe
into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer-in-charge
may order a heavy tightly woven canvas bag of suitable size be placed over each
end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe that
before lowering the pipe into the trench. During laying operations, no debris,
tools, clothing or any other material shall be placed in the pipe. After laying and
jointing of a reach is completed the two free ends shall be kept closed to prevent
entry of foreign materials, rodents and other animals.
113
CUT T ING OF PIPE

The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings or closure pieces shall be done in
a neat and workman like manner without damage to the pipe so as to leave a
smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. For this purpose use of a pipe
cutter is recommended. Pipe cutting machines are recommended for large pipes.
When pipe-cutting machines are not available for cutting pipes of large diameters,
the electric arc cutting method may be permitted using carbon or steel rods.
Only qualified and experienced workmen shall be employed on this work. When
the pipe-cutting machine is not available and the site conditions do not permit pipe
cutting by machine, the pipe can be cut using a chisel. Flame cutting of pipes by
means of ox-acetylene torches shall not be allowed.
DI RE CT I ON OF LAYI NG OF S OC KE T END
On level ground, the socket ends should face the upstream. When the line runs
uphill the socket ends should face the upgrade.
The permitted tolerance for deflection for lead joint shall be 2.5 millimeters.
JOINT I NG
Jointing of socket and spigot pipes is done by molten lead (under dry conditions )
and lead wool joints.
MOLT E N LE AD JOINT S
Pig lead - for jointing purposes should conform to IS- 782-1978. Spun yarn used,
as jointing material shall be of sterilized quality. It should have been exposed to
vapors of 40 percent formaldehyde in airtight chambers, for three hours before
using it in the water mains.
MAKING OF LE AD J OINT S
The interior of socket and spigot ends is cleaned with a brush. The spigot end is
inserted into the socket till it touches the bottom of the socket. Strands of twisted
spun yarn and suitable thickness shall be driven tightly into the annular gap
between the socket and spigot till the spun yarn touches the bottom of the socket,
with a suitable yarning tool. Bits of spun yarn less than one circumference of
spigot end shall not be used. Yarn packing should ensure annular gaps of
uniform thickness all around. For pouring of lead to make the joints water tight
clean hemp yarn shall be used (tarred hemp yarn shall be used only for sewerage
works).
The approximate depth of yarn packing and lead caulking for different diameters
of CI pipes are given in table I. Correct depth of yarn packing and thickness of
each joint has to be checked by means of a wooden gauge by inserting it all
around the annular gap. Wooden gauges with grooves to show the depth of yarn
and lead caulking shall be prepared with reference to table I for each diameter of
pipe.
114
TABLE - I
******************************************************************
Dia of
Total
Depth of
Depth of
Appx.
pipe in
depth of yarn lead
of yarn/
of lead in
mm
socket
caulking
caulking
jointing
******************************************************************
75 mm
84 mm
39 mm
45 mm
0.10
1.80
100 mm
88 mm
43 mm
45 mm
0.18
2.20
125 mm
91 mm
46 mm
45 mm
0.20
2.60
150 mm
94 mm
49 mm
45 mm
0.20
3.40
200 mm
100 mm
55 mm
45 mm
0.30
5.00
*******************************************************************
Note: +/-20% variation in quantities of lead and spun yarn stated above can be
permitted for a single joint. Average consumption/per joint should match to the
above standards within a tolerance of 5%. For overall reduction in quantity of lead
used for a given number of joints from the above standard, the corresponding cost
of lead shall be deducted from the bill of the contractor. Quantity of lead used in
the works shall be pre-weighed. Lead removed while caulking at the joint also
shall be weighed and accounted for in order to arrive at the net quantity of lead
consumed for jointing.
HE AT ING AN D PO URI NG OF LE AD
Lead shall be heated in a melting pot kept in easy reach of the joint to be poured
so that the molten metal will not get chilled while being carried from the melting
pot to the joint.
Preparation of clay mould for pouring lead joints
Moulds for pouring lead joints shall be prepared using well-kneaded clay, using a
thick rope of size little larger than the annular groove. The rope is dampened with
water and the watery clay shall be wound around the edge of the spigot end
snugly fitting around the annular gap in-between the spigot end and socket face
and the clay shall be clashed around to form the mould. The way for pouring lead
in the mould shall be formed by carefully withdrawing the rope without
dislodging the clay mould. A pouring lip shall be formed in the clay mould for
pouring the lead.
When the molten lead is stirred it will show a rapid change of color. Before
pouring, all scum shall be removed. Each joint shall be made with one
continuous pour, filling the entire joint space with solid lead. After few minutes
of cooling, the clay mould can be removed and the continuity of lead, examined.
Spongy or imperfectly filled joints shall be removed and repaired.
115
PART I AL B ACK-F ILL I NG OF PIPE T RE NC H BE FORE T E ST ING

Before testing, the trench shall be partially back-filled except at the joints in
accordance with provision of REFILLING clause.
TE ST ING
The method which is commonly in use is filling the pipe with water, taking care to
evacuate any entrapped air and slowly raising the system to the test pressure. The
test shall be done in accordance with IS 2065 1983 code of practice for water
supply in buildings. The test pressure shall be 5 kg/cm2 or the maximum working
pressure plus 50%, whichever is greater. The pressure shall be maintained for at
least 4 hours.
MODE OF MEASUREMENT
The measurement of pipeline is done in running meters, (Rm.), and the specials and
fittings are done in Nos. (Quantity of fittings in numbers only).The lead joints shall
be measured separately. The mode of measurement shall be as per IS 1200 (Part 16).
The quoted rates should be as per above measurements.
SOIL PIPES FOR DRAINAGE OF SANITARY INSTALLATION
1.
GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR LAYOUT OF PIPES:

The pipe system shall be as shown in drawing either single stack system or double
stack system. The quantities shall be as per schedule of quantities, which is given in
running meter for soil pipes, number of specials and making number of joints. The
quantities specified are only approximate and may vary as per site conditions.
1.1
A Schematic piping drawing shall be furnished in the plumbing and sanitary for
constructions. Based on this construction drawing a detailed drawing for plumbing
of soil pipes with all fittings indicated shall be prepared by contractor and got
approved before execution of works. The works shall follow the standard
plumbing practices as per national buildings code and relevant IS specifications
and rates shall include supplying and installing of all materials and fixtures
appliances and appurtenances in connection with sanitary drainage, the venting
system etc.within the building premises. Prior to commencement of work the
contractor shall furnish name and address of the licensed plumber who shall
execute the plumbing works and take approval of consultant. The licensed
plumber shall posses valid license issued local municipal authority under whose
jurisdiction the site of building is located.
1.2
Some of the precautions to be taken by contractor are given below:
1.3
Branches and stacks which receive discharge from WC pans should not be leas
than 100 mm. For outlet of floor traps, 75 mm or 100 mm dia pipes may be used
as shown in drawing.
1.4
The gradient of a horizontally laid soil waste pipe for drainage should not be
flatter than 1 in 50 and not steeper than 1:10.
116
1.5
Layout of pipes: pipe work and appliances should be done as per layout shown in
the drawings. Soil outlet from water connected to the main soil pipe shall have an
access door for cleaning. The access door must not be concealed in walls. The soil
pipe situated outside the building or in suitably designed pipe shaft. The waste
pipe shall be continued upwards without any diminution in its diameter and
without any bend or angle to such a height and position as to afford effective
ventilation by means of the open end of the waste pipe of safe outlet for foul air.
1.6
The waste pipe shall be firmly attached in the wall at least 5 cms clear of it waste
pipe shall be fixed with holder bats as per manufacturers recommendations.
1.7
The pipe work in branch connections should always be arranged to allow free
drainage of the system. Connections to main or branch pipes should be so
arranged as to prevent cross flow from one appliance to another. Connections
should be made with an easy sweep in the direction of flow particularly in the
single stack system.
1.8
Two pipe system of soil pipes is to be provided for discharging of Soil waste
waters from water closets and urinals in one pipe and Waste waters from
washbasins, sinks and baths in the second pipe.
1.9
The vertical soil pipes shall be extended up above the roof slab and provided with
a ventilating cowl.
1.10
Anti siphon pipes shall be provided wherever specified in the drawing, which is
usually proposed for multistoreyed buildings more than three storey.
1.11
In rows of toilets where more than one vertical soil pipe as shown in drawing one
main soil pipe may be fixed centrally with branches to connect other water closet.
Similar system of branching may be followed for waste water having one main
waste pipe stack with branches for wash basins, bath etc., where necessary.
1.12
When the pipes are concealed, inaccessible or laid exposed along with the internal
face of the wall, they should preferably be of PVC SWR. In the ground floor all
the pipes, including those laid on the external face of the walls upto the first
inspection chamber or gully trap should be PVC SWR soil pipe of appropriate size
or as specified in the tender.
1.13
All joints in the pipe work and of pipe work to appliance should be made in such a
manner as to be airtight and water tight and to remain so during use. Care should
be taken to ensure that no jointing material projects inside the bore of the pipe.
1.14
Using jointing materials as per manufacturers specification and directions shall

make the joints.
1.15
Bends should be of long radius where practicable. In the case of bends in the
bottom most pipes they should be necessarily be of long radiu s and should
preferably be made of 92.50 bend or 1350 (1/8) bends.
117
1.16
Ample provision should be made for access to all pipe work and the embedding of
joints in wall should be avoided.
1.17
Fixtures shall be connected to the stack or inspection chamber only through any
trap.
1.18
Taps: special care shall be taken by contractor in locating the taps, conforming to
the drawing and where site conditions warrant a change it shall be done as per the
directions of consultant.
1.19
Traps should be always being of self-cleaning pattern.
1.20
Traps should be conveniently accessible for cleaning by in mates.
1.21
Soil pipes whether inside or outside the building shall not be connected with any
rain water pipe.
1.22
Ventilating pipes: ventilating pipes should be so installed that water cannot be

retained in them. They should be fixed vertically. Whenever possible horizontal
runs should be avoided.
1.23
Ventilating pipe or shafts shall be carried to a height of atleast 60 cms above the
outer covering of the roof of the building or in the case of the window in a gable
wall or a dormer window, it shall be carried up to the ridge of the roof or atleast 2
m above the top of the window.
1.24
In the case of a flat roof to which access is provided it shall be carried up to a

height of at least 120cms above the parapet and not less than 2 m above the head
of any window with a horizontal distance of 3 m from the vent pipe and in no
case, shall it be carried to a height less than 3 m above plinth level.
1.25
Location, condition like wind directions, adjacent building opening etc. are to be
taken in to account. The upper end of every ventilating pipe should be protected
by means of a cowl.
2.
INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING.
2.1
Inspection: work should be inspected during installation and tests carried out on
completion, care being taken that all work, which is to be encased or concealed, is
tested before it is finally encased.
2.2
Pipe systems should be tested for gas tightness and for hydraulic performance.
Record shall be done about the inspection to ensure the following:
Work accords with the drawings and specifications.
All pipes brackets, clips etc. are securely fixed.
Fixtures are correctly spaced.
118
Embedded pipe work is properly protected and tested before concealing.

All access covers: caps or plugs, cleaning eyes are accessible and fixed in
position as per drawing.
The interior of FT/GT etc. are so made that the internal faces are finished neatly
as per drawing and all loose mortar debris etc. removed to provide free passage
of waste water without causing any obstructions in the pipe bore.
2.3
Testing systems:
2.3.1
Water test: the water test may be applied before the appliances are connected and
may be carried out in sections so as to limit the statis head to 4.5 m. in order to
restrict the static level to 4.5 m vertical pipe shall be tested by filling up with
water every 4.5 m and after testing further laying of stack continued. It is
necessary to seal the openings affected by the test and provide support to the plugs
used on stoppers. All the joints in soil pipes shall be inspected including the joints
with in sanitary ducts and water filled in CI pipes shall be retained at least for 15
mm without dramming level at top. Then the test may be deemed to have passed.
2.3.2
Hydraulic performance: discharge test should be made from all the appliances
singly and collectively. Obstructions in any of the pipelines should be traced and
the whole system examined for proper hydraulic performance, including retention
of an adequate water level in each trap. Any defects revealed by the tests should
be made good and the tests repeated until a satisfactory result is obtained and then
only the system shall be commissioned.
LAYING BUILDING DRAINS UP TO MAIN SEWER-MANHOLE AND
INSPECTION CHAMBERS:
SW Pipes or GI soil pipes shall be supplied and laid as per relevant specifications
in public health engineering works and civil works. Specifications for construction
of inspection chambers. Gully traps and manholes if any shall be constructed as
specified under specification for external sewage works and as per schedule of
works and inconformity with the detailed drawings for manholes, inspection
chambers and gully traps of appropriate size, and depth.
3.
3.1
3.2
The discharge of water through a domestic drain is intermittent and limited in

quantity and therefore small accumulations of solid matter are liable to form in the
drains between the building and the main sewer. To prevent these temporary
accumulation and which may lead to blockage of drains sufficient gradients shall
be given as indicated in table in clause NO.3.4.
3.3
Gradient: normally, the sewers are designed for discharging three times the dry
weather flow flowing half-full with a minimum self cleansing velocity of 0.75 m/
sec. In case where it is practically not possible to conform to the ruling gradient
due to site conditions like connecting to existing gravity sewer system etc., a
flatter gradient may be used but the minimum velocity in such cases shall be on no
account be less than 0.16 m/ sec. And adequate flushing is to be done. In hilly
terrain it may be unavoidable to provide stepper gradient. The limiting velocity in
any case should not be more than 2.4 m/ sec. In such cases cast iron pipes shall be
used in place of stoneware pipes. The table in 3.4 given gradients for 0.61 m/ sec.,
0.75 m/ sec and 2.4 m/ sec. For different diameter of pipes with discharge. Stepper
gradients may be provided wherever site conditions permit the same and the
network of sewer can accommodate the same.
119
3.4
Gradients for different velocities:
DIAMETER
VELOCITY
M / sec
100 mm
-Do-Do150 mm
-Do-Do200mm
-Do-D0230 mm
-Do-Do-
GRADIENT
0.61
0.75
2.40
0.61
0.75
2.40
0.61
0.75
2.40
0.61
0.75
2.40
DISCHARGE
m3/minute
1 in 135
1 in 57
1 in 5.6
1 in 250
1 in 100
1 in 9.7
1 in 350
1 in 145
1 in 14
1 in 400
1 in 175
1 in 17
0.30
0.18
0.59
0.72
0.42
1.32
1.08
0.73
2.40
1.50
0.93
2.98
3.5
The minimum size of the pipe shall be 100 mm. Due to site conditions in no case
pipe shall be provided less than 100 mm.
3.6
Man holes and inspection chambers:

Shall be provided as shown in drawings. The minimum distance between manholes
shall be 30 m.
3.7
Chambers shall be of such size as will allow necessary examination or clearance

of drains. The minimum internal size of chambers for different depths is as follows.
For depths of 1 m or less 450mmX450mm, 600mmX600mm, or

800mmX800mm.
For depths between 1m and 1.5 m 900mmX1200mm.
For depth 1.5 m and above circular chambers with a minimum dia of
1400 mm.
SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, LAYING, JOINTING AND TESTING OF

STONEWARE PIPE SEWERS
1. SPECIFICATION FOR STONEWARE PIPES AND FITTINGS:
Stoneware pipes and fittings shall be of best quality stoneware, glazed, thoroughly
burnt thought the whole thickness, of a close and even texture, free from air blows,
fire blisters, cracks and other imperfections. They shall conform to Grade AA of IS:
651 in all respects. The pipes and fittings shall give a sharp clear note when struck
with a light hammer.
120
Glazing:
The interior and exterior surface of the pipes and the fittings, which remain exposed
after jointing, shall be glazed. The portions, which remain covered after jointing, may
or may not be glazed. The glazing shall be obtained by the action of the fumes of
volatized common salt on the material of the pipes and fittings during process of
building.
Grooving:
The interior of the sockets and the exterior of the spigots shall be grooved
circumferentially and such grooving on the spigot shall be for a length equal to one
end and half times the depth of sockets, and the depth of such grooves shall be
between 1 mm and 2 mm.
2. IS SPECIFICATION:
Testing for accepting of pipes and fittings:
For accepting stoneware pipes to be used on the works sample stoneware pipes
supplied by the contractor shall be got tested for Hydraulic test, Absorption test, and
Crushing strength test. Detailed test procedure for carrying out these tests may be
refereed in latest IS: 651 numbers of samples to be tested shall be 5 pipes per 1000
pipes or 3 pipes per 500 pipes drawn at random. These quality tests shall be carried
out for all works involving use of 500 nos or more stoneware pipes.
Besides the following parameters have to be checked at: site at random on 2 pipes for
every 100 pipes supplied at site for all works. The parameter to be checked is Internal
dia of pipes, Thickness of barrels and sockets, Length and straightness of barrels,
Grooving at the spigot ends and within the socket.
Hydraulic test:
When subjected to the hydraulic test, straight pipes shall withstand a test pressure of
0.75 kgf / cm2 with out showing signs of injury or leakages. The pressure shall be
applied on pipes and fittings at a rate not exceeding 0.75 kgf /cm2 in 5 seconds. Care
shall be taken to ensure that all air is expelled before the test is commenced.
Absorption test:
The specimen for testing shall be taken from the body of a pipe or fitting and in the
case of straight pipe not closer than 15 cm to the ends. Each test piece shall be of the
whole thickness of the wall of the pipe or fitting and shall have two glazed surfaces
each having an area of not less than 50 cm2 and not more than 130 cm2. The test piece
shall be cleaned by wire brush to dislodge any loose particles, which may incur
weight loss during boiling. The test piece shall be dried at a temperature of not less
than 1500 c until no further loss of weight is noted and cooled in desiccators of 0.1g.
The test piece may be suitably suspended in cold distilled water by means of thread so
that the test piece may not strike against each other or the container and incur loss in
weight to boiling point. The water shall be maintained at that temperature for one
hour and after it has been allowed to cool to room temperature. The test piece shall be
removed carefully wiped with a dry cloth and then re-weighed. The percentage
increase in weight of each test piece by absorption of water shall not exceed the
following values. 5 pipes per 1000 pipes or 3 pipes per 500 pipes may be chosen at
random and got tested before accepting the pipe for use in works.
121
Sl.
NO.
THICKNESS OF
FITTING (mm)
1.
2.
3
4.
5.
Up to 20
Over 20 and upto25
over 25 and upto 32
Over 32 and up to 38
Over 38
INCREASE IN WEIGHT
(PERCENTAGE)
6
7
8
9
10
Test to find resistance to action of acids: this can be done in case of doubtful quality
of pipes as prescribed in IS: 651
Test for crushing strength: when tested along the full length of the pipe barrel from
shoulder to spigot in accordance with appendix-a-of IS: 651, the pipe tested shall a
minimum crushing strength of 1600 kgf /m in length. This is simple test, which can be
got done at the site. Five samples for every 1000 or 3 per 500 pipes supplied can be
done before accepting the pipe for use in works
Marking: every pipe and fittings shall have legibly impressed upon if before firing the
name or trade mark of the manufacturer. In addition the grade of the pipe, namely
grade AA shall be stenciled or stamped on the pipe. Each pipe and fitting may also be
marked with the ISI certification mark.
3. EARTH WORK EXCAVATION OF PIPE TRENCHES:
Alignment and grade: the sewer to be laid to the alignment and gradients shown on
the drawings. No deviations from the lines, depths of cutting or gradients of the storm
water drain / sewers shown on the plans and sections shall be permitted. Before the
excavation for the trench is commenced, sight rails shall be erected every 30 m apart
and it all manholes. The sight rails, (as far as practicable), shall be at a uniform height
above the proposed / invert of the pipes, and central line being marked on the
horizontal rail by black and white painting. The depth of excavation and level of the
pipe invert shall be checked by means of boning rods of appropriate length.
Width of trenches: the maximum of trenches to be excavated for pipe laying and
in respect of which payment will be allowed for excavation will be as follows:
Trenches up to depth of 90 cms. Width of trench = dia of pipe plus 40 cms but
minimum width to be 55 cms.
Trenches of depth exceeding 90 cms and up to 2 mts width of trench = dia of the
pipe plus 40 cms. But minimum width to be 75 cms.
Trenches exceeding 2 m depth: allowing steps of 50 cms shall widen width of
trench. On either side after every 2 m depth from the bottom, so as to give virtual
side slopes of Th to 1 where soil is soft, loose or slushy, width of steps oar to be
suitably increased or the sides shored up.
122
However, if the actual widths of the trenches excavated are less than the maximum
widths permitted, payment shall be restricted to the actuals. Where the sides of
existing structures of building width of dig the trench has to be fixed leaving clear
margins to the existing structure and so as not to endanger the structural stability of
the existing structure suitable sheet piling shoring and strutting shall be provided.
Excavation for manholes and inspection chambers: where a manhole or the
foundation thereof extends be yond the exterior lines of the pipe drains or its
foundations the minimum excavation in earth required for the same shall be that
contained in s prism with vertical sides and a horizontal section equal to the smallest
rectangle which will enclose manhole and its foundation. The minimum dimensions
of the excavation in earth for brick work, junction chambers, storm water over flows
and similar works shall be such as to give a clearance inside the sheeting or timbering
of one foot an all sides above the foundation, but in all such cases the excavation shall
be large enough to include the foundation for the structures as shown on the drawings.
Excavation to be taken to proper depths only: the trenches shall be excavated to such
depths that the storm water drains / sewer shall resist on concrete or firm ground as
described in the appropriate clauses relating there to and so that the inverts may be at
the levels given on the sections. Care should be taken to see that no extra depth with
boning rod and sight rail as frequently as necessary. If bad ground is met with during
excavation of work, which might not have been anticipated during estimation, stage
and not provided for in the schedule of quantities of contract, the engineer in charge
may order. The contractor to excavate to a greater depth than that shown on the
drawing and to fill up the excavation to the level of the sewer / storm water drain with
concrete, broken stone, gravel or other materials. For such extra excavation and
concrete, broken stone gravel or other materials the contractor shall be paid extra at
the rates laid down for such work in the schedule if the extra work was ordered by the
engineer in charge in writing but if the contractor should excavate the trench to a
greater depth than is required without specific orders to that effect in writing of the
engineer in charge the extra depth shall have to be filled up with cement concrete at
the contractors own cost and charged to the requirements and satisfaction of the
engineer in charge.
Transfering levels to trench bottom from SIGHT rails by using boning rod: excavation
of trench shall be proceeded to the correct depth less 75 mm by fixing actual depths to
be excavated true to the specified gradient. Spot levels shall be fixed at every 3 m
spacing in the trench prior to the last 75 mm depth excavation using boning rod and
the bottom of the trench trimmed to correct gradient and level.
Excavation of socket hollows for jointing: socket hollows shall be cut in the bottom of
the trench at the correct position to receive the sockets on the pipes, and these hollows
shall be sufficient depth about 20 cm to ensure that the barrels of the pipes rest
thought their entire length on solid ground and the sockets hung from each pipe must
be properly housed in, so that the invert is to a true and even gradient. The socket
hollows shall be refilled with sand after jointing the pipe.
123
Care to be taken of existing pipes, cables etc: while excavating trenches, care shall be
taken not to disturb without the consent of the competent authorities any pipe cable
pole, wire etc. and any damage to such pipes etc.or to their jointing shall be made
good by the contractor. The supporting or removing of such structures either
permanently or temporarily shall be done by the contractor end any extra on this
account will be paid for separately.
Shoring and Timbering: during excavation of trench, the sides of a trench shall be
protected by shoring and timbering to prevent any caving in and the contractor shall
provide all the materials and securely timber all excavations. This, however, shall not
free the contractor from his responsibility for providing adequate protection to prevent
any damage to neighboring property or untoward accidents. Every precaution must be
taken against slips and falls f earth, etc. in the excavation and in the event of any such
occurrence the contractor shall remove the spoil without extra payment. The
contractor shall at all times support effectively the sides of the trenches and other
excavation by suitable timbering piling and sheeting and they shall be close timbered
in all loose or sandy strata and below the surface of the subsoil water table without
any extra cost. It is intended that all timbering shall be removed as the work proceeds,
except timber sheeting against which concrete is placed, which shall not be removed
unless specially permitted by engineer in charge. Such sheeting will, however, not be
paid for when left in position unless the same was specifically ordered in writing to be
left in by the engineer to protect the sides of the trenches and other excavations as
provided for below. The engineer may requires any portion of the timbering, piling or
sheeting to be left in the ground in order to protect the sides of the trenches or other
excavation by an order in writing to the contractor detailing the quantity of timber to
be left in and the place thereof. Such timber will be paid for at the negotiated rate per
cubic foot net measurement of the timber left in under the said in structures of the
engineer. In soft or water logged ground the contractor shall closely drive the timber
sheeting or piling with tongue and grooved or other joints of approved type to such
depth below the bed level of the underside of the storm water drains and other work as
shall be required by an order in writing of the engineer and net extra shall be payable
to the contractor for such extra work.
Rock excavation: if rock is met with, it will removed to 15 cm below the level of the
pipe and the trench will be refilled with concrete, and or other suitable material as
directed by the engineer to bring it to the required bed level.
Blasting: blasting for excavation in rock shall be permitted only after securing the
approval of the engineer and only when proper precautions are taken for the
protection of persons or property. The engineer in charge shall fix the hours of
blasting. The procedure of blasting shall conform to the requirements of local
controlling administrative authority.
Care of surface material for re-use: all surface materials which in the opinion of the
engineer are suitable for re use in restoring the surface shall be kept separate from the
general excavation materials.
124
Barricades, guards and safety provisions: to protect person from injury and to avoid
damage to property adequate barricades, construction signs, torches, red lanterns and
guards as required shall be placed and maintained during the progress of the
construction work and until it is safe for traffic road way. All materials, pipes,
equipment and pipe which may serve as obstructions to traffic shall be enclosed by
fences or barricades and shall be protected by proper lights when the visibility is poor.
The rules and regulations of the local authorities regarding safety provisions shall be
observed.
Maintenance of traffic and closing of streets: the work shall be carried in such a
manner, which will cause the least interruption to traffic. Where it is necessary for
traffic to cross open trench suitable brigades shall be provided. Suitable signs
indicating that a street is closed shall be placed and necessary detour signs for the
proper Maintenance of traffic shall be provided. The contractor shall not occupy or
obstruct by his operation more than one half of the width of any road or street and if
insufficient space shall than be left for public and private transit, he shall remove the
materials excavated and bring them back again when the trench is required to be
refilled. The contractor shall obtain the consent of engineer in writing before
obstructing any vehicular traffic. Foot walks should be provided across the trenches.
Protection of existing structures: temporary support, adequate protection and
Maintenance of all underground and surface structures, drains, sewers and other
obstructions encountered in the progress of the work shall be provided under the
direction of the engineer the structures which may have been disturbed shall be
restored upon completion of the work.
Trees, shrubbery, fences, poles and all other property and surface structures shall be
protected unless their removal is shown on the drawing or authorized by the
administrative authority. The surfaces of all trenches and holes shall be restored and
maintained to the satisfaction of the engineer and of the owner of the roads or other
property transversed and the contractor shall not cut or break down any live fence or
trees in the line of the proposed work but shall tunnel under them, unless the engineer
shall order to the contrary without any claim for extra cost.
4. Handling of SW pipes and fittings:
While unloading the SW pipes from a truck the pipes shall not be thrown down on
hard ground. Pipes shall be unloaded manually and placed gently on the ground. Pipes
shall not be dragged on the ground or road surface to avoid damage. Under no
circumstances the stoneware pipes shall be dropped or dumped in to the trench. The
pipes have to be transferred from a person standing by the side of the emplaced in the
trench bed. In deep trenches pipes shall be lowered in to the trench using ropes.
5. Laying of SW pipes:
Provision of minimum cover: the minimum support of the protection for glazed
stoneware pipes shall be as follows:
When the pipe is laid under road way a minimum cover of 90cms is necessary.
Wherever the cover is less than 90cms under roadway encasing of pipe with concrete
is necessary where pipes are unavoidably exposed above ground surface, the pipes
shall be completely encased or surrounded with concrete.
125
5.1 Provisions of bed concrete for soft soils, filled up earth and in places of high ground
water Table: where the pipes are in laid on a soft soil or filled up earth with the
maximum water table level lying at the invert level of the pipe, the pipe sewer shall be
bedded on concrete.
Where the pipes have to be laid in a soft soil with the maximum water table rising
above the invert level of the pipe but below the top of the barrel, the pipe sewers shall
be hunched.
Where the maximum water table is likely to rise above the top of the barrel, the pipe
sewers shall be completely encased or surrounded with concrete.
Where the sewers are to be laid adjacent to growing trees, the pipe sewers shall be
encased or surrounded with concrete, to avoid damage to pipes likely to be caused by
the roots of the tree.
5.2 Detection of crack in pipes and fittings: the pipe and fittings shall be inspected for
defects and be rung with a light hammer preferably while suspended to detect cracks
just before lying.
5.3 Cleaning of pipes and fittings: all lumps, blisters and excess coating materials shall be
removed gently from the socket and spigot end of each pipe and the outside of the
spigot and the inside of the socket shall be wiped clean and dry before the pipe is laid.
5.4 Placing the pipes in trench: every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign
materials from entering the pipes when it is being placed in the line. Normally the
socket end should face the upstream. When the line runs uphill the socket ends should
face the up grade.
5.5 Laying Sw pipes: pipes shall be laid carefully to the alignment, correct levels and
gradients as directed and care shall be taken to prevent any sand, earth or other matter
from entering the pipes during laying. The pipes between manholes shall be laid, truly
in straight lines without vertical or horizontal undulations. All invert level shall be
fixed from sight rails fixed at the required true levels with proper boning rods. The
pipes shall be laid sockets facing the up gradient, beginning at the lower end, and with
the socket resting in the socket holes cut in the specified. Each pipe shall be laid
single and no pipe shall be laid until the trench has been excavated to the required
depth for a distance of twenty yards in front of the pipe to be laid. After placing a
length of pipe in the trench or on concrete bedding where it is specified, the spigot
end shall be centered in the socket and the pipe forced home and aligned to gradient.
After ensuring the grade of pipes laid, the joints are caulked with hemp yarn for a
reach of pipeline, boning rod shall be kept on the socket of each SW pipe and correct
grading of the pipeline ensured. For this purpose a separate strip of timber pieces shall
be fixed in the boning rod it suit the socket dia.the pipe shall be secured in place with
approved backfill material or concrete tamped under it except at the socket. Pipe and
fittings, which do not allow sufficient and uniform space in the socket for joints shall
mansions to ensure such, uniform space. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt
from entering the joint space.
5.6 Closing open ends of pipes: at times when pipe laying is not progress, the open ends
of pipe shall be closed by a water tight plug or canvas or other means approved by the
engineer.
126
5.7 Cutting of pipes: the cutting of pipe for inserting, fitting or closure pieces shall be
done in a neat and workman like manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining
so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe.
5.8 Pipe lines crossing railway lines, irrigation channels or similar works: the work shall
be carried out as per the specifications laid down by the concerned department under
the supervision of their engineers.
5.9 Connections to manhole: before connecting a pipe to a manhole, a relieving arch or
any other similar protection device should be made in the manhole for the safety of
the pipe. Sw pipes when laid should not be subjected to superimposed load beyond
their safe crushing strength (166 kg / m) protection may be provided by the following
methods.
Bedding, hunching, surround or encasing the pipe as described in Para 5.2
Providing of horizontal wooden struts at suitable intervals near the mid depth of
the trench to distribute a portion of the load to the two-side wall of the trench.
Socket hollows shall be provided to ensure resting of barrel of pipes on trench
bottom laying and jointing of pipes without providing socket hollows and instead
raising each socket by brick support is an incorrect practice and should not be
allowed as this may give rise to unfilled gap below the pipe barrel after back
filling the trench and the Sw pipes will develop shear cracks due to bending action
caused by the weight of refilled earth acting on the pipe socket pits shall be filled
with fine excavated material or river sand compacted well.
6. Jointing of SW pipes:
The stoneware pipe shall be cement jointed using spun yarn or tarred gaskets, cement.
It shall be of natural and crushed stone sand or crushed gravel sand and shall be hard,
durable, clean and free from organic matter, alkalis, salts, coal, mica, shale, fine silt
and fine dust. Fine river sand shall be used for jointing of sewers.
Caulking of yarn or gasket:
In each joint, spun yarn soaked in neat cement slurry or tarred gaskets shall be passed
round the joint and inserted in it by means of a caulking tool. More skeins of yarn or
gasket shall be added if necessary and shall be well caulked. Yarn or gasket so
rammed shall not occupy more than one fourth of the depth of socket, measuring the
depth with a wooden gauge having marking grove to show the depth to be maintained
for cement mortar packing can control the required depth of caulking of spun yarn.
Wooden gauge shall be prepared with suitable marking for each diameter of SW pipe.
Caulking of cement mortar: cement mortar (1:1) (one part of cement to one part of
sand) shall be slightly moistened and carefully interested by handing to the remaining
space of the joint after caulking of yarn or gasket. The mortar shall then be caulking
of yarn or gasket. The mortar shall than be caulked into the joint with a caulking tool.
More cement mortar shall be added until the space of the joint has been completely
filled with tightly caulked mortar. The joint shall than be finished off neatly outside
the socket at an angle of 450.
127
Wooden caulking tool shall be used for forcing the mortar in to the sockets. The
inside of each pipe shall immediately after making the joint be carefully wiped clean
with a mop or scrapper sufficiently long to pass two joints from the end of the pipes.
All pipes entering manholes shall be set in cement concrete to effect complete water
tightness.
Curing of joints: all the joints shall be kept moist by means of wet rags or earth to
protect them from quick drying which may induce cracks in the mortar due to the
action of high sun or wind. The cement mortar joints shall be cured atleast for a
period of seven days.
7. Hydraulic testing:
Test pressure: all pipe lines shall be subjected to a test pressure of atleast 2.5 m head
of water at the highest point of the section under test.
Allowing time for absorption of water by Sw pipes: before commencing the hydraulic
test, the pipe lines shall be filed with water and maintained full for 24 hours by adding
water, if necessary, under a head f 60 cm of water. Suitably plugging the low end of
the drain and the ends of connections, if any and filling the system with water shall
carry out the test.
Testing method: the sewer-testing plug is inserted at the upstream and the downstream
end and also in the various house services tapping and plugged. The testing plug
comprises of two flanges, one rube ring, wing nut etc.
The plug is inserted at the upstream and the lock is obtained by expanding the ring
against the pipe wall by tightening the wing nut. To build up necessary compressive
forces to cause expansion of the rubber ring a roller washer is used.
Water for filling in is let through the funnel connected to through plug provided at the
upstream end. To allow the air to escape a small hole is made on the pipe wall at the
upstream end and after filling the pipe completely the hole is plugged with a wooden
plug wound with hemp.
The downstream end of the sewer and all slants in the sewer line (providing for house
service) are plugged with the sewer-testing plug and capped.
The funnel is kept at a height of 2.5 m from the invert of the sewer duly filled with
water. The pipe line is considered sound if the water in the funnel does not empty
within thirty minutes, and make up water added to maintain constant water level in 30
min shall not exceed 0.06 lts / cm dia/ m length of Sw pipes. After applying test
pressure the pipes and joints shall be thoroughly inspected for leakage of water, which
will be indicated by fall in water level of the funnel. Subsidence of the test water in
funnel may be due to one or more of the following causes:
Absorption of pipes and joints,

Sweating of pipes or joints,
Leakage at joints or from defective pipes and
Trapped air
128
Allowance shall be made for (a) by adding water until absorption has ceased and after
which the proper test should commence.
Any leakage will be visible and the defective part of the work should be cut out and
made good. A slight amount of sweating which is uniform may be overlooked, but
excessive sweating from a particular pipe or joint shall be made good.
Rectification of faulty joints:
Any joint found leaking or sweating shall be rectified or embedded into 15cm layer of
cement. Concrete 30cm in length and the section retested.
Finally test pressure may be applied for a minimum period of 30 minutes. The pipe
line is considered sound if the water level in the funnel does not empty within 30
minutes.
8. Back filling of trenches:
Back filling of trenches shall be carried out in accordance with clause 7 under
specification for laying cast iron pipes.
9. Construction of manholes, inspection chambers, gully traps and grease traps:
For civil works involved in the construction of manholes etc., relevant specifications
under civil works shall be followed.
Manholes to be water tight:
The inside and the outside of all manholes shall be rendered with cement mortar as
laid down in the schedule and as shown in the drawing to the required thickness and
worked to a polished face with a coat of neat cement and they shall be absolutely
water tight.
Shaping of manhole inverts:
The channels shall be formed of CC 1:2:4 cement concrete as shown in drawing.
There shall be a fall of not less than 20mm in each manhole from inlet to outlet.
Dewatering of excavation:
The contractor shall keep all excavation for manhole and ll other work absolutely and
continuously clear of all water, down to a level below the bottom of the work to be
carried out and shall construct the manholes and other works without allowing any
water to rise in the excavation made for said works. He shall moreover continue full
pumping operations and shall keep the excavation for each manholes or other work
free of water until the manholes or other work is completed and passed. If any defect
or defects are found in the said work subsequently, the contractor shall carry out at his
own cost all dewatering and pumping operations required to make the defects to the
satisfaction of the engineer.
Plastering of inside and outside wall surfaces of manholes, inspection chambers etc.,
129
The surface to be plastered shall first be thoroughly cleaned and all joints raked out
not less than 12mm (0.5 inch) deep to receive key for plaster. The surface shall be
thoroughly wetted for atleast 24 hours prior to commencement of work. The mortar
shall be of uniform mixture as specified. The thickness of cement and sand plaster
shall be 13mm. The first coat shall be just sufficient to fill up the unevenness in the
surface under treatment in case of rubble masonry. It shall not be smoothened and the
second coat shall be applied while the first coat is still raw. Cement mortar that falls
to the ground during application shall on no account be reused. The floating coat over
the plaster shall be done with neat cement as approved by the engineer.
Channeling and benching:
The channels inside the manholes and chambers shall be formed of cement concrete
1:2:4 with 20mm aggregate shown in the drawings and as specified in the relevant
items of the schedule. It shall be to the full width of the drain. The depth of the
channels shall be built in the chambers where branch drains form junction. All
channels shall be given a suitable fall as shown in the drawing.
Manhole covers and frames:
Design and manufacture: The manhole frames and covers shall be of clear size
specified opening, CI double sealed pattern and of weight as specified and as
approved by the engineer. They shall be conforming to IS: 1726.
They shall be of the best foundry grey metal. Though and close grained and the
samples of the manhole frame and cover submitted to the engineer and his approval in
writing is to be obtained before the frames and covers are fixed. The frame and covers
are to be painted with three coats of anticorrosive black bitumastic paint approved by
the engineer. The frames and covers shall be clean moulded accurately made and
fitted in a workman like manner, the surface being smooth and even.
Setting of manhole frames :
All manhole frames shall be set to correct alignment and levels, embedding in a layer
of cement concrete 1:2:4 to the satisfaction of the engineer in all respects or as
specified.
Depth of manholes:
The depth of manholes shall be measured from the top of the cover to the invert level
of the manhole.
VALVES, STRAINERS AND PRESSURE GAUGES:
1.
GENERAL
This section deals with different type of valves like butterfly valves, gate valves,
ball valves, check valves, balancing valves and Strainers and pressure gauges.
The contractor shall refer to the approved make of materials specified in the
document & relevant drawings.
Valves shall be provided on branch pipe connections to mains and at connection
to equipment where indicated. All valves are to be located for easy access. All
valves shall be supported wherever necessary with MS brackets. Valves shall
comply with IS 780 (Class I) for C.I sluice valves and IS 778 for G.M valves and
tested.
130
Pressure gauges shall have outer diameter not less than 115mm with 10mm BSP
full thread, brass body syphon and gauge cock of size10mm. Dial gauges shall
have adequate response for the pressures encountered within the specified (Range
0-15Kg/sq.cm).
2.
GATE VALVE
The primary function of a gate valve is for starting and stopping of flow. It has a
disc actuated by a stem screw and hand wheel, moves up and down at right angles
to the path of flow of fluid and seats against two faces to shut of flow. As the disc
of the gate valve presents a flat surface to the direction of flow, this valve is only
for starting and shutting the flow in the pipe.
These valves are of GM make. Supplying, fixing and testing correspond to IS 7781984, Specifications for Copper Alloy Gate, Globe and Check Valves for Water
Works.
All globe and check valves shall have working parts suitable for hot and cold
water, as required. Valves shall be tagged with permanent label under hand wheel
indicating type or duty.
All valves should have manufacturers test certificate indicating the date of shop
test and other quality control tests with the material used for the same. Gate valves
shall be of the size as specified in the BOQ.
3.
BALL VALVE
The ball valve shall be of high pressure type and shall be of sizes as specified in
the BOQ. The normal size of a ball valve shall be that, corresponding to the size
of the pipe to which it is fixed. Ball valves shall have body of carbon steel. The
ball and the shaft shall be of stainless steel. The seat shall be of PTFE. The valve
shall be complete with socket weld ends and the float of copper sheet. The
minimum thickness of copper sheet used for making the float shall be 0.45mm for
a float exceeding 115mm dia. The body of the high pressure ball valve when
assembled in working condition with the float immersed to not more than half of
its diameter shall remain closed against a test pressure of 3.5kg/sqcm.
The ball valve shall generally conform to IS specification No.1703:1977. The
weight of ball cock and the size of the ball cock shall be as per IS specification.
4.
FOOT VALVES
Foot valves are provided with cast iron body with brass disc and strainer of
approved quality as specified in BOQ. The foot valve shall be of spring loaded or
flapper type depending on the requirement. The valves should be tested physically
for free operation before being mounted or assembled to the pipeline
131
5.
BUTTERFLY VALVES
Butterfly valves shall be slim seal, short wafer type with standard finish. The
valves shall be suitable for mounting between flanges drilled to ANSI 125. The
valve body shall be cast iron. The disc shall consist of disc pivot and driving stem
shall be in one piece centrally located. The disc shall move in bearings on both
ends with O ring to prevent leakage. The seat shall be moulded with black
nitrile rubber or nylon and shall line the whole body. The spindle shall be AISI 41
steel. The valve shall be suitable for a working pressure of 16.5 kg/sq.cm and
shall be complete with flow control lever and notches, factory machined
companion flanges and bolts and nuts. These valves conform to BS 5155 with
electro steel nickel coated SG Iron (N) and seat material EPDM3.
Body
Heavy duty CI to IS210 Gr FG220 & BS 1452
Seating
rubber.
moulded insitu resilient lining of black nitrile
Disk
Nylon coated SG iron of IS

1865/SF400/127BS2729 Gr. 420/12
Shaft
shafts are to be made of SS AISI 431Only, flanged

valves to be used with Flanges drilled to BS10 table
F, valves Shall be capable of being locked in open
Position. Hand wheel shall be with Worm and worm
wheel operated for Smooth opening and closing.
Key rod with MS Coated extended spindle to be
provided Wherever the valves are not approachable
from the ground surface.
6.
CHECK VALVES
Check valves are designed to prevent reversal of flow. These are also called Nonreturn valves or reflux valves to avoid reversal of flow. Check valves shall be
Dual Plate check valves with CI body, aluminium bronze plate SS 316 hinge pins
and springs and Buna-N seals to ANSI series 125. They can also conform to IS
778-1984, Specifications for Copper Alloy Gate, Globe and Check Valves for
Water Works.
7.
Y STRAINERS
Y strainers up to 50mm shall be of gunmetal and above 50mm shall be of cast
iron body. Strainers shall incorporate a removable bronze screen with 3.175mm
(1/8) perforations and a permanent magnet. Strainers shall be provided with
flanges at both inlet and outlet. They shall be designed to enable blowing out of
accumulated dirt and facilitate dirt and facilitate removal and replacement of the
screen without disconnection of the main pipe.
All strainers shall be provided with equal size isolating Slim Seal butterfly
valves of approved brands as shown in drawings so that the strainer may be
cleaned without draining the system
132
8.
FLANGES AND UNIONS

Sufficient number of flanges and unions shall be provided as required to facilitate
maintenance work after the piping is installed. Mild steel flanges shall be used for
pipes. The flanges shall be connected to the pipeline by screwing or welding
depending on the requirement. The flanges shall conform to the relevant ASTM
standard for the particular material used for its manufacture. The flanges shall also
conform to IS 5211.
9.
LEVEL SENSORS
Level sensor shall consist of control unit, preamplifier and one full insulated
probe-mounted vertically or two part insulated probe mounted from tanks side
wall adjustable switching system for pump control application, the same to be
housed in stove enamel painted cast aluminium weather proof suitable for black
panel / wall mounting etc.,
The enclosure of probes shall be manufactured with SS316 material. The least
count of the central unit with amplifier should be +/- 0.10mm for response value
of 30 seconds.
10.
LEVEL CONTROL
A level control system with electronic level probes is mounted on the face of the
reservoir. The top two level sensors provide the ON-OFF signal for the treated
water transfer pumps. A third level sensor enunciates a low level alarm condition
to the paging system and a fourth sensor enunciates an alarm to the paging system
and stops the domestic water pumps from operating.
11.
MODE OF MEASUREMENT
Valves shall be measured in number only and the cost shall include:
a) Cost of valves and jointing materials.
b) Fixing and jointing with necessary bolts, nuts, rubber inserting, etc.
Testing and making good the defects if any.
12.
PUM PS
DIFFE RE NT T YPE S OF PUMPS :
The pump set offered shall be generally horizontal centrifugal pump, single stage
or multistage or monobloc pump to satisfy the duty conditions stipulated in the
bill of quantities. The pump set shall conform to IS 8034-1972, IS 5120-1968 for
handling water, IS 8034-1976 for submersible pump sets and IS 5600-1970 for
pumping storm water and sewage.
The pumps shall be selected having their maximum efficiency at average
operating conditions. The maximum speed at which a pump shall run is
determined by the net positive head available at the pump, the quantity of liquid
being pumped and the total head.
133
13.
PUDDLE FLANGES FOR RESERVOIR (INSERTS)

Inlets, outlets, interconnection sleeves and drain outlets for the reservoir shall be
made through mild steel bath galvanised puddle flanges obtained from reputed
manufacturers and to be inserted at suitable levels as indicated on the drawings.
The Contractor shall be responsible for placing the inserts at required level well in
advance and before making the final shuttering layout for casting the walls.
14.
MANHOLE COVERS
The manhole covers shall be of heavy duty type (cast iron) with double seal,
locking arrangement and lifting hooks. (Weight 110kgs.) manufactured as per IS1726. The shape of the cover to be as per the drawings.
15.
ALUMINIUM STEP LADDER

For effective maintenance of the reservoir portable aluminium step ladder to suit
the depth of the tank shall be provided with necessary hooks.
16.
LINK SEALS
Link seal is a seal which is used as a substitute for puddle flanges in underground
sumps and overhead tanks and in places where positive hydrostatic sealing is
mandatory. The link seals shall be suitable to withstand a pressure of 20 psig (40
feet of head). It should be capable of withstanding temperatures from as low as
600 F to as high as 4000F, it should provide three minimum three hours of
protection against flames, smoke, gases and water even when exposed to
temperatures up to 19000F. The seal should be of HDPE thermoplastic / heavy
wall welded or seamless pipe ot withstand angular and off-centre pipe
misalignment and has to seal effectively.
The following table indicates the materials for accessories of different models of
link seals.
MODEL
TYPE
SEAL
ELEMENT
Standard
EPDM
Black
Composite
Stainless
EPDM
Black
Composite
Oilresistant
Oilresistant
NITRILE
Green
NITRILE
Green
OS
FD/FS
M
High/low SILICONE
temperatu Grey
re
Fire seals SILICONE
Grey
NonEPDM
insulating Black
134
PRESSURE
PLATES
BOLTS &
NUTS
TEMPERATU
RE RANGE
(0F)
STEEL zinc- -40 to +250
dichromate
316
STAINLESS
STEEL
Composite
STEEL zincdichromate
Composite
316
STAINLESS
STEEL
Steel
zinc- STEEL zincdichromate
dichromate
-40 to +250
-40 to +210
-40 to +210
-67 to +400
Steel
zinc- STEEL zinc- -67 to +400
dichromate
dichromate
Steel
STEEL zinc- -40 to +250
dichromate
CIVIL, PLUMBING LIST OF APPROVED MATERIALS

In case of unavailability of any material of specific make an equivalent make can be used
only after a written approval of owner/Consultant. Also the performance of make/brand
of the material listed above will be decided by owner/ Consultant. The make/brand of any
other item will be as mentioned in the drawings issued by the Consultant.
The contractor shall provide sample of all materials mentioned in the list of makes. A
written approval of these samples shall be sought prior to commencement of any work.
The owner reserves the right to enquire about the genuineness of any material used at site
directly from the manufacturer/Dealer.
CIVIL AND PLUMBING ITEMS

S.no. Material
Make
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Ultratech/Ambuja/ACC
Sail/Tata /VSP
Hilti/Land Mark
Sail/Tata Tisco/ VSP
GE Plastic or equivalent
Hilti/Land Mark
Bayer/Hindustan insecticides
Dr.fixit/ Fosroc
STP/Dr.fixit/IWL
Fosroc//Pidilite/BSA
Llyodinsulation/uptwiga
Fosroc or Equivalent
Birla/JK/Johnson/Asian
Hindal co./Jindal
Alox
Modi, Saintgobain
Dow corning/wacker
Nerolac/Berger/ICI
Alucobond/Rweynobond/Alucomat
Giesse/Fapin
Green ply/kalpataru/Kutty
Kalpataru doors/green ply/Kutty
Godrej/Dorset
Godrej/Dorset
Godrej/Dorset
Godrej/Dorset/ Everite
Godrej/Dorset
Formica, Sunmica, Green Lam
Novapan/ Marino
Fevicol
Nitco / Johnson
Nitco / Johnson
Laticrete / Copa bond
Cement
TMT Reinforcement steel
Self tapping Screws
Structural Steel
Poly Carbonate Sheet
Fasteners
Anti termite chemical
Water proofing compound
APP Membrane
Plasticiser
Glass wool
Floor Hardener
Wall Putty
Aluminium Extruded section
Aluminium Skylights
Clear & Reflective glass
Silicon sealent
Power coating
Aluminium composite panels
Friction stays
Flush doors with lamination
Decorative Doors
Stainless steel door fittings
Door closer
Hard ware
Floor springs
Patch fittings
Laminate
Pre laminated particle boards
Adhesive
Vitrified tiles
Ceramic tiles
Epoxy grout
135
34
35
36
37
38
Anti Dust Paint

Plastic Emulsion paint
Texture Paint
Epoxy/ polyurethene flooring
Interlocking concrete pavers
39
40
Gypsum Board Partition

Expansion joint board as per SS
41
Expansion joint coverings as per SS
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
50
51
52
53
54
55
600 x 600x16mm Ceiling Tiles

300x1200x19mm
Sanitary ware
Metal roof Sheet
Stainless steel sinks
CP fittings and accessories
CP Waste, Spreaders/ Urinal Flush
pipes
Soil, Waste & Rain water pipe &
fittings
Sandcast iron pipes (IS: 1729)
G.I water supply pipes B class
RCC Pipes
PPR Pipes & Fittings
Ball Valves
Butterfly/ NRV valves
Water meters
56
57
58
59
60
61
Ball cocks
C.I. Manholes Cover and frames
P.V.C. Tanks
Sand
External Paint
Bricks
62
63
64
65
Ready Mix M25 Concrete

Epoxy Paint
PVC Flooring
Galvalume colour sheets
49
Procoat or Equivalent
Asian Premium Emulsion
Apex duracast by Asian
Cipy/ Sika
Phnoex/ Nimco/ Unistones/ Classic/
Indo/Super decorative/Aditya
designers/Eurocon
Saint gobain/ India Gypsum
Shalitex Expansion joint Board from STP
limited.
CS GROUP Expansion joint covers or
equivalent
Armstrong Dune
Armstrong ultima
Parryware/Hindware/ Jaquar.
CRIL (www.colourroof.com) or Equivalet
Kingston/ jayna/ nirali
Jaquar
Jaquar
Necco
Tata, Jindal,
Hindustan Hume pipe.
Prince/ Sudhakar
Audco
Audco
ACTARIS Multymag Turbine type
residential water meter
Audco
Necco
Sintex
River Sand
Asian. Apex Ultima.
Lightweight bricks with 50 kg/cm
Compressive strength
Ultra tech, ACC
Asian
Wonder Floor, LG, Armstrong
Tata, Jindal,Kirby
136
TESTS/RESULTS/SITE REGISTERS ETC.
The contractor will be required to maintain the following registers at site of work and
should produce the same for inspection of the Owner/Architects whenever desired by
them.
Typical proforma are enclosed (Refer Table I to XIV).

i)
Table - I
Proforma of Sieve analysis of fine aggregate.
ii) Table - II
Proforma of Concrete Cube Test.
iii) Table - III
Proforma of Bulkage test of sand.
iv) Table - IV
Proforma of Cement/Paint/Lead/Cico.
v)
Proforma of Slump Test.
Table - V
vi) Table - VI
Proforma of Silt Test.
vii) Table - VII
Proforma of Sieve analysis of course aggregate
viii) Table - VIII
Proforma of Steel.
ix) Table - IX
Proforma of Materials at Site Account.
x) Table - X
Proforma of Hindrance to work.
xi) Table - XI
Proforma of Running Account Bill.
xii) Table - XII
Proforma of Memorandum of payment.
Contractor will have to submit their Running Account Bills in printed form shown in
Table XII to XIV.
LIST OF MANDATORY TESTS
137
A chart showing recommending time and quantity scheduled for conducting test on
various building materials is given. Please ensure that tests are carried out recording to
the above guidelines. Contractor's rate should include for necessary expenditure for
testing of samples of following materials.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Materials
Test
Frequency
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sand
a. Silt content
b. Bulking
c. Particle size
distribution
Bricks
1. Dimensions
2. Water absorption
3. Efflorescence
50 cum or part thereof

-doEvery 50 cum or part thereof
for R.C.C. work
4. Compressive strength
R.C.C
Every 50,000 or part thereof.

Every 1,00,000 or part thereof.
One test for source of
manufacturer.
20,000 or part thereof.
1. Slump
Once a day or as desired for

major R.C.C. work.
2. Cube strength
i. One set of six cubes for

every 20.00 cum or part
thereof in beam/slab
foundation concrete etc.
ii. One set of six cubes for
every 5.00 cum in column,
lintels etc.
Timber
Moisture
Every 1 cum or part thereof
Vitrified Tile
HYDS Bars
i. Transverse strength
ii. Water absorption
iii. Abrasion test
i. Yield stress
ii. Proof stress
iii. Percentage elongation.
iv. Tensile Strength
200 tiles or part

- do - do Every 10.00 M.T. or part
there of for each diameter or
20.00 M.T. or part thereof
on the whole whichever is more.
Cement
As per BIS latest edition
100.00 M.T. or part there of

for a lot or part there of.
Flush Door Shutter As

for a lot or part there of
per
BIS
latest
edition Every
PROFORMA SIEVE ANALYSIS OF FINE AGGREGATE
138
20
Nos
or
part thereof
TABLE - I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------S.No. Date of
Materials
Wt. of
Sieve as
Wt of
% retain
Test
to be
Materials
per I.S.
Sand
to each
tested
to be
Designation retained sieve
tested
Successively.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Cumulative
F.M.
Signature
Signature
Signature of
% Retained
of Site
of Contractor
Architect's/Owner
Engineer
Representatives
(periodical)
8
9
10
11
12
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFORMA OF CUBE TEST :

TABLE - II
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------S.No. Date Sample
No. of Specific
Proportion
Descrip- Signature
taki- No.
Cubes Marking
of mixture
tion of
of
ng cu
Taken of Cubes
works
Engineer
be &
carried
taking
time
out
sample
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Signa
7/28
days
testing
Permissible
ture
-------------------------------------Compressive
of
Date
Test
Average
Standard
Strength
Controf
Result
strength
strength
Kg/cm2
actor
test
in Kg/cm2
in Kg/cm2
in Kg/cm2
7days/25days
9
10
11
12
13
14
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Remarks
Remarks of
on test
Architect's/Owners
report
Representatives
& WO
(periodical)
15
16
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFORMA OF BULKAGE TEST OF SAND :

TABLE - III
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------S.No. Date Volume
Volume
Percen- Signature
Signature Signature
139
of
test
of dust
sand in
cylinder
of innundated
sand in
cylinder
tage of
Bulkage
of the
Engineer
of the
of the
Contractor Architect's
/Owner
Representative
(periodical)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PROFORMA OF PAINT/CEMENT/LEAD/CICO
TABLE - IV
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------S.No.
P A R T I C U L A R S OF
R E C E I P T S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Date of Qty. read
Progressive
Date of
Qty. of
Item of
Receipt
Issue
Issued
work for
when issued
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PARTICULARS
OF
ISSUE
Signature Signature Signature
-------------------------------------------------------- of the
of the
of the
Qty.
Net Qty. ProgresDaily
Engineer
ContracArchitect's/
retu- for the
sing total
balance
tor
Owners
rned
at hand
Represeat
ntative
the
(periodical)
and
of
the
day
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PROFORMA FOR SLUMP TEST :
TABLE - V
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------S.No. Date of Type of
Specified
Slump
Slump
obtained
test
work for ----------------------------------------------------------------------which
When Vibra- When Vibrat- When Vib- When Vibr
Slump
tors are
ors are not
rators
ators are
taken
used
used
are used
not used
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of
the
Engineer
Signature of
the Contractor
140
Signature of
the Architect's/Owner's
Representative (periodical)
8
9
10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PROFORMA OF SILT TEST :
TABLE - VI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------S.No. Date of
Height of
Height of
Max. percenPercentage
test
sand in
Slit
tage of slit
of Slit
Cylinder
as specified
obtained
inundated
& stirred
1
2
3
4
5
6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Signature of
Signature of
Signature of
the Site
the Contractor
the Architect's/Owner's
Engineer
Representative (periodical)
7
8
9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------TABLE - VII
PROFORMA OF SIEVE ANALYSIS OF COURSE AGGREGATE :-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------S.No. Date of
Weight of
Nominal
I.S. Sieve
Standard
Test
Test
materials
Size of
designation and %
Results
to be
AggrePassing
tested
gate
for graded
Aggregate
of nominal
size
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Percentage
Signature of
Signature of
Signature of
obtained
the
the Contractor
the Architect's
passing
Engineer
Representative
8
9
10
11
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFORMA OF STEEL REGISTER
TABLE - VIII
141
Name of work
:.....................
Name of Contractor :.....................
Agreement No.
:.....................
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Sl.
Source
Consump
Mild Steel
Tor Steel
No.
of retion as
6 10 12 16 Total 8 10 12 16 20 25 Total
ceipt
per memm mm mm mm
mm mm mm mm mm mm
with
asureref.
ment
to
vide MB
S.O./
No. &
Indent
Page No
or issue
to other
works &
their TE.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
2
3
4
5
6
7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------N.B.
Number of diameters given is only illustrative. Open more column for other
diameters wherever needed.
THE REGITSTER OF MATERIAL AT SITE ACCOUNT
TABLE - IX
Name of work
:................
Name of Article
:.................
Name of contractor
:................
Estimated requirement:.................
Agreement No.
:................
Issue Rate
:..................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Sl.
Descr- Received Receipt Issue Balance Initial Initial of Remarks
No.
iption
from/
of con- Owner/
of reissued
tractor Architect's
ceipt.
to(with
RepresentRef. to
ative.
S.O./
Indent)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFORMA FOR HINDRANCE TO WORK
142
TABLE - X
Name of work
:..................
Date of start of work :.............
Name of contractor
:..............
Period of completion :.............
Agreement No.
:..................
Date of completion of work :.......
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Signature
Date of
Date of on
Period for
Signature
Signature of
of the
occurrence
which hind- which
of
of Owner/
hindrance
of
rance was
hindrance
Engineer.
Architect's
hindrance
removed.
existed.
Representative
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
143
TABLE - XI
RUNNING A/C BILL :
i.
Name of the Contractor/Agency
ii.
Name of the work
:
:
iii. Sr. No. of this bill
iv.
Sr. No. of previous bill
v.
Reference to Agreement No.
vi.
Date of written order to commence
vii. Date of completion as per Agreement :

viii. Date of measurement
ix.
Present status of work
:
:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Sl.
Item of
Unit
Rate
As per Tender Upto Previous R/A Bills
Present Bill
Upto Date (Gross)
Remarks
No.
Description
(Since Previous)
----------------- ----------------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------Qty. Amount
Qty.
Amount
Qty. Amount
Qty.
Amount
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note :
1.
2.
3.
If adhoc payment is made, if should be mentioned specially

Consumption of cement/steel statement/material consumption statement to be submitted with each R.A. Bills.
Test report for the material consumed in the items to be submitted with each R.A.
144
CERTIFICATE
The measurement on the basis of which the above entries for the running Bill
No.________________ were made have been taken jointly on______________ and are
recorded at pages ______________________ to of measurement book No.
(Signature of
Contractor)
(Signature of
Consultant/Architect)
(Signature of ARCI
Representative)
The work recorded in the above mentioned measurement has been done at the site
satisfactorily as per tender drawings conditions and specifications.
Architect/Consultants
145
TABLE - XII
MEMORANDUM OF PAYMENT
i.
Name of the Contractor/Agency
ii.
Name of the work
iii.
Sr. No. of this bill
iv.
Sr. No. of Previous bill
v.
Reference to Agreement No.
vi.
Date of written order to commence
vii.
Date of completion as per Agreement:
viii.
Date of measurement
ix.
Present status of work/Percentage

work completed.
1.
Secured Advance Sr. No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Sl. No. Upto previous
Since previous
Upto date
Amount adjusted
till date.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2. Deduction under various heads
i)
Gross amount of Bill
:
ii)
Security deposit
:
iii)
Income Tax
:
iv)
Sales Tax
:
v)
Octroi Tax if any
:
vi)
Retention money due to bad
:
Workmanship.
vi)
Rebate offered if any
vii)
Net amount of bill in figure
viii)
Net amount in words
(Signature of
Contractor)
(Signature of
Consultant/Architect)
(Signature of ARCI
Representative)
146
Regulations and Standards:

The installation shall conform in all respects to the following standards in general:
IS 651 1992
: Specification for Salt Glazed stoneware pipes and fittings

(fifth revision).
IS 12183(Part 1)
: Code of practice for plumbing in multi storeyed building

(Water Supply)
IS 7558 1974
: Code of practice for domestic hot water installation
SP 7
: National building code of India (Part IX plumbing services)
IS 2379
: Colour code for the identification of pipe lines.
IS 2906
: Specification for sluice valves for water works purposes (350

to 1200 mm size)
IS 13095
: Butterfly valves for general pumping
IS 3950
: Specification for surface boxes for sluice valves
IS 5312 (Part 1)
: Specification for swing check type reflux (non return) valves:

Part 1 Single door pattern
IS 5312 (Part 2)
: Specification for swing check type reflux (non return) valves:

Part 2 Multi door pattern.
IS 2326
: Specification for automatic flushing cistern for urinals
IS 5961
: Specification for cast iron gratings for drainage purposes.
IS 2556 (Part 1)
: Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous china)
IS 2556 (Part 2)

Part 2 : Specific requirements of wash-down water closets
IS 2556 (Part 3)

Part 2 : Specific requirements of wash-down water closets
IS 2556 (Part 4)

Specific requirements of squatting pans
IS 2556
(Part 6 Sec 2)
IS 2556

Specific requirements of urinals, Section 2 Half stall urinals
: Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous
china)(Part 6 Sec 4) Specific requirements of urinals, Section 4
Partition slabs
147
IS 2556

(Part 6 Sec 5) Specific requirements of urinals, Section 5 waste
fittings
IS 2556

(Part 6 Sec 6) Specific requirements of urinals, Section 6 Water
spreaders for half stall urinals
IS 2556

(Part 6 Sec 7) Specific requirements of half round channels
IS 2556

(Part 7 Sec 7)
Specific requirements of half round channels.
IS 2556 (Part 8)

Specific requirements of symphonic wash down water closets.
IS 2556 (Part 11)

Specific requirements for shower rose
IS 2556 (Part 12)

Specific requirements floor traps
IS 1700
: Specification for drinking fountains
IS 3311
: Specification for waste plug and its accessories for sinks and
wash basins.
IS 2629
: Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing on iron and

steel
SP 7
: National building code
IS 5329 1983
: Code of practice for sanitary pipe work above ground for

buildings.
IS 12251 1987
: Code of practice for drainage of building basements
Is 2064 1973
: Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance of

sanitary appliances
IS 1200 ( Part 1)
: Method of measurement of building earthwork
IS 1200 ( Part 16)
: Method of measurement of laying of water and sewer lines

including appurtenant
148
IS 1200 ( Part 19)
: Method of measurement of Water supply, plumbing and drains.
IS 13592 1992
: Specification for unplasticized PVC pipes for soil and waste

discharge system inside building including ventilation and
rainwater.
IS 14735 - 1999
: Specification for unplasticized PVC fittings
IS 2527 1984
: Code of practice for fixing rainwater gutters and down pipes

for roof drainage.
IS 2685 1971

sluice valves.
IS 6784 1984
: Method of performance testing of water meters

(Domestic type).
IS 12235 ( Parts 1 to 11)
: Methods of test for unplasticized PVC pipes for portable water

supplies.
IS 458 1988
: Specification for precast concrete pipes (with or
without
reinforcement)
IS 2548 ( Part 1&2 )
: Specification for plastic seats and covers for water closets.
IS 1711 1984
: Specification for self closing taps for water supply
IS 1703 1977
: Specification
for
ball
valves (Horizontal
plunger
type)
including floats for water supply purposes.

IS 4038 1979
: Specification for foot valves for water works purposes.
IS 782 1978
: Specification for Caulking Lead.( Third revision)
IS 1172 1983
: Code of basic requirements for water supply, drainage &

sanitation (revised).
IS 1239 1990
(Part I)
IS 1239 1992
(Part II)
: Specifications for mild steel tube, tubular and other steel pipe
fittings.
: Specifications for mild steel tube, tubular and other steel pipe
fittings.
IS 1726 1991
: Code for cast iron manhole frame and cover (third revision).
IS 1742 1983
: Code of practice for building drainage.( Second revision)
IS 2064 1973

sanitary appliances.
149
IS 2065 1983
: Code of practice for water supply to buildings.
IS 3114 1985
: Code of practice for Laying of CI pipes
IS 4127 1983
: Code of Practice for laying glazed stone ware pipe.
IS 4985 1988
: Specification for unplasticized PVC pipes for portable water

supplies (second revision)
IS 1537 1976
: Specification for vertically cast iron pressure pipes for water,

gas and sewage.
IS 4984 1995
: Specification for HDPE pipes for potable water supplies.
IS 8008
: Specification for Injection Moulded HDPE pipes for potable
(Part-I1 to VII)
water supplies.
IS 2531:1998
: Specification for DI pipes and fittings
DIN 8079,8077 &
: Specification for PPR pipes and Fittings.
16
150
PartIIIFIRE FIGHTING WORKS
151
SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

1. Scope of work :
Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour , materials,
equipment and Appliances necessary and required to completely install Down
Comer fire hydrant system as required by the drawings and specified herein
after or given in this schedule or quantities.
2. General Requirements.
2.1
All materials shall be of the best quality conforming to the specifications
and subject to the approval of the Owner/Consultant.
2.2
Pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as
required in a neat workman like manner.
2.3
Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair
and maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passages, etc.
2.4
Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls and ceilings by suitable clamps at
intervals specified. Only approved type of anchor fasteners shall be used
for RCC ceilings and walls.
2.5
Valves and other appurtenances shall be so located that they are easily
accessible for operations, repairs and maintenance.
3. Pipes and fittings
For Internal work:
a. All pipes within the building in exposed locations and shafts including
connections.
4. Jointing
Pipes and fittings shall be joined with electrical resistance in approved manner.
Gasket, for use in between flanged joints, to be of CAF as per IS 2712,
thickness as Specified in BOQ.
5. Valves
5.1
Butterfly valve:-100 mm dia shall be cast iron double flanged with lever
type Butterfly valves shall confirm to and marked IS : 13095-1991 780
Class PN- 1.6 tested to 20 kg./sq.cm.
5.2
Ball Valve: - with lever type tested to 20 kg /sq .cm pressure. Valves
shall conform to and marked IS: 778.Check valves shall be cast iron
double flanged conforming to IS 5312-1975 with cast iron Steel body
and stainless steel internal trims.
5.3
Air Valve:-The contractor shall provide 25 mm dia screwed inlet case

iron single acting air valve on all high Points in the system.
5.4
Y STRAINERS:-Y strainers 100mm shall be of cast iron body.

Strainers shall incorporate a removable bronze screen with 3.175mm
(1/8) perforations and a permanent magnet. Strainers shall be provided
with flanges at both inlet and outlet. They shall be designed to enable
blowing out of accumulated dirt and facilitate dirt and facilitate removal
and replacement of the screen without disconnection of the main pipe.
152
5.5
NON-RETURN VALVE:- 100mm dual plate non - return valve of

following sizes confirming to IS: 5312 complete with rubber gasket, GI
bolts , nuts, washers etc.,
6. Internal Hydrants
6.1
Contractors shall provide on each landing and other locations as shown
on the drawings one Signal headed gunmetal landing valve with 63 m dia
outlets and 80 mm inlet (I.S 5290-1969) with individual shut off valves
and cast iron wheels. Landing valves shall have flanged inlet and
instantaneous type outlet as shown on the BOQ.
6.2
Instantaneous outlets for fire hydrants shall be of standard pattern

approved and suitable for Fire brigade hoses. Contractor shall provide for
each internal fire hydrant station two numbers of 63 mm dia 15 meter
long Synthetic lined hose pipes with gunmetal male and female
instantaneous type coupling machine wound with copper wire (hose to
IS 636 type B and couplings to IS 903 with I.S certification), fire hose
reel, gunmetal branch pipe with nozzle as shown on the BOQ.
6.3
Each hose box shall be, after thorough cleaning of surface, painted,
Painting shall be done only after completion of fabrication work and
testing, First coat of primer paint must be applied by brush on dry clean
surface immediately or in any Case within 3 hours of such cleaning,
Primer paint one coat ( minimum thickness 100 microns ) self priming
epoxy mastic. For production areas 2 coats ( thickness minimum 50
microns each ) of epoxy paint ,fire Red shade as per IS : 5, For other than
production areas 2 coats of synthetic enamel paint , fire red shade as per
IS:5.
7. First Aid Hose Reels

Contractor shall provide standard fire hose reels with 19 mm dia
Thermoplastic brigaded hose of 30 meters length with gunmeta l
nozzle with 6 mm bore , and control valve , shut of nozzle
connected wall mounted on circular hose reel of heavy duty mild steel
construction and cast iron brackets . Hose reel shall conform to I.S 884
1969. The hose reel shall be connected directly to the G.I pipe rise through
an independent connection.
8. Pressure Gauges
a. Pressure gauges shall be of dial type with bourdon tube element of IS 316.
The gauge shall be of reputed make. The dial size shall be 100 mm dia and
scale division shall be in metric units marked clearly in black on a white
dial. The range of pressure gauge shall be 0 to 16 kg / cm.
b. Pressure gauges shall be complete with isolation cock, nipples, tail pipes
etc.
153
9. Pressure switches.
a. The pressure switch shall be industrial type single pole double throw
electric pressure switch designed for starting or stopping of equipment
when the pressure in the system drops or exceeds the pre- set limits. It
shall comprise of a single pole change over switch, below element
assembly and differential spindle .
b. All the pressure switches shall have 1/4 B.S P ( f ) inlet connection and
screwed cable Entry for fixing cable gland.
c. The electric rating of the switch shall be as under :
Type of Supply
Voltage
Non Inductive
A.C
230-433
10 Amp
D.C
24-250
12 Watts
Inductive
6 Amp
12 Watts
10. Fire Brigade Connection:

10.1
The contractor shall provide as shown on drawing gunmetal two way

collecting head with 63 mm dia instantaneous type inlets with built in
check valve of 100 mm dia. outlet connection to the fire main grid.
11. Pipe Protection.

11.1 Priming The primer shall be PYPKOTE / RUSTFIRE / CORPORATE
under coat. The Manufacturers recommended procedure would be
followed for applying the primer.
11.2
Paste Application PYPKOTE AW Paste / CORPORATE paste shall be

applied to fill up uneven surfaces in order to ensure smoothness for
subsequent wrapping with multi layer tape.
11.3
Tape wrapping the tape is to wrapped while the second coat of primer is
still tacky. Winding is to be done with 50% overlap so that the total
thickness of 2.0 mm tape would become 4.0 mm. It should be ensured
while wrapping that air bubbles are trapped .The ends of tape shall be
secured with nylon binding to ensure that the tape doesnt get loosened
while handling.
11.4
The total thickness including 2 coats of primer, 50% overlap of tape etc,
should not be less than 4.5 mm or as per manufacturer recommendations.
12. Pipe Supports

12.1 All Pipes shall be adequately supported from ceiling or walls by means of
anchor fasteners by drilling holes with electrical drill in an approved
manner as recommended by manufacturer of the fasteners.
12.2
All supports / clamps fabricated from MS Structural e.g channels, angles

and flats shall be painted as described in specifications for painting.
154
13. Hose Cabinets

13.1
Provide doors / hose cabinets for internal / external hydrants respectively

fabricated from 16 Gauge M.S sheet with double glass front door and
locking arrangement, with breakable glass key access arrangement, duly
painted red as per specifications and fixed to wall / floor as per
site conditions. The cabinet shall have a separate chamber to stove a key
with breakable glass as per approved design. Hose cabinets shall be
hinged double door partially glazed with locking arrangement, painted
as per specifications with Fire hose written on it prominently .
Samples of hose cabinet for indoor and outdoor works shall be got
approved from Owner before production delivery at site.
14. Fire Pumps

14.1 Pump sets
a. Centrifugal, End suction , horizontal pump should be selected as per
IS. Pump should have following specifications.
Materials of Construction.
Parts
Casing
: Cast Iron
Impeller
: Bronze IS: 318, Gr .LTBJ / JTB 2
Casing wearing
: Cast iron
Shaft
: Stainless steel
Thrust Bearing
: Anti Vibrated pad type.
b. Electrically driven booster pump shall be provided with totally enclosed
fan cooled induction motors suitable for fire pumps with IP55 enclosure.
The motors should be rated not to draw more than 4.5 times the starting
current. The motors shall be wound for class F-insulation.
c. Pumps and motors shall be mounted on a common structural base plate
and installed as per manufactures instructions.
14.2 Wiring:a. Control and protective wiring shall be done with copper conductor PVC
insulated 1100 volts grade multi stranded flexible wire of 2.5 sq. mm 2
cross section. The colour coding shall be as per latest edition of IS: 375.
b. 4 Core x 4 Sqmm Copper armoured cable with Glands, Clamps, copper
lugs, FRLS - XLPE.
c. All power and wiring cables shall be FRLS armoured .Cables and wires
shall comply with requirements of IS: 5831, 694, 8130, and 7098 (I) &
1554 as the case may be.
155
15. Fire Alarm System:

15.1 Manual Call Point: - Vermin proof addressable analogue manual call
boxes to initiate audio visual alarm including the cost of mounting
accessories. An installation height of 1400 mm 200 mm (55 in. 8 in.),
measured from the middle of the manual call point to the floor, must be
maintained.
15.2
Install as shown in the drawings. Addressable wall / ceiling mounting

strobes cum hooters including the cost of mounting accessories. Alarm
Sounders are all Electronic sounders addressable and loop powered and
Standard Evacuate & Alert tone with voice messaging Programmable
tones selectable by control panel. Programmable tones are selectable by
control panel Sounder frequency. Synchronisation of all sounders to be
fully synchronised with all other analogue addressable loop powered
sounder speech devices on the system.
15.3
The Repeat Panel with built-in short circuit isolation will be sited at the
indicated locations. It will provide system repeat facilities to repeat all of
the liquid crystal display messages as well as the common indications. It
will have essential alarm controls, menu facilities and an optional printer
allowing it to take the role of the main system indicator for the day to day
running of the system. The Repeat Panel will be loop driven and provided
with an inbuilt isolator. The Repeat Panel will be complete with built-in
battery and charger and will require 220V AC supply and will be located
as shown in the floor layout drawings.
16. Commissioning and Testing:

a. Pressurize the fire hydrant system by running the Terrace fire pump
and after attaining the required pressure shutoff the pump .
b. When the fire pumps have been checked for satisfactory working on
automatic controls, open fire hydrant simultaneously and allow the hose
pipe to discharge water. The electrically driven pump should run
continuously for eight hours so that its performance can be checked.
c. Check each landing valve, male and female couplings and branch
pipes for compatibility with each other. Any fitting, which is found to be
incompatible and does not fit into the other properly, shall be replaced by
the contractor .Landing valves shall also be checked by opening and
closing under pressure.
d. All piping in the system shall be tested to a hydrostatic pressure of 14.0 kg
/ cm without drop in pressure for at least 1 hour.
156
Abbreviations used:
DC
Dimensional Checking
MTC -
Material Test Certificate (Chemical Analysis and

physical properties)
HTC
Hydraulic / Pressure Test Certificate (Chemical Analysis

and physical Properties)
NDT -
S.No
Item
Non Destructive Test
DC
MTC
HTC
Remarks
1.
Pipe
2.
Fittings
3.
Flange
Body Test at 1.5 times PN with
4.
Bolting
valve open seat test at pressure
5.
Gasket
equal to PN ( With Valve closed )
6.
Valve
7.
Fire Hydrant
Contractor to furnish
8.
Hose pipe
manufactures test certificate
9.
Branch pipe
and TAC approval certificate
10.
Fire Pump
Contractor to furnish manufactures
Test pressure as per specification
test certificate.
Shope Test after commissioning to
be carried out by the contractor
157
FIRE FIGHTING ITEMS

S.No Material/ Item Description
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18
Electric driven Terrace / Booster

pump
G.I. C class pipe
Non-Return Valve
Butter Fly Valve
Y strainer
First -Aid Hose Reel
Synthetic Hose Pipe
Branch Pipe
Hydrant valve
Ball valve
Manual Call point
Hooter
Repeater panel
2 Core x 1.5Sqmm FRLS
4 Core x 4 Sqmm Copper FRLS
Flow Switch
Pressure Switch
Pressure gauge
Makes
Pumps : Kirloskar
Motors: Kirloskar.
Jindal / Tata pipes
Kirloskar
Kirloskar
Audco
Eversafe/ Reliance
Newage/ Winco
Newage/ Winco
Audco
Audco
Honeywell
Honeywell/ Siemens
Honeywell / Morley
Finolex/V-Guard.
Finolex
Audco
Danfose/ indfoses
HGURU / FIEBIG
158
Part IV - AC Works
159
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS

Power supply
Power will be made available at 415 V 3 ph / 230 V single ph, 4 wire, 50 HZ
earthed neutral system and all equipment shall be suitable for the above power
supply with variation of + / -10 %. All equipment shall operate at this voltage and any
equipment operating at other than this Power supply shall be provided with necessary
transformer by the successful bidder.
Shop drawing, Inspection and testing(a) Working and construction drawingsThe selected vendor shall prepare shop drawings and all work shall be according to
approved working drawings. Shop drawings shall give all dimensions and shall
incorporate the requirements of the owner / Consultant. Approval of drawings does
not relieve the vendor of his responsibility to meet the intents of the specifications. All
such drawings for approval shall be submitted for ARCI. In addition, the contractor
shall submit manufacturers details and get them approved before ordering. This has
to be done whether the materials / equipment are one of the approved makes or not.
(b) Testing and InspectionThe contractor shall carry out tests on different equipment and system in total
as specified in various sections of the tender in the presence of Owner/
Consultant in order to enable them to determine whether the plant, equipment and
installation in general comply with the specifications. All equipment shall be tested
after carrying out the necessary adjustments and balancing to establish equipment ratings
and all other design conditions. The test data shall be submitted in Acceptance Test
Form.
(c)Handing-over requirementsThe plant shall be handed over after satisfactory testing along with following
documentsDetailed equipment data in the approved format, Manufactures maintenance and
operating instructions; 3 Sets of as built drawings.
Approved test readings of all equipment and installations.
Certificate from the contractor that the site is cleared of all debris and litter caused by
him without violating the norms during the construction. However, contractor has also to
periodically clear the site from all the debris which is generated from his part of scope.
Submission of the above documentation shall form a precondition for final acceptance of
the plant and installation and final payments.
160
AC Contractors SCOPE of work will includeSupply of various equipment as per the relevant Specification BOQ & Drawings,
unloading, receiving, inspectio n, storing, transportation to work site, handling,
assembling, cleaning, mechanical erection, assisting main contractor in associated civil
works which are required for AC system, Installation, testing and commissioning and
handing over in working condition of all items covered below but not limited to it.
AC High side works
a) Supply and Installation of AC Units.
b) Connection of electrical power to units from power supply point (indoor unit will
need to be connected by the vendor / outdoor unit cable termination is the scope of
the vendor).
AC Low side works
a) Refrigerant piping and cabling between indoor and outdoor unit.
b) Condensate drains piping to nearest drain.
CONTRACTORS SCOPE ALSO INCLUDES
The following important SCOPE is to also be considered included the scope of works:a)
b)
c)
Structural frame work as necessary for the mounting the outdoor units also
would be under contractors scope. Before installation of the framework, all
necessary details pertaining to above framework needs to be furnished to the
Structural Consultants of the Base Building & then based on the approval,
execution should follow.
Receiving of the equipment , lifting the equipment to its desired location via
staircase, erection of indoor units in the required floor , and erection of
outdoor units on terrace, etc.,
Associated civil works like drilling and punching holes and openings in
concrete floors, slabs, chasing of brick walls, fabrication of supporting
structures, , cleaning and clearing of all debris.
The extent of work services under the contract include all items shown on the
drawings, indicated in companion with specifications, notwithstanding the fact that
such items have been omitted from the BOQ. All equipment and services which are
required to complete the intent of the contract shall also be deemed to be within the
scope of the contract.
161
CASSETTE TYPE INDOOR UNITS.

These units shall be installed between the bottom of finished slab & top of false ceiling.
The maximum allowable height for the cassette type units shall be 300 mm
The unit must have in built drain pump, suitable for vertical lift of 750 mm. The unit
casing shall be Galvanized Steel Plate. Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing
thermal insulation material, Polyurethane foam. The noise level of unit at the highest
operating level shall not exceed 42 db (A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m from the grille
of the unit.
Unit shall have provision of connecting fresh air without any special chamber & without
increasing the total height of the unit (300 mm maximum).
The unit shall be supplied with suitable decorative panel.
The unit shall be supplied with Resin Net filter with Mold Resistance. The filter shall be
easy to remove, clean & re install.
The unit shall be capable of both 4 way and 3 way throw configurations as required
for site.
The unit will be connected in series to a suitable outdoor unit & it must be possible
to operate the unit independently, through cordless remote specified in the
Bill of quantities.
The Cassette unit shall be of proven design and reputed make, consisting of rotary/scroll
compressors, evaporator coil with fan and motor, drain pan, integral copper refrigerant
piping, safety controls and wiring, all mounted in a sheet steel powder coated enclosure.
The outdoor unit shall comprise the rotary/scroll compressor, condenser coil, fan, motor
etc., all mounted in a galvanized weatherproof enclosure.
The compressor shall be hermetically sealed type, serviceable and shall have all safety
cutouts and switches. The hermetic motor shall be suction gas cooled, sealed against dirt
and moisture.
The unit shall be modular type, constructed of minimum 16 G galvanized sheet,
adequately reinforced with structural members, and provided with access panels for
maintenance/ inspection of various components.
The refrigerant piping interconnecting the indoor unit and the outdoor unit shall be of
suitably sized hard / soft drawn copper piping, with brazed fittings. The valves shall be
of brass or cast steel. Suitably sized filter drier with shut off valves shall be provided for
maintenance. The controls shall comprise a thermostatic expansion valve, adequately
sized. The refrigerant lines are to be pressure tested to 21 Kg/ sq.cm.
162
The fan wheels and housing shall be fabricated from heavy gauge sheet steel. Fans shall
be of double width double inlet type with forward curve blades. The fan shaft shall be
mounted on ball or roller bearings, with facilities for easy servicing. All the rotating
parts shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Fan speed shall not exceed 1500
RPM with maximum outlet velocity of 550 meters per second.
The cooling coil shall be of Copper tube with Aluminium fins firmly bonded, assembled
in zinc coated steel frame. The air velocity across the coil face shall not exceed 150
meters per minute. The coil shall be suitably pitched for proper drainage. The coil shall
be factory tested for a pressure of 21 Kg/sq.cm. And test certificates furnished before
handing over. The fin spacing shall be 12 per inch.
Performance testing shall be carried out for each units and the guaranteed capacity and
power consumptions shall be achieved. The units shall operate without objectionable
sound or vibrations, to the satisfaction of the owners.
HI WALL TYPE INDOOR UNITS.
These units shall be installed on the partition wall of the room to be air conditioned. The
maximum allowable height for the unit shall be 300 mm.
The unit casing shall be Galvanized Steel Plate.
Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material, Polyurethane
foam. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall not exceed 42 db (A), at
a vertical distance of 1.5 m from the grille of the unit.
The split unit shall be of proven design and reputed make, consisting of rotary
compressors, evaporator coil with fan and motor, drain pan, integral copper refrigerant
piping, safety controls and wiring, all mounted in a sheet steel powder coated enclosure.
The outdoor unit shall comprise the rotary compressor, condenser coil, fan, motor etc.,
all mounted in a galvanized weatherproof enclosure.
The compressor shall be hermetically sealed type, serviceable and shall have all safety
cutouts and switches. The hermetic motor shall be suction gas cooled, sealed against dirt
and moisture.
The unit shall be modular type, constructed of minimum 16 G galvanized sheet,
adequately reinforced with structural members, and provided with access panels for
maintenance/ inspection of various components.
The refrigerant piping interconnecting the indoor unit and the outdoor unit shall be of
suitably sized hard / soft drawn copper piping, with brazed fittings. The valves shall be
of brass or cast steel. Suitably sized filter drier with shut off valves shall be provided for
maintenance. The controls shall comprise a thermostatic expansion valve, adequately
sized. The refrigerant lines are to be pressure tested to 21 Kg/ sq.cm.
163
The fan wheels and housing shall be fabricated from heavy gauge sheet steel. Fans shall
be of double width double inlet type with forward curve blades. The fan shaft shall be
mounted on ball or roller bearings, with facilities for easy servicing. All the rotating
parts shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Fan speed shall not exceed 1500
RPM with maximum outlet velocity of 550 meters per second.
The cooling coil shall be of Copper tube with Aluminium fins firmly bonded, assembled
in zinc coated steel frame. The air velocity across the coil face shall not exceed 150
meters per minute. The coil shall be suitably pitched for proper drainage. The coil shall
be factory tested for a pressure of 21 Kg/sq.cm, and test certificates furnished before
handing over. The fin spacing shall be 12 per inch.
Performance testing shall be carried out for each units and the guaranteed capacity and
power consumptions shall be achieved. The units shall operate without objectionable
sound or vibrations, to the satisfaction of the owners.
The Hi wall unit shall be of approved make, and shall have rotary compressor. The
indoor unit shall have a pleasant appearance.
AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
SCOPE
Supply, fabrication, installation and testing of all sheet metal ducts & supply,
installation, testing and balancing of all grills, registers and diffusers, in accordance with
these specifications.
DUCTING
GENERAL
All ducts shall be fabricated from galvanized steel sheets of the following thickness as
indicated in schedule of quantities & as described in the IS: 655 with latest edition. The
ducting shall be made out of Lock former machine or factory fabricated to avoid site
work to the minimum.
164
RECTANGULAR DUCT
Dimensions
of Ducts
Upto 600
Gauge
G.I
Type of Joints
G.I Flange at
24
601 to 750
24
751 to 1000
1001 to 1500
1501 to 2250
2.5 Center
22
22
20
25 x 25 x 3 mm
25 x 25 x 3mm angle
frame with 6mm
dia nuts and bolts
40x40x5 mm angle
frame with 8mm
dia nuts and bolts
50x50x3mm angle
to be cross braced
diagonally with
10mmdia nuts &
bolts at 125 center
Type of Bracings
Cross Bracings
25 x 25 x 3 mm MS
(duly painted)
angle frame with angles
bracing
6 mm dia nuts at 1500 mm
from
and bolts joints
25 x 25 x 3 mm MS(duly
Painted)
angle bracing at
1500mm from joints
40 x 40 x 3mm MS(duly
painted)
angle bracing at
1500mm from joints
40 x 40 x 3mm MS(duly
painted)
angle bracing at
1200mm from joints
or 40x 40 x 3mm MS
angle diagnal bracing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Sheet metal ducts shall be fabricated as per ISI Standards/SMACNA out of

galvanized steel sheets. Sheets used shall be produced by Hot dip process and
galvanizing shall be Class VIII - Light Coating of zinc nominal 120 gm/sq.m for GSS
sheets.
HANGERS/SUPPORTS FOR DUCT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Duct Size
Spacing
Size of G.I angle Size of G.I. rod
(mm)
(Mtrs.)
(mm x mm)
dia (mm)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Upto 750
2.5
40 x 3
10
751 to 1500
2.0
40 x 3
12
1501 to 2250
2.0
50 x 3
15
2251 & above
2.0
50 x 3
15
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
165
INSTALLATION
All ducts shall be installed generally as per the drawings prepared by the
Contractor duly approved by the Consultant / Employer.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
The Contractor shall provide and neatly erect all sheet metal work as may be
required to carry out the intent of these specifications. The work shall meet with
the approval of Owners site representative in all its parts and details.
All necessary Allowances and Provisions shall be made by the Contractor for
beams, pipes, or other obstructions in the building, whether or not the same are
shown on the drawing. Where necessary to avoid beams or other structural
work, plumbing or other pipes, and/or conduits, the ducts shall be transformed,
divided or curved to one side, the required area being maintained, all as per the
site requirements.
If a duct cannot be run as shown on the drawing, the contractor shall install the
duct between the required points by any path available, in accordance with other
services and as per approval of Owners site representatives.
All ductwork shall be independently supported from the building structure. All
horizontal ducts shall be rigidly and securely supported, in an approved manner
with trapeze hangers formed of galvanized MS rods and angle iron under ducts at
not greater than 2 meter centers. All vertical duct work shall be supported by
structural members at 2 Meters intervals. Air conditioning contractor shall
supply and install all supports made of galvanized steel material and shall be of
hi-tech supports only. The supports shall be designed to prevent vibration to be
transmitted to the building structure by providing vibration isolation. If duct is
passing through in such areas where space between ceiling slab to false ceiling is
more than 1500 mm than duct should be supported by wall mounted brackets of
40 x 40 x 3mm angle.
Where metal ducts or sleeves terminate in woodwork, tight joints shall be made
by means of closely fitted heavy flanged collars. Where ducts pass through brick
or masonry opening, wooden frame work shall be provided within the opening
and crossing ducts provided with heavy flanged collars on each side of wooden
frame work, so that duct crossing is made leak-proof.
All ducts shall be totally free from vibration under all conditions of operation.
Whenever duct work is connected to fans, air handling units or blower coil units
that may cause vibrations in the ducts, ducts shall be provided of closely woven,
rubber impregnated double layer asbestos/canvas or neoprene coated fiber glass
fire resistant flexible connection. The flexible connections should be located
close to the unit, in mutually perpendicular directions. The flexible sleeve
should be at least 15cm long securely bonded and bolted on both sides. Sleeve
shall be made smooth and the connecting ductwork rigidly held by independent
supports on both ends. The flexible connection shall be suitable for pressures at
the point of installation.
Air conditioning unit and exhaust fans shall be connected to duct work by
inserting at air inlet and air outlet a double canvass sleeve. Each sleeve shall be
minimum 150 mm securely bolted to duct and the connecting ductwork rigidly
held in line with unit inlet or outlet with a zip to facilitate measurement of
temperature and airflow.
166
SPLITTERS AND DAMPERS

Duct / collar dampers shall be opposed blade type of robust construction and tight
fitting. They shall be made of G.S. sheet minimum 16swg thick and shall have brass
bushes. The design, method of handling and control shall be suitable for the location
and service required. Dampers shall be provided with suitable links, levers and
quadrants as required for their proper operation. Control or setting devices shall be
made robust, easily operate-able and accessible through suitable access doors in the
ducts. Every damper shall have an indicating device clearly showing the damper
position at all times. Handles will be provided with extended arms to account for
insulation thickness. Dampers shall be placed in ducts and at every branch supply or
return air duct connection, whether or not indicated on the drawing, for the proper
volume control and balancing of the system.
FIRE DAMPERS
All supply air ducts of the units shall be provided with approved fire dampers of at-least
1 1/2 hour fire rating. These shall be of approved make. The damper shall be fabricated
of 16gauge GSS housing with blades formed out of 1.6 mm sheets. The damper shall be
pivoted on both ends using chrome plated spindles in bronze bushes. The stop seals shall
be provided on top and bottom of the damper housing. The damper blades shall close in
the event of fire and shall have a fusible link as contingency to ensure that the link fails
at the time of hazard even if motor fails to actuate. The damper shall be provided with
limit switch to know the open close position of the damper while in operation and idle
condition with necessary interlocking to stop the fan.
The dampers shall be equipped with a well-designed control panel, using high
components which consume less power. It shall operate at 24 volts obtained through a
step down transformer. The panel is protected against surge currents or short circuits
through a Fuse connected on the PCB. The panel shall has an optional power supply of
24V AC. The control panel shall be well protected against wrong switching. All fire cum
smoke damper must be qualified under UL standard 555-1995 of approved 90 minutes
fire rating.
SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR GRILLS
Supply and return air grilles shall be of anodized extruded Aluminium construction with
adjustable bars. Supply air grills shall be generally double deflection type backed with
GI damper. The supply/return air grills being provided with removable key operated
volume control dampers. Aluminium supply and return grills shall be powder coated and
should have the color of Employers choice as per bill of quantities.
The adjustable grille louvers shall be fabricated from extruded aluminium sections. The
damper blades shall be of black anodized extruded aluminium sections and shaped to
form air tight joints. Grills longer than 450mm shall have intermediate supports for the
horizontal louvers.
167
SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS

The supply air diffuser shall be provided with removable key operative volume control
dampers. Aluminium supply and return air diffusers shall be powder coated and should
have the color of Employers choice or shall be extruded Aluminium. Supply/return air
linear diffuser shall be Extruded Aluminium construction, square, rectangular, or round
diffusers with flush fixed pattern or adjustable flow pattern. Diffusers for different
spaces shall be selected in consultation with the Employer/Consultants. Supply air
diffusers may be equipped with fixed air-distribution grids, removable key-operated
volume control dampers, and anti-smudge rings as per requirements of schedule of
quantities.
LINEAR DIFFUSERS / GRILLES
The linear diffusers/grilles shall be fabricated from the extruded aluminium sections.
The diffusion blades shall be die formed, flush mounted type with single or double
direction air flow. The frame also of extruded aluminium sections shall hold the louvers
tightly in fixed position. The dampers as described under grilles shall be provided
wherever specified.
FRESH AIR INTAKE AND EXTRACT LOUVERS
All the louvers shall be rain protection type and shall be fabricated from galvanized
section. The louvers shall additionally be provided with heavy duty expanded metal bird
screen and Cowl. They shall be factory made with powder coating finish. The louvers
shall be provided with control damper with lever for operation and control of fresh air.
APPARATUS & EQUIPMENT CONNECTION
Equipments such as A/C units shall be connected to ducts by means of double canvas
sleeve of 15 inch, asbestos cloth connection of at least 150mm long. Ducts sleeves made
of 20 Gauge thick galvanized sheets steel shall be used for duct passing through load
bearing walls or partitions. Sleeves shall be provide 25mm clearance all around as per
duct or insulated duct. The space between sleeve and duct shall be packed with twisted
asbestos. All the sheet metal plenum required to combine the flow of air through fan
shall be fabricated out of 18 Gauge galvanized sheet steel suitably brazed as required.
Suitable access doors shall be provided for the plenum.
PAINTING
All ducts immediately behind the grilles / diffusers etc. are to be given two coats of
black paint in mat finish.
168
TESTING
After completion, all duct system be tested for air leakage. The entire air distribution
system shall be balanced to supply the air quantity as required in various areas and the
final balance of air quantity through each outlet shall be submitted to the Engineer in
Charge for approval.
ACOUSTIC, THERMAL & UNDERDECK INSULATION
THERMAL INSULATION
a.
The tail end duct shall be insulated in the following manner.
b.
c.
The insulation material for the chilled water piping shall be 25mm fibreglass
material, laminated with Aluminium foil.
The method of insulation is as under:
Clean the surface to be insulated.

Apply one coat of primer paint.
Fix the insulation of the specified thickness over the surface of the duct tightly.
Seal all the joints with 75mm wide PVC tapes.
To prevent sagging of the insulation, provide nylon box strapping at every 1500 mm
interval.
ACOUSTIC INSULATION:
The first 3 M of the ducting from the unit outlet shall be acoustically insulated in the
following manner:
Fibreglass rigid board of 12 mm thick is to be secured on the inside of the duct through
GI bolts, GI nuts and GI washers.
The insulation shall be covered with tissue paper.
Finally, 26 G perforated Aluminium sheet shall be provided over the tissue paper.
UNDERDECK INSULATION
Under deck Insulation of the Duct shall be carried out with 50mm thick Fire retardant
quality EPS density not less than 20 Kg/m3. The thermal conductivity shall not exceed
0.024 Kcal/hr. Sq.m C.
APPLICATION
Clean the roof surface which is to be insulated.
Apply 2 coats of Black Japan Paint on ceiling.
Apply a coat of adhesive to the underside of the roof.
Insulating material of 50mm thickness shall be fixed in GI frame of 1000 mm x 500mm
dimension.
Finish with GI washer at joints and laced with binding wire diagonally.
169
REFRIGERANT & DRAIN PIPING INSULATION

Insulation of refrigerant & drain piping shall be carried out with Nitrile Rubber material.
The Nitrile Rubber shall be closed cell structured preformed Pipe sections of minimum
6mm thickness.
Application
Clean the surface of the pipe, which is to be insulated.
Select the size of the section and cut the section longitudinally along with length. The
cut shall be straight throughout the length.
Apply a thin layer of Adhesive on the surface of the Pipe and leave it to dry for 2-3
minutes.
Fix the insulation material after drying and both the surfaces shall be matched properly.
Apply self-adhesive black cotton tape on both the longitudinal and circumferential
joints.
HVAC ITEMS
S.No Material/ Item Description
Makes
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Voltas, Blue Star, Carrier, Daikin

Totoline/ Bluestar/ Mandev
Armacell / K-Flex
Universal / Finolex
Sudhakar 2mm Thick
Split type air conditioners

Cassette type air conditioners
Condensing Units
Copper Piping
Nitril Rubber Insulation
Cables
PVC Pipe
170
VOL-III DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF CIVIL, PLUMBING,INDUSTRIAL WATER SUPPLY,

FIRE FIGHTING, HVAC AND INCLUDING RENOVATION WORKS BOQ ITEMS
A) CIVIL WORKS
S.no
Item Code
312001539
312001540
312001541
312001542
Description
Site clearance of work spot including removing of trees, up to
bottom level, removing of bushes, felling of the girth ,Removing
of the roots and stacking of serviceable material and disposal of
surplus unserviceable soil / small and big trees / bushes of debris
up to 1KM or site chosen by Engineer-in-Charge including labor
etc., complete for finished item of work.
Earthwork in excavation of foundations for buildings,
structures, drains, manholes, chambers, pavements, cable
trenches, septic tanks, basements, etc., including all lifts in both
wet and dry condition, bailing out water, shoring, strutting(if
required), stacking/disposal of surplus and un serviceable soil
within a lead of 1.0km & spreading in layers and as per
specifications and direction of Engineer. In all soils including
soft rock/disintegrated rock and hard rock. The excavated earth
which is to be used for back filling shall also be disposed and
stacked separately at locations indicated by the Engineer within a
lead of 1KM:
For depth up to 3.5m.
Controlled filling / back filling(with available earth) with
mechanical compaction to achieve dry density in all positions
under floors, foundations and other places as required by the
engineer with available earth from spoil heaps at all heights /
depths including transporting, depositing, compacting, dressing,
trimming etc., complete as desired in layers not exceeding
150mm including watering, consolidating by mechanical means
as per specifications and instructions of the engineer. (The
theoretical volume multiplied by 0.95 shall be considered for
payment.). a) with available soil from the stock piles within a
lead of 1 Km.
Controlled filling / back filling (brought from out side)with
mechanical compaction to achieve dry density in all positions
under floors, foundations and other places as required by the
engineer with approved earth or approved fill material brought
from outside, approved by the engineer, at all heights / depths
including transporting, depositing, compacting, dressing,
trimming etc., complete as desired in layers not exceeding
150mm including watering, consolidating by mechanical means
as per specifications and instructions of the engineer. (The
theoretical volume multiplied by 0.95 shall be considered for
payment.). a) with the soil of approved quality brought from
outside.
171
312001543
312001544
312001545
312001546
312001547
Providing Plinth protection with a bed of 100mm thick PCC

(1:4:8) using 40mm size HBG metal and on top of PCC, 40mm
thick granolithic concrete flooring with CC (1:1:2) prop. Using
6mm to 12mm size graded hard granite machine crushed metal
laid monolithically already laid, and finishing the top surface to
required smoothness and slopes including Grooves, thread lining
as directed by the Engineer - in - charge including cost and
conveyance of all materials to site incidental and labor charges
like mixing of cement concrete, laying, curing, lift charges etc.,
complete including cost of CC bed for finished item of work
PCC (1:2:4) prop. using 12 to 20mm size well graded HBG
machine crushed chips in foundations and other mass concrete
works, manholes, channels, screeds, steps, etc. including cost
and
conveyance
of
all
material
s
labor
charges,
centering/shuttering charges machine mixing charges curing and
all other incidental and operational charges etc.
PCC (1:4:8) proportion using 40mm nominal size well graded
HBG metal for all leveling courses under foundations, and
flooring, including necessary centering / shuttering cost and
conveyance of all materials from approved source to site mixing
concrete, laying, tamping and curing etc., complete for finished
item of work..
Providing and laying in position Ready mixed M25 grade
concrete for reinforced cement concrete work, using cement
content as per approved design mix, manufactured in fully
automatic batching plant and transported to site of work in transit
mixer for all leads having con
tinuous agitator mixer
manufactured as per mix design of M25 grade for reinforced
cement concrete works including pumping of RMC from transit
mixer to site of laying, including cost of centering/shuttering
using acrow span, adjustable props up to min 3.50mts to 8.20mts
height(floor height) ,cost and conveyance of all materials to site,
labour charges,vibrating charges, curing with wet Hessian cloth
and all other incidental and operational charges etc., complete
but excluding cost of steel and its fabrication charges etc.,
complete for finished item of work.
M25 ready mix concrete works ncludes
i
footings, column
pedestals, plinth beams columns at all heights, roof beams, tie
beams and roof slab at all heights.
Note: Minimum quantity of OPC will be at 330 kg/cum.
V.R.C.C(1:1.5:3) prop. Nominal Mix using weigh batcher/mixer
, 12 to 20mm size well graded HBG machine crushed chips at
all depths, heights and levels in all types of lintels, cable trench
side walls, bottom slab, sunshades, loft slabs, sill slabs, pre cast
slabs and any other minor concrete works including centering /
shuttering charges cost and conveyance of all materials to site,
172
10
312001548
11
312001549
12
312001550
13
312001551
14
312001552
labor charges, vibrating charges, curing with wet hessian cloth

and all other incidental and operational charges etc. complete for
finished item of work but excluding cost of steel and its
fabrication charges
V.R.C.C(1:1.5:3) prop. Nominal Mix using weigh batcher/mixer
, 12 to 20mm size well graded HBG machine crushed chips at
all depths, heights and levels in all types of lintels, cable trench
side walls, bottom slab, sunshades, loft slabs, sill slabs, pre cast
slabs and any other minor concrete works including centering /
shuttering charges cost and conveyance of all materials to site,
labor charges, vibrating charges, curing with wet hessian cloth
and all other incidental and operational charges etc. complete for
finished item of work but excluding cost of steel and its
fabrication charges. for Roof beams and slabs.
Supply ,Fabricating and fixing in position HYSD / MS or Tor
Steel reinforcements of various diameters at all levels and
positions including cost of straightening, cutting, laying,
bending, cranking and tying with GI wire after placing in
positions as directed by the Engineer-in- charge including cost
and conveyance of steel and GI wires, lifting, labor charges and
concrete cover blocks etc.
The overlaps will not be measured seperately,
Use steel-Tata Tisco/VSP/Sail Steel only
Supply fabrication and erection of ANY TYPE OF structural
steel elements such as Structural steel columns ,beams, stair
cases ,angular ladders, fabrication of truss and other minor
structural members using angles sections, I Beams, channel
sections ,chequered plates, insert plates ,gusset plates, MS Sheets
,MS Pipes, box sections,MS Square bars,MS Flats, all as per
specifications including drilling of holes cutting fixing of bolts,
nuts, washers, proprietory anchor fasteners/bolts ,
welding
loading transportation and unloading charges including one coat
of primer coat and two coats of synthetic enamel paint Asian
paint of approved quality etc.,including cost and conveyance of
all materials, labour charges and all operational, incidental
charges etc., complete for finished item of work
Use steel-Tata tisco/VSP/Sail Steel only
Brick Masonry for Non load bearing walls in sub-structure/
super structures in all heights in cement mortar (1:6) Prop.
Using best quality table molded light weight bricks having
crushing strength of not less than 50 kg/cm2 from approved
source including cost and conv
e yance of all materials,
scaffolding, labor charges, racking out joints, curing, cement etc.
complete for all heights for finished item of work.
Providing brick work of half-brick thickness using first quality
table molded light weight bricks having crushing strength of not
173
15
312001553
16
312001554
17
312001555
18
312001556
19
312001557
20
312001558
less than 50 kg/cm2 in cement mortar 1:4 using 2 tor steel bars
(8 mm ) embedded in CM at every 900mm height in partition
walls, chambers, other works of all shapes, plinths and super
structure at all depths and heights as per specifications including
cost and conveyance of all materials, scaffolding, labour charges,
racking out joints, curing, etc., complete for all heights for
finished item of work
Brick Masonry for Non load bearing walls in sub-structure/
super structures in all heights in cement mortar (1:4) Prop.
Using best quality table molded light weight bricks having
crushing strength of not less than 50 kg/cm2, from approved
source including cost and conv
e yance of all materials,
scaffolding, labor charges, racking out joints, curing, cement etc.
complete for all heights for finished item of work.
Providing coursed rubble stone masonry in cement mortar of
the following proportion in all types of works at all heights and
depths with curing, etc., all complete as per specifications and
directions of the Engineer. C.M(1:6)
Providing dry rubble stone soling 230 mm thick below grade
slab including hand packing and compacting, blinding with
morum soil watering, consolidating by mechanical means etc.
complete.
Single coat plaster: Providing 12mm thick cement sand plaster
smooth finish at all heights in CM(1:4) prop. On ceiling, cable
trenches inner surfaces, cornices,sunshades including curing,
scaffolding, labour charges etc., complete . The plaster work
shall be true to the plumb and square and contractor shall
provide proper gauges prior to start of work for approval
including cost and conveyance of all materials, scaffolding at all
heights, labour charges and all operational, incidental charges
etc., complete for finished item of work. The item includes the
cost of preparation of drip mould.
External &internal plaster Providing 20mm thick cement-sand
plaster in two coats, backing coat 15mm thick in CM (1:6) and
finishing coat 5mm thick, finished smooth at all depths and
heights in CM 1:3 proportion ,providing chicken mesh at RCC &
masonry joints, necessary dabbing, curing, 10x10mm Grooves as
required including scaffolding complete as per specifications.
(for all heights ). The plaster work shall be true to the plumb and
square and contractor shall provide proper gauges prior to start
of work for approval including cost and conveyance of all
materials, scaffolding at all heights, labour charges and all
operational, incidental charges etc., complete for finished item of
work.
Providing the following thickness lath plaster/RCM Drop at
all heights and locations for vertical fins, facias, bands, drop\s,
174
21
312001559
22
312001560
etc.,
consisting of cement-sand plaster of proportion 1:3, including
finishing the exposed faces smooth, provision of wire
mesh to reinforcement bars, necessary shuttering, surface
preparations, etc., all complete and as per directions of the
Engineer. The steel reinforcements shall be paid under
reinforcement item. A) 40mm thick
Providing and laying integral cement based water proofing
treatment including preparation of surface as required for
Treatment of roofs, balconies, terraces etc., consisting of
following operations.
a) Applying and grouting a slurry coat of neat cement using
2.75Kg/Sqm of cement admixed with proprietary water
proofing compound conforming to IS-2645 over the RCC slab
including cleaning the surface before treatment.
b) Laying cement concrete using broken bricks / brick bats
25mm to 100mm size with 50% of cement mortar 1:5 (1
cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with proprietary water proofing
compound conforming to IS-2645 over 20mm thick
layer of cement mortar of mix 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand)
admixed with proprietary water proofing similarly the
adjoining walls up to 300mm height including rounding of
junctions of walls and slabs.
c) After two days of proper curing applying a second coat of
cement slurry admixed with proprietary water proofing
compound conforming to IS - 2645.
d) Finishing the surface with 20mm thick joint less cement
mortar of mix 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand) admixed with
proprietary water proofing compound conforming to IS - 2645
and finally finishing the surface with trowel with neat
Cement slurry and making 300 x 300 mm square.
e) The whole terrace so finished shall be flooded with water for a
minimum period of two weeks for curing and for
final test. All above operations to be done in order and as
directed and specified by the engineer-in-charge.
(Specification obtain from CPWD)
Use River sand & Ultratech / Ambuja cement
Note: Contractor to provide 10 year warranty for any
leakages, defects, cracks etc. on Rs. 100/- bond paper and is
responsible for carrying out repair work until the expiration
of warranty period.
TOILET WATERPROFFING-FLOOR
Providing and laying water proofing treatment to vertical and
horizontal surfaces of Sunken portions of W.C. , kitchen and the
like consisting of :i) 1st course of applying cement slurry @4.4
kg/sqm mixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS
175
23
312001561
24
312001562
25
312001563
26
312001564
2645 in recommended proportions including rounding off

junction of vertical and horizontal surface.
ii) IInd course of 20mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement 3 coarse
sand) mixed with water proofing compound in recommended
proportion including rounding off juction of vertical and
horizontal surface.
iii) IIIrd course of applying blown or residual bitumen applied
hot at 1.7 kg. per sqm of area.iv) IVth course of 90 micron thk
bituminous waterproofing felt of shalimar make or equivalent
(overlaps at joints should be 100mm wide and pasted to each
other as per manufacturers instructions.) v) top with a second
layer of bitumen @1.2kg/sqm. and finally finished with
bituminous aluminum paint.
vi) Fill the sunk slab with light weight brick bat coba to an
average thickness of 300 mm Rate shall be paid on the basis of
floor area of the toilet. The rate is including cost and conveyance
of all materials, labour charges and all operational, incidental
charges etc., complete for finished item of work..
Providing impervious coat to sides and bottom of drain surfaces,
in side of septic tank , in water tank etc. to required slopes with
CM (1:3) prop. using screened sand 12mm thick mixed with
water
proofing
compound
manufa
ctured
by
reputed
manufacturers as approved by Engineer-in-charge at 1 Kg per
one bag of cement, laid over roof slab when it is green, finished
smooth with a floating coat of neat cement and thread lining at
regular intervals of 45cmx45cm where ever necessary including
cost and conveyance of all materials like cement, sand, water
proofing compound, water etc., to site, operational, incidental,
and labour charges for mixing mortar, laying, lift charges,
rendering smooth and thread lining, curing including rounding
off junctions of wall and slab etc., complete for finished item of
work.
Applying one coat of Asian mak
e Internal primer of
manufacture specification on above false ceiling surface at all
heights .The rate is including cost and conveyance of all
materials, labour charges, scaffolding and all operational,
Applying of two coats of brush bond (Fosroc / Dr.Fixit) for
water tanks including cost of all materials, labour charges etc.,
Providing and applying 2 coats of Premium emulsion paint of
Asain make (colour shades as per Consultant/ Owner) over a
coat of primer as per specifications of the manufacturer. The rate
shall include the cost of the priming coat and three coats of Birla
make, Wallcare, White cement based putty or equivalent &
two coats of painting with necessary surface preparation.
176
27
312001565
28
312001566
29
312001567
30
312001568
31
312001569
Including (any old walls) old surface scrapping, brushing,

removing paint marks over windows, doors, flooring etc. The
rate is including cost and con
veyance of all materials,
scaffolding at all heights, labour charges and all operational,
incidental charges etc., complete for finished item of work for
ceiling and internal walls..
Painting with weather proof emulsion paint, water based,
modified acrylic paint of Apex Ultima (Asian make ) to
exterior faces of new walls over a coat of primer as per
specifications of the manufacturer. The rate shall include the cost
of the priming coat and three coats of Birla make, Wallcare,
White cement based water proofing putty or equivalent & two
coats of painting with necessary surface preparation. Including
removing paint marks over windows, doors, flooring etc. The
rate is including cost conveyance of all materials, scaffolding at
all heights, labour charges and all operational, incidental charges
Providing & applying 100% acrylic water based textured exterior
finish of Asian paints make Apex duracast Fine tex in single
coat. Including surface preparation by removing dust, fungus,
algae, loose paint etc. with wire brush and cleaning with water.
Before application, surface imperfections such as holes, dents
and cracks are to be filled with white sand and fine sand in the
ratio of 1:3 or Asian pain wall putty. Rate to include application
of exterior all primer(x2) prior to application of textured finish.
Allow freshly plastered surfaces to cure before applying primer
and textured finish. The et xtured pattern (Trowel, Scratch,
Dholpur) shall be approved by Consultant/ Owner. The rate is
including cost and conveyance of all materials, scaffolding at all
heights, labour charges and all operational, incidental charges
Providing and applying two coats of synthetic enamel paint
(Asian make) of approved shade at all locations of approved
quality over all surfaces , in
cluding ,scaffolding ,cost
&conveyance of all materials labor charges.
Providing and applying 2 coats of Premium emulsion paint of
Asian make (colour shades as per Consultant/ Owner) over a
coat of primer as per specifications of the manufacturer. The rate
shall include two coats of painting with necessary surface
preparation. Including old walls surface scrapping, brushing,
removing paint marks over windows, doors, flooring, cost and
conveyance of all materials, scaffolding at all heights, labour
charges and all operational, incidental charges etc. complete
Painting with weather proof emulsion paint, water based,
modified acrylic paint of Apex Ultima (Asian make ) to exterior
faces of old walls with three coats of approved make shade and
177
32
312001570
33
312001571
34
312001572
35
312001573
color including self-prime coat including cost and conveyance of

materials like paint to site including cost of brushes, scaffolding
charges, lift charges and labor charges such as preparing the
wall, applying three coats of paint etc. complete for finished item
of work in all floors, including old surface scrapping, brushing,
crack filling and removing of old paints etc removing paint
marks over windows, doors, flooring etc. complete
Provide and applying of Epoxy Paint (Two or More coats) on
plastered surface at all locations prepared and applied as per
manufacturers specifications including appropriate priming coat
preparation of surface etc complete. The rate is including cost
and conveyance of all materials, scaffolding at all heights, labour
charges and all operational, incidental charges etc., complete for
finished item of work.
Providing and laying 9.5 to 10mm thick glossy finished color 1st
class Double charged Vitrified tiles (two colours) Nitco (Zodiac
or Ultra Charge or Diamond series) or approved equivalent of
2X2 in flooring, skirting, dado and in other places in pattern
indicated on drawings laid on 20 mm thick cement mortar bed or
backing of mix 1:3, with joints properly aligned, filled with
proprietary cement grout of approved shade and color (laticrete
or Bal endura make ) at all levels and locations to different
patterns as per specifications ,and direction of the Engineer all
complete. Tiles shall be beveled at the vertical corner joints and
horizontal edge joints. Top of skirting/dado shall be finished
smooth to line and level. The rate is including cost and
conveyance of all materials, abour
l
charges
and all
operational,incidental charges etc., complete for finished item of
work. For Flooring &Skirting
Providing and laying 300x300x8.5 to 9.0 mm thick matt
finished/ antiskid Ceramic floor tiles (First quality) of approved
color and shade in Toilet flooring. For wall Dadoing ceramic tile
of approved color and shade shall be used. The tiles shall be laid
on 12mm thick cement mortar bed for the dado and 25 mm thick
for the floor with a C.M of mix 1:3, with joints properly aligned,
filled with white cement slurry with matching pigment, at all
levels and locations to different patterns as per specifications,
and direction of the Engineer all complete (glossy or mat finish
as required). Tiles shall be beveled / PVC corner beading at the
vertical corner joints and horizontal edge joints. Top of
skirting/dado shall be finished smooth to line and level.The rate
is including cost and conveyance of all materials, labour charges
and all operational,incidental charges etc., complete for finished
item of work.
Providing and laying cement concrete flooring of 100 mm thick
with concrete hardener topping, under layer 88 mm thick cement
178
36
312001574
37
312001575
38
312001576
39
312001577
concrete (1:11/2:3) (1 cement : 11/2 sand : 3graded stone

aggregate 20mm nominal size) with nominal steel and top layer
12mm thick cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement
hardener mix : 2 graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size by
volume, hardening compound of approved make & brand mixed
at 2 lit/50 kg of cement or as per manufacture specification. The
rate includes cost of centering if any all, including cost and
conveyance of all materials, labour charges and all operational,
but excluding cost of steel which will be paid separately and
finished smooth to level for finished item of work
Providing and laying cement concrete flooring of 150 mm thick
with concrete hardener topping, under layer 138 mm thick
cement concrete (1:11/2:3) (1 cement : 11/2 sand : 3graded stone
aggregate 20mm nominal size) with nominal steel and top layer
12mm thick cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement
hardener mix : 2 graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size by
volume, hardening compound of approved make & brand mixed
at 2 lit/50 kg of cement or as per manufacture specification. The
rate includes cost of centering if any all, including cost and
incidental charges etc., complete for finished item of work. but
excluding cost of steel which will be paid separately and finished
smooth to level for finished item of work
Providing and laying M40 grade with heavy duty designer and
reflective Interlocking /paver blocks /tiles 60 mm thick of
approved color, shade and shape laid over sand bed of 50 mm
thick. The Rate includes duly leveling the existing ground, cost
and conveyance of all materials, labour charges and all
work.(and locations to different patterns as per Specifications,
and direction of the Engineer all complete )
Granite flooring for Stair case
Providing & laying polished granite stone flooring using 18 mm
to 20 mm thick machine cut & m
irror polished granite
treads/risers/sills/ledges 300-450mm wide in one or two pieces
(each piece not less than 6' length), square cut nosing slightly
softened by rounded / chamfered as required in one piece or
long length as directed, set in cement mortar (1:4) and in average
thickness of 30mm fixed with cement float ,including grooves
etc. complete as directed .The Rate is including cost and
incidental charges etc., complete for finish
ed item of
work.(While selecting the granite 40% of the quoted price will
be treated towards labour and material for laying)
Providing & laying polished granite stone cladding using18-
179
40
312001578
41
312001579
42
312001580
43
312001581
20mm thick granite, machine cut, mirror polished, and quarter

round mirror polished edges as required in long lengths and
widths as directed, set in cement mortar (1:3) and in average
thickness of 12mm thick, fixed with cement slurry of 3.3kg/sqm,
including filling joints with proprietary grout of matching colour,
pointing etc. complete as directed)The Rate is including cost
work.(While selecting the granite 40% of the quoted price will
be treated towards labour and material for laying)
Providing & laying polished granite stone lining(Skirting)
using18- 20mm mm thick granite, machine cut, mirror polished,
and quarter round mirror polished edges as required in long
lengths and widths as directed, set in cement mortar (1:3) and in
average thickness of 12mm thick, fixed with cement slurry of
3.3kg/sqm, including filling joints with proprietary grout of
matching colour, pointing etc. complete as directed)The Rate is
including cost and conveyance of all materials, labour charges
and all operational, incidental charges etc., complete for finished
item of work.(While selecting the granite 40% of the quoted
price will be treated towards labour and material for laying)
Supplying and fixing of Funder max tiles of 6mm thickness
including cost and conveyance of all materials, scaffolding, all
taxes, transportation etc., complete
TW DOOR FRAME
Providing& fixing of wood work in frames of doors, wrought
framed and fixed in position made out of Second class teak wood
including hold fasts, transportation labor charges, filling gaps,
dents etc. with appropriate wooden putty with one coat of primer
and two coats synthetic enamel paint of two coats, with bitumen
paint on the surface contact with brick works/concrete. The Rate
item of work.
Providing and fixing 40microns pure polyester coated aluminum
fixed cumdouble action floor spring type Door(Single or
Double shutter) if IS standard using Indal series 4617 & 4616
if dimension 101.6 X 44.45 X 3.18 mm thick for the fixed and
door outer frame and for shutters using Door Verticals of jindal
series: 4504 of dimension 47.62 X 44.45 X 3.18 mm thick, Door
Top of jindal Series: 4506 of dimension 47.62 X 44.45 X 3.18
mm thick, door middle divider of jindal series: 4621 of
dimension 49.91 X 44.45 X 3.0 mm thick and for door bottom of
jindal series: 4530 of dimension 114.30 X 44.45 X 3.18 mm
thick with 5.5 mm thick toughened tinted glass , fitted with
EPDM gaskets and snap on clips of jindal series: 4420including
180
44
312001582
45
312001583
all accessories, complete with fabrication, errection and

installation at site. provided with floor spring 8293 Godrej model
(1No. per each shutter), including all fittings such as 150mm to
230mm handles fitted with suitable aluminum glazing clips and
EPDM gasket, including all hardware fittings like 300mm tower
bolts Dorset make/Godrej etc., aluminum clips,6 lever GODREJ
lock, bolts, EPDM gaskets etc., as per specifications, and
directions of Engineer. The measurement for payments shall be
for the full opening including frames. Use Aluminum section
Jindal /Indal makes and also hardware fittings Godrej/Dorset
makes only. Contractor to verify the lock rail size with reference
to the approved 6 lever godrej lock and submit the door shop
drawings for approval. The Rate is including cost and
Solid core flush door laminated on both sides
Providing and fixing 35mm thk Solid core BWP (Boiling water
proof) grade of Greenply Optima Red or equivalent approved
make , made out of specifically selected & well-seasoned
hardwood timber. The solid Block Board core to be framed with
seasoned hardwood battens and strengthened by a layer of crossbands with face veneer on both side of the core. The flush doors
shall conform to IS-2202 (part I). The flush door shall have
12mm TW lipping all around, polished finish at edge, color to
match door laminate. Both faces of the door shall be finished
with 1mm thk laminate (Factory pressed) of sun mica, formica,
greenlam, color as approved by Consultant/owner, and provide
6mm thk glazing view panel of size 8x20 above the handle.
with all necessary hardware fittings 1) Hinges (4 nos) of size
100x75x3 with SS304 satin finish (Model no- HG1153 SSDorset or equivalent Godrej make), mortice lock of Godrej make
(Model No.8838) or equivalent dorset make, Euro profile indus
handle set (2 nos) of SS304 satin finish (Model no- 9225 of
Godrej ,make )or equivalent dorset , Heavy duty door closer of
Godrej make Model No.7849 or equivalent dorset make, 230mm
Tower bolts (1 nos) with SS304 satin finish (Model no-8577) ,
Door stoppers (1 nos) satin finish (Model no- 8830) etc. as
required . complete
Manufacturer of
Solid flush door Kalpataru Doors or equivalent equivalent
above specification matching w
ith the manufacture
specification
Note: before procuring above item contractor must take
permission from consultant/Owner.
SEMI UNITED STRUCTURAL GLAZING: Providing and
fixing 40microns pure polyester coated Semi unitized aluminium
structural glazing using Section No: 4517 of dimension: 81.16 X
181
46
312001584
47
312001585
48
312001586
50 X 38.5 X 2mm thick for the wall frame and for Mullion and
transom using Section No: 4509 of dimension: 81.16 X 67 X
2mm thick and with 5.5mm reflective toughened tinted glass
fixed to the sub frame Section 4551 of dimension 48.1 X 37 X
27mm X 1.5 thick with spacer tape and structural sealant of Dow
corning 995 fixed to the main frame with holding cleats of
Section No: 4512 and sealing the outside groove with Dow
Corning weather sealant 789, including all accessories, complete
with fabrication, erection and installation at site. The Rate is
including cost and conveyance of all materials, labour charges
item of work.
DOMAL SLIDING WINDOWS ON THREE TRACK
SECTIONS WITH S.S MESH: Providing and fixing 40microns
pure polyester coated aluminum Domal aluminum sliding
windows using three track section Agarvanshi Alluminium Ltd.
or equivalent Sections No: 3127 of dimension 126 X 36.5 X 1.6
mm thick, shutter sections of Section No: 3122 of dimension 27
X 65 X 1.5 mm thick, inter lock strip of section No: 3119 and for
fixed using Jindal section No: 2431, with two shutters of 5.5 mm
thick toughened tinted glass one shutter with S.S Mesh from
outside for the cover the whole window, EPDM gaskets, locking
arrangements including all quality accessories and installation at
site. The Rate is including cost and conveyance of all materials,
labour charges and all operational, incidental charges etc.,
CASEMENT WINDOWS: (Openable) Providing and fixing 40
microns pure polyester coated aluminium casement windows
with tabular sections using Jindal series: 8804 of 46.0 X 44.0 X
44.0 X 33.6 X 1.4mm thick for window outer frame, mullion
section of Jindla series: 8803 of 38.0 of 38.0 X 34.2 X 59.0 X
1.4 mm thick and shutter 'Z' section of Jindal series: 8802 of 46.0
33.6 X 44.0 X 1.4 mm thick with 5.5mm thick toughened tinted
glass , fitted with snap on clip of jindal series: 4425 and EPDM
gaskets, shutters mounted on stainless steel friction hinges, Ebco
handles, including all accessories, complete with fabrication,
erection and installation at site. The Rate is including cost and
CASEMENT WINDOWS: (Openable) Providing and fixing 40
microns pure polyester coated aluminium casement windows
with tabular sections using Jindal series: 8804 of 46.0 X 44.0 X
44.0 X 33.6 X 1.4mm thick for window outer frame, mullion
section of Jindla series: 8803 of 38.0 of 38.0 X 34.2 X 59.0 X
1.4 mm thick and shutter 'Z' section of Jindal series: 8802 of 46.0
33.6 X 44.0 X 1.4 mm thick with SS flymesh , fitted with snap
182
49
312001587
50
312001588
51
312001589
52
312001590
53
312001591
on clip of jindal series: 4425 and EPDM gaskets, shutters

mounted on stainless steel friction hinges, Ebco handles,
including all accessories, complete with fabrication, erection and
installation at site. The Rate is including cost and conveyance of
charges etc., complete for finished item of work.
Fixed aluminium Glazing windows: Providing and fixing
40microns pure polyester coated aluminium glazing windows
using 63.5 X 38.1 X 3.18 mm rect. Box sections of Jindal series:
4605 with 5.5mm thick toughened tinted glass ,rubber beading
,aluminium clips including all accessories, complete with
fabrication erection and installation at site.The Rate is including
cost and conveyance of all materials, labour charges and all
work.
DOMAL SLIDING WINDOWS ON THREE TRACK
SECTIONS WITH S.S MESH AND ALUMINIUM GRILL:
Providing and fixing 40microns pure polyester coated aluminum
Domal aluminum sliding windows using three track section
Agarvanshi Aluminium Ltd. or equivalent Sections No: 3127 of
dimension 126 X 36.5 X 1.6 mm thick, shutter sections of
Section No: 3122 of dimension 27 X 65 X 1.5 mm thick, inter
lock strip of section No: 3119 and for fixed using Jindal section
No: 2431, with two shutters of 5.5 mm thick toughened tinted
glass one shutter with S.S Mesh from outside for the cover the
whole window including aluminium grill, EPDM gaskets,
including all quality accessories and installation at site. The Rate
item of work.
LOUVERS: Providing and fixing 40microns pure polyester
coated aluminium louvers using 63.5 X 38.1 X 3.18 mm rect.
Box sections of Jindal series: 4605 with 4" glass louver blades of
5.5mm thick of toughened tinted glass , including all
accessories, complete with fabrication erection and installation at
site.The Rate is including cost and conveyance of all materials,
labour charges,Glass and all operational, incidental charges etc.,
Supply, fabricating and fixing of welded steel wire mesh /weld
mesh (25x25xmm at 13 gauges) including two coats of synthetic
enamel paint over primary coat, welding charges, labor charges
etc. The structural steel framing required for this item will be
measured separately in the fabrication of structural steel item
Supply and fixing of 19mm thick BWR Plywood box of required
size including grill , putty, enamel paint, labour charges,
183
54
312001592
55
312001593
56
312001594
hardware fittings etc., complete

Providing &fixing 18 mm to 20mm thick polished Granite slabs
of approved shade at wash basin counter, including cutting,
rounding of the edges, providing 75 mm high apron with half
round moulding, finishing, other necessary bye-works all
complete as per direction of the engineer .The granite slab shall
be of single piece. The Rate is including cost and conveyance of
charges etc., complete for finished item of work.(While selecting
the granite 40% of the quoted price will be treated towards
labour and material for laying)
Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved make, made
of requiredsize M.S. laths, interlocked together through their
entire length and jointed together at the end by end locks,
mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with brackets, side
guides and arrangements for inside and outside locking with
push and pull operation complete, including the cost of providing
and fixing necessary 27.5 cm long wire springs manufactured
from high tensile steel wire of adequate strength conforming to
IS: 4454 - part 1 and M.S. top cover of required thickness for
rolling shutters and also including with two coats of synthetic
enamel paint of approved shade and colour over a primary coat,
making chases in wall/floor,grouting the clamps in PCC M-15C
in all complete as per specifc
ations, and instructions of
Engineer.The Rate is including cost and conveyance of all
materials, 7 lever Godrej Nav-Tal lock with 3 keys for each
shutter and also grill to be provided at two places above 0.9m
height , labour charges and all operational, incidental charges
etc., complete for finished item of work. 80x1.25 mm M.S. laths
,with ball bearing and mechanical device for operation
Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved make, made
of requiredsize M.S. laths, interlocked together through their
entire length and jointed together at the end by end locks,
mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with brackets, side
guides and arrangements for inside and outside locking with
push and pull operation complete, including the cost of providing
and fixing necessary 27.5 cm long wire springs manufactured
from high tensile steel wire of adequate strength conforming to
IS: 4454 - part 1 and M.S. top cover of required thickness for
rolling shutters and also including with two coats of synthetic
enamel paint of approved shade and colour over a primary coat,
making chases in wall/floor,grouting the clamps in PCC M-15C
in all complete as per specifc
ations, and instructions of
Engineer.The Rate is including cost and conveyance of all
materials, 7 lever Godrej Nav-Tal lock with 3 keys for each
shutter labour charges and all operational, incidental charges
184
57
312001595
58
312001596
etc., complete for finished item of work. 80x1.25 mm M.S. laths

,with ball bearing and mechanical device for operation
Providing & Fixing of Armstrong Mineral Fibre Acoustical
Suspended Ceiling System with Dune (Bevelled Tegular)
Edge Tiles With Armstrong 15mm Exposed GRID.
The tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of 99%, NRC
0.5, Light Reflectance 85%, Thermal Conductivity k = 0.052 0.057 w/m K, Colour White, Fire Performance UK Class 0 /
Class 1 (BS 476 pt - 6 &7) in module size of 600 x 600 x 16mm ,
suitable for Green Building application, with Recycled content
of 32%.
The tile shall be laid on Armstrong Silhouette profile grid system
with 15mm white flanges incorporating a 6mm central reveal in
white/black colour and with a web height of 45mm and a load
carrying capacity of minimum 15.68 Kgs/M2 & minimum pull
out strength of 100 Kgs.. Silhouette, Main Runners & Cross Tees
to have mitred ends & birdsmouth notches to provide mitred
cruciform junctions. The T Sections have a Galvanizing of 90
grams per M2 and need to be installed with Suspension system
of Armstrong make. .
The Tile & Grid system used together should carry a 30 year
warranty.
INSTALLATION: To comprise main runner spaced at 1200mm
centres securely fixed to the structural soffit using Armstrong
suspension system (specifications below) at 1200mm maximum
centre. The First/Last Armstrong suspension system at the end of
each main runner should not be greater than 450mm from the
adjacent wall.
Flush fitting 1200mm long cross tees to be interlocked between
main runners at 600mm centre to form 1200 x 600 mm module.
Cut cross tees longer than 600mm require independent support.
600 x 600mm module to be formed by fitting 600mm long flush
fitting cross tees centrally between the 1200 mm cross tees.
Perimeter trim to be Armstrong wall angles of size
3000x19x19mm, secured to walls at 450 mm maximum centres.
Providing & Fixing of Armstrong Mineral Fibre Acoustical
Suspended Ceiling System with ULTIMA (MICRO LOOK)
EDGE TILES WITH ARMSTRONG SILHOUETTE EXPOSED
GRID. The tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of 95%,
NRC 0.70, Light Reflectance >90%, Thermal Conductivity k =
0.052- 0.057 w/m K, Colour White, Fire Performance A2-s1.d0
in module size of 300 X 1200 X 19 mm with Bio Block coating
in the front & back of the tile, suitable for Green Building
application, with Recycled content of 70-80%. The tile shall
be laid on Armstrong Silhouette profile grid system with 15mm
white flanges incorporating a 6mm central reveal in white/black
185
59
312001597
60
312001598
61
312001599
62
312001600
colour. Silhouette, Main Runners & Cross Tees to have mitred

ends & birdsmouth notches to provide mitred cruciform
junctions. The T Sections have a Galvanizing of 90 grams per
M2 & passed through 500 hrs of Salt test.
The Tile & Grid system used together should carry a 15 year
warrantee.
INSTALLATION: To comprise main runner (with 300mm
spaced mitre cut) spaced at 1200mm centres securely fixed to the
structural
soffit
using
Armstr
ong
suspension system
(specifications below) at 1200mm maximum centre & not more
than 150mm from spliced joints. The First/Last Armstrong
suspension system at the end of each main runner should not be
greater than 600mm from the adjacent wall. 1200mm long cross
tees (without central mitre cut) to be interlocked between main
runners at 300mm centre to form 1200 x 300 mm module. Cut
cross tees longer than 600mm er quire independent support.
Perimeter trim to be Armstrong shadow wall molding
(dimensions: 19x7x7x14mm), secured to walls at 450 mm
maximum centres.The Rate is including cost and conveyance of
charges etc., complete for finished item of work.
Supplying and Fixing of vertical Venetian blinds 100 mm wide
Vista / Max make with all accessories including fixing etc., The
Rate is including cost and conveyance of all materials, labour
Supplying and laying RCC non -pressure pipes of 450mm
diameters including Collars jointed with stiff mixture of cement
mortar in 1;2 proportion and aligning , jointing etc, to correct
slopes including all bye works complete as per specifications,
and directions of the Engineer.The Rate is including cost and
conveyance of all materials, sales and other taxes on all
materials, labour charges and all operational,incidental charges
a)450mm dia(NP-3 Class pipes)
Supplying and laying RCC non -pressure pipes of 300mm
diameters including Collars jointed with stiff mixture of cement
mortar in 1;2 proportion and aligning , jointing etc, to correct
slopes including all bye works complete as per specifications,
and directions of the Engineer.The Rate is including cost and
conveyance of all materials, sales and other taxes on all
materials, labour charges and all operational,incidental charges
a) 300mm dia(NP-3 Class pipes)
Heavy Duty SS railing system
Providing and fixing modular Heavy duty Stainless steel (grade
186
63
312001601
64
312001602
65
312001603
SS 304) railing system of 42 inches high consisting of 1.5 inch

diameter hand rail and assist rail. The maximum post spacing to
be at every third step. The finish to be #6 (380 Grit) Brushed
Satin. The entire system to be engineered and installed by the
manufacturer. Basis of Design VIVA / V-RAIL specification
Railings Model - CUBE Multiline
Heavy Duty SS railing system
Providing and fixing modular Heavy duty Stainless steel (grade
SS 304) railing system of 42 inches high consisting of 1.5 inch
diameter hand rail and assist rail. The maximum post spacing to
be at every third step. The finish to be #6 (380 Grit) Brushed
Satin. The entire system to be engineered and installed by the
manufacturer. Basis of Design VIVA / V-RAIL specification
Railings Model Guard Rail
Providing 110 mm Dia P.V.C. down water take pipes 2.5mm
thick 4 Kg/cm2 ISI marked, including cost of necessary P.V.C.
Bends, shoes, iron clamps and all other accessories and fixing in
position including cost and conveyance of all materials to site,
sales and other taxes, operational, incidental etc., including lift
charges and labor charges for fixing at site etc., complete for
finished item of work in all floors (APSS No.1328) including
clamps, including supply &fixing of jelly also etc complete.The
Rate is including cost and conveyance of all materials, labour
Wooden beading with design
Providing and fixing of 35mm x 12mm Teak wood design
beading (contractor has to provide samples for approval by
Consultant/Owner) to be fixed at door frame and masonry
junction including painting to match door frame.
187
66
312001604
67
312001605
68
312001606
69
312001607
70
312001608
Decorative PVC doors

Supplying and fixing of 35mm thick Solid routed decorative
PVC laminated doors as per ISI IS: 2202 (part 1) 1999 Flush
doors- Solid core, Finger jointed style & rail vacuumed pressed,
chemically treated borer free (VPT), hot pressed BWP Grade
bonded with Phenol Formaldehyde Resin. Solid Routed and
laminated with 0.35mm thk, UV coated, Decorative PVC sheets
(both side) as per IS 2202 with approved shades of PVC by
Consultant/Owner. The hardware includes 1-Hinges (4 nos make
dorset model NO.HG1153 SS or equivalent Godrej make of size
100x75x3 with SS304 satin finish ,Door handle (2nos) of
150mm with SS304 satin finish, Aldrop (1 nos) of size
200x16mm with SS304 satin finish (Model no-8539) and
150mmTower bolts (1 nos) with SS304 satin finish (Model no8577)Godrej/Dorset make complete.
Manufacturer of door
Kalpataru Doors or equivalent above specification
matching with the manufacture specification .
Note: Note: before procuring above item contractor must
take permission from consultant/Owner.
Red soil Providing and Laying in red soil/ sweet soil for
plantation. Item includes transportation, leveling, watering,
compacting etc as per the instructions of the Engineer incharge.The Rate is including cost and conveyance of all
materials, labour charges and all operational, incidental charges
Providing and fixing of Expansion joint filler board for
buildings, columns, beams and slabs 25 mm thick including cost
and conveyance of all materials to site, all incidental,
operational, labour charges etc. complete for finished item of
work
Providing Expansion joint treatment with poly sulphide
compound of approved make of finished size 25 x 12mm
including making of 25mm x 12mm groove and primer coat over
finished groove with finishing of edges true to straight line and
level over the finished surface of expansion joint including cost
work. as per approved drawing (for all floors on top of slab i.e
in the flooring and for internal vertical joints of grooves in
dadooing surface)
Providing and fixing of 24 gauge alluminium sheet over
expansion joint groove of width 15cm fixed to walls / columns at
one edge and resting over the other block walls/columns
concealing expansion joint with slotted holes for free edge of
aluminium sheet to facilitate free movement of aluminium sheet
over the finished surface of expansion joint and wall face using
188
71
312001609
sheet metal screws with nylon receiver complete including cost

work. as per approved drawing (for all floors for vertical joints
and bottom of slab)
FULL HEIGHT PARTITION WITH SINGLE LAYER OF
MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD ON BOTH
SIDES (Height from FFL to soffit of Structural Ceiling) (India Gypsum make only)
Providing and & fixing in place partitions of overall thickness of
100 mm, formed out of the following components.
A)Framework:
Providing and fixing framework made of special section power
pressed from M.S.sheet and galvanized with zinc coating of
grade 175 (specification of GI), consisting of floor and ceiling
channel 75mm wide (U-Floor channel) having equal flanges of
32mm width 0.50mm thick fixed to floor /ceiling at the spacing
of 610mm center to center with dash fastener of 12.5mm
diameter 40mm length and studs 72mm wide having one flange
of 34mm and other flange 36mm and 0.50mm thick fixed
vertically within flanges of floor and ceiling channel and placed
at a spacing of 610mm c/c by 6mm dia. bolts and nuts at both
ends of partitions fixed flush to wall with rawl plugs at the
spacing of 450mm c/c. (Note : Horizontal intermediates are
required at 1.2 m interval in case the height of frame work
exceeds 3m to strengthen vertical studs. The items also to
include for additional horizontal/vertical supports where
door/window openings.
B)Cladding
The framework to be cladded on both sides with SINGLE layers
of 12.5 mm thick tapered edge Moisture resistant Gypsum board
of India gypsum make with 0.5hr fire resistance, in line and
level fixed with dry wall screws of 25 mm and finished with
proprietary jointing tape and compound as per manufacturer's
specification. Joints to be sand papered to achieve a smooth and
seamless finish.
C)Finishes
Two coats of gypboard primer to be applied to finished surfaces
and then smoothened using chalk putty as directed.
Special Provisions
a) Contractor to make provision for all electrical/networking
boxes as required. Electrical/Network boxes /other services to be
provided at desired height and location as indicated in the
drawing.
b)All exposed edges / corners/ grooves to have proprietary
corner / edge bead sections/channels as per Consultant's
189
72
312001610
73
312001611
74
312001612
75
312001613
76
312001614
instructions
At all locations where services are penetrating the partition
above c)false ceiling to have additional GI frame work around
the duct/cable tray/pipe and the gaps between the frame work
and service to be filled with appropriate fire stop material as
directed
Note: Measurement is upto cladding and support upto ceiling
height to be included
Providing and fixing 40 mciron Pure polyester coated aluminium
partition using 101.6X44.45X3.18mm rect. Box sections of
jindal series:4616&4617 with 12mm thick both sides prelaminated particle boards of approved colour and 5.5mm thick
toughened tinted glass the panels fitted with snap on clips
EPDM gaskets including all acessories complete with fabrication
,erection and installation at site. The Rate is including cost and
Providing and laying Poly viny
l chloride sheet 2mm
("Armstrong Floor" or equivalent conforming to IS : 3462) of
approved shade and sizes using approved rubber based adhesives
including rolling with a light wooden roller weighing about 5kg.
And shall be pressed properly to avoid undulations and air
bubbles, to correct line and level, all complete as directed by the
engineer.The joints between the sheets shall be suitably
fused/cautered to make the entire surface seamless. The base
surface shall be cleaned thoroughly to make it absolutely dust
free and damp free before laying of the sheets.The entire surface
shall be thoroughly cleaned with liquid and soap water before
handing over. The measurement shall be as per net surface area
in laid condition.The Rate is including cost and conveyance of
charges etc., complete for finished item of work
Supplying and laying of Dry stone pitching 22.5cm thick for toe
wall and embankment slopped portion including supply of stones
and preparing the surface,laying of stones and jointing/pointing
with CM(1:3) including cost and conveyance of all materials and
labour charges etc., complete for finished item of work
Supply and fixing of Anodized sections (101.6X44.45X2.0mm)
aluminum frame with 12mm thick soft wood with velvet cloth
and sliding 5mm thick plain glass with locking arrangement
Supply and Fixing of full form following building names as
1. Centre for Engineered Coatings.
2. Centre for Laser Processing of Materials.
3. Centre for Ceramic Processing.
The above Three buildings in English made out of first quality
304 stainless steel sheets(Laser Cut Letters) of size
190
77
312001615
78
312001616
79
312001617
80
312001618
81
312001619
300mmX300mm (the width of letter will be chosen based on

simulation) as per given specifications and drawing details. The
contractor to submit all details with 3D view and simulation
system for approval by ARCI.
Supplying and fixing aluminum composite cladding of
approved make (Alucopanel, alucobond, Reynobond, , Alpolic,
Alcomat, etc.,) with skin material 0.5 mm thick aluminum sheet
cover material natural polyethylene aluminum cladding panel
fixed with extruded aluminum basis frame (50x25x1.5mm) angle
cleats, weather sealants, rivets, GI brackets all as approved,
using suitable bolts on structural steel work including necessary
accessories complete in all respects including all scaffolding and
labor charges etc., complete for finished item of work but
excluding cost of structural steel fabrication, if any, ACP
Cladding - 4 mm thk with tray type fixing arrangement. Provide
and fix GI sheet 2 mm thick with other necessary supports for
fixing stainless steel letters on ACP CLADDING.(co-ordinate
with signage contractor for location and size of GI plate)
Providing and fixing precoated galvanised iron profile sheets at a
height of 12.00mts including scaffolding,Ridges plain(500600mm) (size, shape and pitch of corrugation as approved by
Engineer-in-charge) 0.50 mm (+ 0.05 %) total coated thickness
with zinc coating 120 grams per sqm as per IS: 277, in 240 mpa
steel grade, 5-7 microns epoxy primer on both side of the sheet
and polyester top coat 15-18 microns. Sheet should have
protective guard film of 25 microns minimum to avoid scratches
during transportation and should be supplied in single length
upto 12 metre or as desired by Engineerin- charge. The sheet
shall be fixed using self drilling /self tapping screws of size (5.5x
55 mm) with EPDM seal, complete upto any pitch in horizontal/
vertical or curved surfaces, excluding the cost of purlins, rafters
and trusses and including cutting to size and shape wherever
required.The Rate is including cost and conveyance of all
materials, labour charges and all operational, incidental charges
Providing and fixing precoated galvanised steel sheet roofing
accessories 0.50 mm (+ 0.05 %) total coated thickness, Zinc
coating 120 grams per sqm as per IS: 277, in 240 mpa steel
grade, 5-7 microns epoxy primer on both side of the sheet and
polyester top coat 15-18 microns using self drilling/ self tapping
screws complete : Gutter .(600 mm over all girth)
Drilling 16mm dia holes in the sill level concrete beam of
required numbers as per the drawing and the direction of
engineer to a depth of 150 mm and removal of dust etc., and
clearing the holes to receive the dowel rods
Fixing and erecting the 12 mm dia column rods tothe sill beam in
191
82
312001620
83
312001621
84
312001622
85
312001623
86
312001624
87
312001625
88
312001626
89
312001627
prepared holes using lockset of Fosroc or equivalent as directed

by engineer-in-charge for column reinforcement
Fixing of MS struts using 60 X 60 X 4 mm thick square hollow
section YST 310 grade (Tata make) with 8 mm thick MS plates
at top and bottom as shown in the drawing at the specified
locations tightly between sill level beam & lintel level beam. The
gaps if any between the plate and the concrete surface are to be
filled with steel wedges and non shrink cementious grout all the
steel sections i.e., pipe and MS plate are to be painted with anti
corrosive paint of 2 coats as directed by Engineer-in-charge
Encasing the steel struts with brick masonry using light weight
bricks in cement mortar (1:4) and finishing the surface with 12
mm thick cement plaster in CM (1:3) to receive window of
specified size as shown in the drawing
Providing Vertical Telescopic scaffolding MS pipes for the
ground floor slab and beam wherever required and as per the
instructions of the consultant/Engineer-in-charge to stengthen the
existing Ground floor slab while laying First floor RCC slab and
also during the removal of the existing window and replacing
the proposed windows till the completion of the above work
GI PIPE:- Supply/installations of GI pipe of 100mm dia with all
types of GI bends/T's/L's/ Coupling as per site conditions class B
pipe for the run of power cable GI pipe make: Tata
Note:
Before supply/ installations, contractor must take permission
from ARCI officials.
GI PIPE:- Supply/installation of GI pipe of 50mm dia with all
types of GI bends/T's/L's/ Coupling as per site conditions class B
pipe for the run of LAN cable to the building premises GI pipe
make: Tata Note: Before supply/ installations, contractor must
take permission from ARCI officials.
Dismantling barbed wire or flexible wire rope in fencing
including all earth work and dismantling of concrete, removing
of fencing posts or struts, making rolls and stacking within 50
meters lead. including labour charges , transportation etc.,
complete.
Dismantling / cutting of RCC items / RCM Drops and cutting of
different dia of reinforcement bars, disposal of dismantled
materials up to 1KM lead including cost of hire charges of
cutting equipment, labor charges etc complete finished item of
work including stacking of the used material at designated place
as advised by the engineer in charge.
Removing and Refixing of
Fire
hydrant point including
Removing and refixing of MS existing diameter pipe and also
providng approximate 5RM new MS Pipe
192
90
312001628
Closing of borewell
91
312001629
92
312001630
93
312001631
94
312001632
95
312001633
96
312001634
97
312001635
98
312001636
99
312001637
100
312001638
Removal of plastering/dead mortar if any over the top of sill

level beam and bottom of lintel beam and cleaning the surface
exposing the original concrete surface and cleaning with air
blower
Dismantling / cutting of Brick wall / Lime sand brick
walls,/stone masonry and disposal of dismantled materials up to
1KM lead including cost of hire charges of cutting equipment,
labor charges etc complete finished item of work
Dismantling doors, windows and clerestory windows (steel or
wood) shutter including chowkhats, architrave, holdfasts etc.
complete and stacking within 50 metres lead :
Demolish existing flooring
Remove existing ceramic tile / vitrified / any other type of
flooring and disposing unserviceable material up to 2kms lead
as per direction of engineer-in-charge.
Dismantling/Removing of Angle frame with wire mesh
including angle frame with mesh door etc. complete and stacking
within 1.0km lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge
Dismantling/Removing of AC Sheet with MS Pipe/Angles at a
height 12.00 mts including labour charges scaffolding charges,
disposal of dismantled materials up to 1KM lead including cost
of hire charges of etc complete finished item of work including
stacking of the used material at designated place as advised by
the engineer in charge.
Removing of existing false ceiling and AC ducts including at a
height of 6.00mts including labour charges scaffolding charges,
disposal of dismantled materials up to 1KM lead including cost
of hire charges of etc complete finished item of work including
stacking of the used material at designated place as advised by
the engineer in charge.
Lighting fixtures :- Removing and Re fixing, Testing and
commissioning of existing light fixtures of 2x36W Mirror optic
with required accessories like
S.S Chain, S.S clips, 3Core
1.5sqmm flexible copper cable for tap power from ceiling
rose.etc.,complete and erecting should be as directed by ARCI
staff.
commissioning of existing light fixtures of 1x28W T5 Fittings
with required accessories like 2no's of Brass anchor bolts, S.S
Chain, S.S clips, 3Core 1.5sqmm flexible copper cable for tap
power from ceiling rose.etc, complete and erecting should be as
directed by ARCI staff.
commissioning of existing light fixtures of Low Bay with
193
101
312001639
required accessories like S.S Chain, S.S clips, 3Core 1.5sqmm

flexible copper cable for tap power from ceiling rose.etc,
complete and erecting should be as directed by ARCI staff
Concentrations as per IS 6313-1981 Part II for pre-constructional
anti-termite treatment and creating a chemical barrier under
and all-round the column pits, foundation, wall trenches, plinth
filling, junctions of wall and floor, expansion joints, apron,
surrounding of pipes, conduits etc., along the perimeter of the
building including all bye-works complete as per specification
and direction of Consultant. Only ground floor plinth area of the
building will be measured for the payment. Work to be executed
by M/s Pest Control (India) or any other approved agency and
specified guarantee for 10 (ten) years shall be furnished by the
tenderer.
SPECIFICATIONS
ANTI - TERMITE TREATMENT
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Pre-constructional antitermite treatment shall be provided to
all buildings with a chemical barrier against the sub-terrain
termites.
1.2 Anti-termite treatment being a specialized job, should be got
executed through specialized agencies only. The specialized
agency should be preferably a member of the Indian Pest Control
Association.
1.3 The scope of pre-constructional anti-termite treatment covers
the soil treatment with approved chemicals in water emulsion in
foundation trenches for columns, plinth beams, pile caps, brick
walls, service trenches, lift pits, steps, ramps etc., in top surfaces
of plinth filling, at junction of walls and floor, in
expansion joints etc., in stages as detailed in this specifications
and drawings, unless otherwise specified, the anti-termite
treatment will be carried out as per IS: 6313 (Part-II)-2001and /
or as per direction of the Consultant.
2.0 CHEMICAL TO BE USED
2.1 The following chemical in water emulsion, after approval
from the Consultant, shall be used uniformly over the area to be
treated.Chlropyrophos
2.2 The Tenderer should produce voucher (s) for the chemical
purchased and should get verified the sealed container(s) of the
specified chemical from the Consultant before preparing the
emulsion / use for the treatment.
3.0 GUARANTEE
3.1 The Tenderer has to furnish the guarantee for 10 (ten) years
from the date of completion of work, stating that in case of
reappearance of termites within the building area due to
defective materials or workmanship or due to any other reasons,
194
the Tenderer will carry out the necessary post constructional

treatment to keep the entire area free from termite, once again,
without any extra cost to the Department during the guarantee
period.
B) PLUMBING WORKS SPECIFICATIONS:

S.no
1
Item code
312001640
312001641
312001642
Technical Description
Providing and fixing vitreous China white glazed Indian type
water closet of superior quality 580mmX480MM size Orissa
pan(PARRYWARE make, model-Orissa 580) with 'P' or 'S' trap,
vent hole, with low level PVC cistern of 10 liters capacity of
"PARRYWARE make, syphon & standard flush fittings, CP
connecting flush pipe, 15mm CP bras concealed jaguar make stop
cock deluxe type, 15mm dia flexible PVC inlet water connection,
all fittings Complete including all materials etc complete.
Providing and fixing white glazed vitreous china Floor mounted
coupled type water closet (EWC-Parryware make, modelNiagara- C0262,C0708) of superior quality, single trap
symphonic pattern ,'P' or 'S' trap, Dual Flush system, with cistern
capacity as per manufacturer, lid, Anti-microbial seat cover,
fittings, closet etc. ,CP brass bar hinges, screws, bolts, rubber,
buffers 15mm dia CP inlet water pipe connection and concealed
push type jaguar make CP brass stop cock; fixing EWC to floor
with necessary TW block & brass screws, all complete as per
directions of the Engineer.
Supply & Fixing of Bibcock cum Health Faucet with 1m long
tube and wall hook of Jaguar Continental series, Chrome Finish for
complete finish item of work.
312001643
Supply, fitting and fixing glazed vitreous china OVAL Under

Counter Wash Basin of superior quality of size 550 X 400 mm
(Parryware make, Model No.CQ 41K 46) having isngle or
double holes with 32 mm CP brass waste fittings, 32 mm CP brass
bottle trap, 15 mm PVC inlet water pipe connection, painted CI
brackets with chain and rubber plug etc. CP jaguar make push type
pillar tap (Cat No.031), CP stop cock , (Prismatic sink cock of
jaquar make, AQT3057N) , including all necessary fittings etc
complete
5
312001644
Providing and fixing white glazed vitreous china Urinal, front

lipped of superior quality PARRYWARE make-Model-New
Magnum 00575, Z-bracket fixing, Built-in ceramic spreader &
waste coupling, push type CP flush valve(Jaguar continental series
195
312001645
312001646
312001647
312001648
10
312001649
11
312001650
12
312001651
13
312001652
14
312001653
PRS CHRO77, CP grating etc., cp push type jaguar make

continental series stopcocks, Concealed outlet and installation, and
Necessary Fittings etc all as per directions of the
Engineer(partitions excluded):
Supplying and fixing of 18-20 mm Granite partitions of size 4'
0" x 2' 0" for urinals including rounding edges, three sides, fixing
,polishing ,etc. complete for finished item of work
Supply & Fixing of CP brass Concealed stopcock (Jaguar
continental series) of standard design and of approved make
confirming to ISI.
Supply & Fixing of CP brass Angle stopcock (Ja
guar
continental series) of standard design and of approved make
confirming to ISI.
Providing & fixing in position approved make full turn type,
15mm CP brass bib tap (Long body) with heavy casted CP brass
wall flange. (Jaguar continental series)
Supply & Fixing of Toilet paper holder with paper of standard
make for complete finish item of work.
Supplying, fitting and laying G.I pipes of Medium quality ('B
class) of Indian Tube Company / Tata/ Jindal with all necessary
fittings such as bends, tees, elbows, reducers, unions, nipples,
plugs, clamps, fixtures, etc., including necessary earthwork,
backfilling, painting, etc., complete as per specification (including
concealing in walls by chasing walls and floors)
A) 20mm nominal bore
196

A)40mm nominal bore
15
312001654

A)80mm nominal bore
16
312001655
Supplying, fitting and fixing superior quality 20mm dia Ball valve
/butter fly valve (full way) of "LEADER"/ hudco make or
equivalent with ISI-mark
17
312001656
Supplying, fitting and fixing superior quality 25mm dia Ball

valve /butter fly valve (full way) of "LEADER"/hudco make or
18
312001657

19
312001658

20
312001659

21
312001660
Providing box type half-round white glazed channels 100mm

size with dead and outlet ends of approved make, set in cement
mortar 1:3 and joints finished with white cement.
22
312001661
23
312001662
24
312001663
Providing and fixing 8mm thk Mirror of Saint Gobain make with
beveling and edge polishing fixed to the wall using stainless steel
studs of approved make. Size: as shown in drawings
Providing and fixing 100 x 75mm HSI floor/Nahani trap with CP
hinged heavy brass grating to be fixed in PCC M15C and made
water tight.
Providing SW yard gulley trap 150 x 100mm with CI grating 150
x 150mm and water-tight light weight CI covers conforming to IS:
1726 of size 300 x 300mm including half-brick masonry in CM
(1:4) plastered neatly with CM (1:4)on both faces, 100mm thick
PCC bed of mark M-10C, necessary excavation, complete as per
197
direction of the Engineer.

25
312001664
26
312001665
27
312001666
28
312001667
29
312001668
30
312001669
31
312001670
Providing, fitting and laying C.I soil and waste pipe including
vent pipe with all required C.I specials, plugs, clamps etc., of
approved Neco make(red color) confirming to IS 3989 , including,
excavation & back filling, jointing with drip seal all complete as
per specifications and direction of Engineer.
a) 100mm dia
Providing, fitting and laying C.I soil and waste pipe including
vent pipe with all required C.I specials, plugs, clamps etc., of
approved Neco make(red color) confirming to IS 3989 , including,
excavation & back filling, jointing with drip seal all complete as
per specifications and direction of Engineer.
a) 75mm dia
Providing, laying and jointing stone ware salt-glazed pipe in CM
1:2 including bedding in PCC mark M-10c,necessary excavation,
& backfilling complete as per specification and depth up to 1.5m
a) 150mm dia
Constructing 914.4 mm x 457.2 mm (3'0"x1'6") brick in CM 1:6
prop. Masonry. Inspection chamber upto 914.4 mm (3'0") and
fitted with light weight 914.4 mm x 457.2 mm (3'0"x1'6") C.I
frame and cover of 40 Kg including cost and conveyance of all
materials like cement, sand, bricks, water etc., to site, cost of
seigniorage charges on all materials and all incidental and
operational, labour charges like mixing ceme
nt mortar,
constructing masonry, lift charges, curing , overheads &
contractors profit etc., complete for finished item of work as per
Standard specification
Providing and fixing of polyethylene water storage sintex tank of
Three layer white colour in required capacities cylindrical with
top closed top SINTEX(each 1000 lts tanks with necessary scours
and over flow Gi pipes ,GI INL
ET AND OUT LET
CONNECTIONS , FLOAT VALVE , all of size 25mm hoisting ,
fixing , testing , including foundation and necessary material etc
Providing and fixing of polyethylene water storage sintex tank of
Three layer white colour in required capacities cylindrical with
top closed top SINTEX(each 500 lts tanks with necessary scours
and over flow Gi pipes ,GI INL
ET AND OUT LET
CONNECTIONS , FLOAT VALVE , all of size 25mm hoisting ,
fixing , testing , including foundation and necessary material etc
Construction of soak-pit of size 1500mm dia and 2500mm depth
conforming to IS:2470 (Part-I) and as per directions
of the Engineer, including all materials, labor, excavation,
backfilling, brick bats, bamboo mat, and other bye-works,
complete
198
32
312001671
33
312001672
34
312001673
35
312001674
Supply & Instalation of water dispenser ( Hot, cold, normal with

three taps) with 20 Liter capa
city water Tin including
transportation and labour charges.
Supply and fixing of 25mm diam
eter watermeter
ltron
make,(formerly Actaris make) CI B, ISO 4064 certified including
labour charges, transportation, all taxes etc., complete
Dismantling of Manhole including R.C.C. top slab, C.I. cover with
frame, including stacking of useful materials near the site and
disposal of unserviceable materials into municipal dumps within
50m lead: a)Rectangular Manhole120x90cm and 90 cm deep
Dismantling of Manhole including R.C.C. top slab, C.I. cover with
frame, including stacking of useful materials near the site and
disposal of unserviceable materials into municipal dumps within
50m lead: a) Rectangular arch type Manhole140x90 cm and 1.30m
deep
C) FIRE FIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS:

S.no Item code
312001675
1
312001676
312001677
312001678
Supplying , installation , testing and commissioning of electric
driven Terrace / Booster pump suitable for automatic operation
and consisting of following : complete in all respect as required. a)
Horizontal type, multistage, centrifugal pump of cast iron body &
bronze impeller with stainless steel shaft, mechanical seal and
flow of 900 lpm at 45 Mtr head conforming to IS 1520 b) 12.5 HP
SQ cage induction motor TEFC type suitable for operation on
415Volts, 3 phase 50 Hz. AC with IP 55 class of protection for
enclosure, horizontal foot mounted type ith Class-'F' insulation,
conforming to IS-325 c) M.S. Fabricated common base plate,
coupling, coupling guard, foundation bolts etc as required. d)
Suitable cement concrete foundation duly plastered with anti
vibration pads. Makes of Pumps : Kirloskar / Mather&Platt.
Makes of Motors : Siemens / Kirloskar.
Supply and fixing air vessel made of 250 mm dia, 8 mm thick MS
sheet, 1200mm in height with air release valve on top and flanged
connection to riser, drain arrangement with 25mm dia Gun metal
wheel valve, with required accessories, pressure gauge and
painting with synthetic enamel paint of pa proved shade as
required.
Supply of 4 Core x 4 Sqmm Copper armourd cable with Glands,
Clamps, copper lugs,FRLS - XLPE
Makes: Finolex
GI PIPE
Supply, laying, testing & Commissioning of following C class GI
199
312001679
312001680
312001681
312001682
312001683
pipes conforming to IS 3589 and 1239 including fittings like

elbows, tees, flanges, tapers, nuts, bolts, gaskets, clamps etc.
complete including pressure testing to with stand per 14 kg/cm2
without Drop in pressure for at least 1 hours and Pressure testing
equipment also, pipes duly painted with one coat of primer and
two coats of Post office red externally (Note: Unless pressure
testing payment not sanctioned)
Makes: - Jindal / Tata pipes
NON- RETURN VALVE
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of dual plate non return valve of following sizes confirming to IS: 5312 complete
with rubber gasket, GI bolts , nuts, washers etc as required Makes:
Kirloskar
100 mm nominal dia
BUTTER FLY VALVE
Supplying, fixing, testing and commissioning of butterfly valve
PN 1.6, with Bronze / Gun metal seat duly ISI marked complete
with Nuts, Bolts, Washers, gaskets, conforming to IS 13095 of
following sizes as required. Makes: Kirloskar
100 mm nominal dia
Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning approved make
CI Flanged Y strainer with SS mesh suitable flanges necessary
flanges, nuts and bolts etc., complete
Makes: Makes:Audco
100 mm nominal dia
HOSE REEL
Supplying and fixing First -Aid Hose Reel drum of swinging rope.
a) 30 Mtr Long 19mm (Nominal internal) dia water hose moplastic
/ Textile reinforced / Rubber braided / Polypropylene Type - 2 as
per IS:12585
Make: Eversafe/ Reliance
b) 20mm (Nominal internal) dia gun metal globe valve and nozzle.
Make: Newage/ Winco
c) Drum and brackets for fixing the equipments on wall.
d) Connections from riser with 40mm dia stop valve (gun metal) &
MS pipe.
HOSE CABINET
Supplying and fixing of hose cabinet of size 750mm X
600mm x 250mm made of No 16 gauge SWG CRCA sheet
with 6mm thick glazed glass door including necessary locking
arrangement suitable to accommodate 2 Nos 15 mtr long Hose
pipe, 1 No branch pipe, mounted on wall OR raised brick
platform and duly painted with one coat of primer and two coats of
Post office red externally and white internally with synthetic
enamel paint complete in all respect, for external hydrant as
200
10
312001684
11
312001685
12
312001686
13
312001687
14
312001688
15
312001689
16
312001690
17
312001691
18
312001692
required.
HOSE PIPE
Supplying and fixing 63mm dia, 15 mtr long Synthetic hose pipe
with 63mm dia Male and Female Gun metal couplings duly binded
with GI wire, rivets etc conforming to IS 636 (Type -B) as
required.
Make: Newage/ Winco
BRANCH PIPE
Supply and fixing 63mm dia Gun metal branch pipe with 20mm
(Nominal internal diameter) size Gun metal nozzle conforming to
IS 903, suitable for instantaneous connection to interconnect hose
pipe coupling as required.
Make: Newage/ Winco
HYDRANT VALVE
Supplying and fixing single headed Internal / External hydrant
valve with instantaneous Gun metal couplings of 63mm dia with
Cast iron wheel ISI marked conforming to IS 5290 (Type -A) with
blank Gun Metal cap and chain as required. Makes:Audco
FIRE BRIGADE
Supply and fixing 2 way fire brigade connection of cast iron body
with 2 Nos Gun metal Male inst
antaneous inlet couplings
complete with cap and chain as required for 100mm dia MS pipe
connection, conforming to IS 904 as required.
BALL VALVE
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 25mm dia Ball
valve Makes : Audco
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Supply of dust and vermin proof addressable analogue manual call
boxes to initiate audio visual alarm including the cost of mounting
accessories complete as per specifications and as required.
makes:Honeywell
HOOTER
Supply of addressable wall / ceiling mounting strobes cum hooters
including the cost of mounting accessories complete as per
specifications and as required.
makes:Honey well/ Siemens.
REPEATER PANEL
Supply of Repeater panel including the cost of mounting
accessories complete as per specifications and as required.(Makes:
Honeywell-ESSER- Notifier/ Morley )
ELECTRICAL CABLE
Supply and laying of 2 Core x 1.5Sqmm FRLS armoured copper
cable including all taxes etc., complete of Polycab / Finolex
Makes fixing on chromium plated metallic base saddles on wall as
per IS 1255 and as directed by the department including cost and
201
19
312001693
20
312001694
21
312001695
22
312001696
23
312001697
conveyance of all materials and labour charges etc., complete.

SIGN BOARD-Escape Signage
Supply and fixing of Escape signage boards in Rigid Photo
luminescent based glow in Dark rigid sheet with high intensit y
luminous properties with specification of Cease Fire or its
equivalent make Model-1ES01
Supply and fixing Flow Switches in 100mm dia MS pipe. (ELEC9.5.67) Makes: Audco
Supply and fixing Pressure Switch in the MS pipe Line including
connection etc as required.
Makes: Danfose/ indfoses
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Bourden type,
stainless steel dial type pressure gauge with isolation valve and
pipe having calibration of 0-16 kg/cm2.
MAKE: HGURU / FIEBIG
Supply, fabricating , installing structural steel supports for
fixing all sizes of MS pipes from ceiling / wall with MS
Channels, Angles, Flats, Rods, as required at site with anchor
fasteners, Clamps, threaded rods, nuts, bolts,washers etc
complete with painting of one coat primer and w
t o coats of
synthetic enamel paint..
312001698
Cutting and closing of Fire hydrant pipe 100 mm dia MS Pipe including
of MS dummy 10mm thick plate including necessary excavation and
refilling and welding charges etc., complete
25
312001699
26
312001722
Supplying & Fixing Indian make white glazed vitreous china

porcelain Lab sink with long body bib cock of jaquar make 1No,
drain pipe, stop cock of jaquar make -1 No. with necessary fixtures
including cost and conveyance of all materials and labour charges
etc.,complete for finished item of work. 750X450X250mm
Providing and placing in position PVC water stops of 225mm
wide and 8mm thick with central bulb confirming to IS 12200 at
junctions of floor slabs and walls and also at joints in walls
between two different castings in RCC water retaining structures,
including fixing the water stop in position by tying to
reinforcement with binding wire etc., complete
24
202
D) AC WORKS SPECIFICATIONS:
S.no
Item code
222002029
1
Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of the Cordless
Hi-wall mounted air conditioners(5 Star rating)1.0TRwall
mounted split Air conditioners including angle frame,
Transportation , labor charges, 5KVA Stabilizers of Reputed
make along with 3core 4sqmm Flexible multi stand copper wire
IN25MM DIA PVC PIPE ,Electrical wiring from out door and
indoor unit , including all necessary fittings , soft drawn copper
piping with 6 mm thick Nitrile rubber insulation including all
necessary fittings refrigent piping inter connecting the in door
and out door units (3/8''&5/8''), installation of refrigent pipe and
PVC drain pipe ,PVC drain pipe clamped to the walls to the
conditioner units, out door stand, R22 gas with oil ,all civil
works like making holes ,closing of holes, existing color patches
works ,minor materials etc as per site requirement.
Makes: voltas/Blue star/carrier
222002030
2
Hi-wall mounted air conditioners( 4 Star rating)1.5TRwall
222002031
3
Hi-wall mounted air conditioners( 4 Star rating)2.0TRwall
203
222002032
222002033
222002034

Supply ,Installation, Testing and commissioning of
the
following cordless 4.0TR Cassette Air conditioners fitted
scroll/Rotary compressors, including angle frame support for
indoor &out door units ,Transportation , labor charges, along
with cable & PVC PIPE ,Electrical wiring from out door and
indoor unit , Suction line and Liquid line for 4.0 TR cassette
including all necessary fittings , soft drawn copper piping
including all necessary fittings refrigent piping inter connecting
the in door and out door units , installation of refrigent pipe and
works ,minor materials etc as per site requirement. Makes:
voltas/Blue star/carrier
the
the
204
312001700
Removing, Refixing and Re Inst

allation, testing and
commissioning of 5.0 TR existing AC unit to new position of
approximately to a distance of 5mts.. As directed by ARCI staff
including the cost of all required materials (like copper tube,
insulation, electrical cables, drain pipe,gas filling etc.) and
labour charges including all necessary fittings , hard drawn
copper piping with 9 mm thick Nitrile rubber insulation
including all necessary fittings refrigent piping (3/8''& 5/8''),
installation of refrigent pipe ,out door stand,all civil works like
making holes ,closing of holes, existing color patches works
,minor materials etc as per site requirement.
312001701
312001702
10
312001703
Removing, Refixing and Re Inst

allation, testing and
commissioning of the 1.0TR to 2.0TR existing Hi wall Split AC
unit to new position of approximately to a distance of 5mts.. As
directed by ARCI staff including the cost of all required
materials (like copper tube, insulation, electrical cables, drain
pipe, gas filling etc.) and labour charges including all necessary
fittings , hard drawn copper piping with 9 mm thick Nitrile
rubber insulation including all necessary fittings refrigent piping
(3/8''& 5/8''), installation of refrigent pipe ,out door stand,all
civil works like making holes ,closing of holes, existing color
patches works ,minor materials etc as per site requirement.
Extra 5/8x3/8dia Suction line& Liquid line copper piping
with 6 mm thick Nitrile rubber insulation including all necessary
fittings between indoor and out door air cooled condensers of the
following sizes.
for
cassette A.CS&Ductable split a.cs including fixing
charges
Extra5/8" Dia & 3/8 " Dia Suction line& Liquid line for split
air conditioners soft drawn copper piping with 6 mm thick
Nitrile rubber insulation including all necessary fittings between
indoor and out door air cooled condensers including fixing
charges ,etc
11
312001704
12
312001705
13
312001706
Extra Hard drawn copper piping with 9 mm thick Nitrile rubber

insulation including all necessary fittings between indoor and
out door air cooled condensers of the capacity 5.0 TR .Suction
line& Liquid line(5/8" , 7/8") for Ductable unit including fixing
charges as per standards
Extra 3c X 2.5 sqmm flexible cabling Interconnecting between
indoor unit and out door units including fixing charges,
transportation etc
Extra 4c X 1.5 sqmm flexible cabling Interconnecting between
indoor unit and out door units including fixing charges,
transportation etc
205
14
312001707
15
312001708
Extra Insulated Condensate 25mm dia drain pipe using Hard

PVC pipe including fixing charges
Supply and fixing of Factory Fabricated GSS ducting complete
with angel iron flanges, high tech supports ( Vanes if required)
as per IS 655 Supply and fixing of 22 Gauge
Make: Tata , Sail, Jindal
16
312001709
Supply and fixing of Factory Fabricated GSS ducting complete

with angel iron flanges, high tech supports ( Vanes if required)
as per IS 655
Supply and fixing of 24 Gauge
17
312001710
18
312001711
19
312001712
20
312001713
21
312001714
22
312001715
Make: Tata , Sail, Jindal

Supply and fixing of Fire retardant Canvass connections( with
Zip) for connecting the ducting and indoor units
Supply and Fixing of acoustic insulation of duct with 12 mm
thk. Rigid fibre glass of 48 kg./cum density. Fibre glass shall be
covered with RP tissue and 26 G al. perforated sheet. 6 mm bolt
and nuts are to be fixed at interval of 300 mm.
Make: UP TWIGA , Kimco or equivalent
Supply and Fixing of thermal insulation of duct with 25 mm
thk. Al foil faces fibre glass of 24 Kg. / cum density. All angle
frames shall be covered with separate strip of fibre glass and all
joints shall be finished with Al tape. 12 mm wide PVC
strapping shall be done at every 600 mm interval over the
insulation.
Make: UP TWIGA , Kimco or equivalent
Supply and Fixing of Supply air Grills/ Diffusers to suit gypsum
/ grid false ceiling with AL extruded black coloured collar
damper
Make: Air Master / Carry air / System air or equivalent
Supply and Fixing of AL extruded Rreturn air Grills/ Diffusers
to suit gypsum / grid false ceiling
Supply, Installation, Testing of Fire Damper, including labour
transportation etc complete
23
312001716
Supply, Installation,Testing of GI Volume control dampers made

out of 18G GI sheets,including transportation ,labour etc
206
24
312001717
Supply, Installation, Testing of Back draft Dampers made out of

18G GI sheets, including transportation ,labour etc
25
312001718
26
312001719
Supply and fixing of MS Condenser supports / AHU Supports

Supply, Installation of Fresh air package consists Louvers, GI
volume control damper including Bird Cowl with wire mesh,
including labour, transportation etc
27
312001720
Supply and fixing of Under deck insulation with 50 mm thick TF

Quality thermocole with 16 KG/cum wrapping with GI chicken
wire mesh
Make: Hyderabad EPS, Beardsell, Lloyd Insualation or
equivalent
28
312001721
Supply and Fixing of 12 mm thick bison board along with MS

frame for holding the Bison Board as per site conditions and
standard practice ,including labour, transportation etc
207
Bill of Quantities (BOQ) for Civil, Plumbing, HVAC & Fire Fighting works at CLPM, MetLab,CEC & CMD Buildings
QUANTITY
S.No.
Item Code
Description
Unit
312001539
Site clearance of work spot
SQM
4739
Met
Lab
331
312001540
Earth Work excavation
CUM
1660.00
300.00
521.0
178
2659
312001541
Control Filling with same soil
CUM
1330.00
240.00
417.0
142
2129.00
312001542
Control Filling with out side

soil
CUM
1060.00
138.00
97.00
117
1412.00
312001543
Plinth protection
SQM
348.00
85.00
144.0
87
664
312001544
P.C.C(1:2:4)with 20mm
CUM
18.16
6.10
5.70
4.1
34.06
312001545
P.C.C(1:4:8)
CUM
675.80
100.200
140
73
989
312001546
RMC M25 grade design

mix footings, column
pedestals, plinth beams
columns at all heights, roof
beams, tie beams and roof
slab at all heights.
CUM
1576.12
256.5
243.85
187.9
2264.37
312001547
VRCC (1:1.5:3)
CUM
158.85
22.70
24.90
14.2
220.65
CEC
CLPM
CMD
TOTAL
1174.0
544.0
6788
Rate
in
Rs.
Rate in words Rs.
Amount
in
Rs.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
208
312001548 VRCC (1:1.5:3) ROOF

SLAB &BEAMS
CUM
77.70
0.00
17.23
4.26
99.19
10
312001549 MS or HYSD steel

reinforcement
MT
300.50
35.60
34.65 24.87
395.62
11
312001550 Structural steel
MT
26.42
0.11
0.70
0.16
27.39
312001551 Brick masonry(1:6)
CUM 1068.00
173.20
193.0
98
1532.20
312001552 Brick masonry(1:4)
CUM
17.00
17.00
312001553 115mm thick brick wall (1:4)
SQM
711.00
777.00
438.0
112
2038.00
312001554 Coarsed Rubble stone

masonry
CUM
150.00
44.00
73.00
28
295.00
312001555 Rubble soling
CUM
411.00
36.00
11.00
62
520.00
312001556 12MM Thick Plastering for

ceiling
SQM 2981.00
829.00
502.0
361
4673.00
312001557 20MM Thick plastering
SQM 13405.00 3910.00
2863
1416 21594.00
312001558 Lathe plastering
SQM
83.00
5.40
56
212.40
312001559 Terrace water proofing
SQM 2373.00
336.00
520.0
370
3599.00
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
68.00
20
21
209
16.00
19.00
74.00
SQM 1222.00
165.00
315.0
97
1799.00
SQM
978.00
568.00
237.0
1783.00
312001563 Applying brush bond
SQM
67.00
52
57
34
210.00
312001564 Emulsion painting with

luppam finish for ceiling and
internal walls
312001565 APEX Ultima for external
walls- new
SQM 11415.00 2589.00
1469
1059 16532.00
SQM 3386.00 1273.00
1263
812
6734.00
312001566 Exterior texture paint
SQM
200.00
310.00
94.00
604.00
SQM
557.0
557.00
29
312001567 Synthetic enamel painting

two coats to old surface
0.00
0.00
1207
1207.00
30
312001568 Emulsion painting for

SQM
internal walls for old surfaces
0.00
3000.00
2012
5012.00
31
312001569 Apex ultima paint for

SQM
externalwalls for old surfaces
423.00
0.00
423.00
566.00
400.0
110
2098.00
22
23
24
312001560 Toilet Wall water proofingWALL
SQM
312001561 Impervious coat for drain

wallsides and bottom and
water tank wall sides and
bottom
312001562 Primer in false ceiling area
for ceiling
39.00
25
26
27
28
312001570 Epoxy
SQM
312001571 Vitrified tile Flooring and

skirting
SQM 1022.00
32
33
210
312001572 Ceramic flooring with dado
SQM
272.00
85.00
98.0
455.00
312001573 RCC Flooring 100mm thick
SQM 1849.00
85.00
219
2153.00
312001574 RCC Flooring 150mm thick
SQM
534.00
0.00
534.00
SQM
214.00
127.00
310
62
713.00
37
312001575 Inter locking tiles/paver

blocks
SQM
148.80
53.90
53.00
42
297.70
38
312001576 Granite flooring for stair

cases, treads , Risers
312001577 Granite cladding
SQM
33.00
3.00
36.00
312001578 Granite skirting
SQM
36.00
29.00
3.00
73.00
312001579 Fundermax tiles
SQM
33.00
3.00
36.00
312001580 TW Frames
CUM
3.40
1.25
0.88
0.16
5.69
312001581 Aluminuim doors
SQM
25.21
15.60
18.2
6.5
65.51
312001582 Flush door with laminateon

both sides
SQM
170.47
61.62
31.07 10.38
273.54
312001583 Semi united structral glazing
SQM
136.59
13.11
6.84
156.54
34
35
36
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
211
SQM
140.49
83.20
SQM
0.00
18.36
18.36
SQM
0.00
18.36
18.36
48
312001585 Aluminuim casement

Windows with toughened
tinted glass
312001586 Aluminuim casement
Windows with SS Mesh
312001587 Fixed aluminium Glazing
windows
SQM
0.00
9.00
9.00
49
312001588 Aluminuim Sliding Windows

with Mesh and grill
SQM
14.28
1.8
3.06
3.06
22.20
50
312001589 Louvers
SQM
38.34
3.66
1.44
43.44
312001590 steel wire mesh/weld mesh
SQM
115.90
115.90
312001591 Ply wood boxes
Sqm
29.00
23.00
16.00
76.00
312001592 Granite Basin counter top
SQM
11.14
3.00
3.00
17.14
312001593 Rolling shutters with grill
SQM
177.00
7.5
184.50
312001594 Rolling shutters without grill
SQM
100.00
5.2
114.20
312001595 Armstrong Micro look False

ceiling tiles 600 x 600 for
Rooms
SQM
731.00
2299.00
47
60.60 32.64
316.93
312001584 Aluminuim Sliding Windows

with Mesh
46
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
440.00 1128.0
212
58
312001596 Armstrong Micro look False

ceiling tiles 1200x 300 for
corridor
312001597 Venation blinds
SQM
247.00
130.00
33.0
410.00
SQM
155.69
109.56
64.00
33
362.25
312001598 RCC PIPES-450MM DIA
RM
131.00
10
141.00
312001599 RCC PIPES-300MM DIA
RM
0.00
0.00
25.00
15
40.00
312001600 Heavy duty SS railing

system with Railing model
:cube multiline
312001601 Heavy duty SS railing
system with Railing model
Guard rail
312001602 110 mm Dia P.V.C.Rain
water
RM
38.00
18.00
7.00
71.00
RM
17.00
0.00
7.00
28.00
RM
192.00
28.00
35.00
17
272.00
312001603 Wooden beading
RM
399.00
183.80
114.0
18
714.80
312001604 Decorative PVC doors
SQM
10.85
5.84
4.00
20.69
312001605 Red soil
CUM
177.00
36.00
31.00
44
288.00
312001606 Shalitex bitumen
Sqm
107.00
26.00
1.00
134.00
312001607 Polysulphide compound
RM
138.00
4.00
4.00
146.00
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
213
312001608 Aluminium sheet
RM
138.00
4.00
4.00
146.00
312001609 Gypsum board Partition
SQM
68.00
34.96
102.96
312001610 Aluminium Partition
SQM
0.00
118.51
118.51
312001611 Providing and laying Poly

vinyl chloride sheet 2mm
SQM
161.00
90.10
251.10
312001612 Dry stone pitching
SQM
165.00
165.00
312001613 Notice board
Each
1.00
4.00
312001614 Stainless steel letters
Each
27.00
35
26
88.00
312001615 ACP Cladding
SQM
0.00
12.00
12.00
312001616 precoated galvanised iron

SQM
profile sheets at a height of
12.00mts
312001617 precoated galvanised Gutter RM
at a height of 12.00mts
0.00
0.00
1118
46
1164.00
0.00
0.00
110
110.00
312001618 Drilling of 16mm dia
RM
0.00
7.00
7.00
312001619 Fixing and erecting the

12mm dia column rods
RM
0.00
7.00
7.00
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
214
312001620 Fixing of MS struts using 60

X 60 X 4
Each
0.00
6.00
6.00
312001621 Encasing the steel struts
Each
0.00
6.00
6.00
0.00
50.00
50.00
84
312001622 Providing vertical Telescopic Each

scaffolding MS pipes
RM
100.00
10.00
15
10
135.00
85
312001623 100mm dia GI pipe for bldg

incoming cable
RM
15.00
10.00
10
10
45.00
86
312001624 50mm dia GI pipe for bldg

incoming cable
RM
256.00
256.00
CUM
55.00
24.00
79.00
88
312001625 Dismantling barbed wire

including removing fencing
posts
312001626 Dismantling / cutting of RCC
items / RCM Drops
Job
1.00
1.00
89
312001627 Removing fire hydrant with

pipe and laying new Ms pipe
312001628 Closing bore well
Job
1.00
1.00
312001629 Removal of plastering/dead

mortar
SQM
0.00
11.00
11.00
91
312001630 Dismantling of brick

masonry/stone masonry
CUM
0.00
22.00
10.00
32.00
92
312001631 Dismantling/Removing of
doors, windows, Ventilators
and clerestory windows
(steel / Alu or wood)
Each
0.00
8.00
2.00
10.00
82
83
87
90
93
215
312001632 Demolishing existing flooring Sqm
0.00
74.00
74.00
312001633 Removing of Angle frame

with wire mesh
Sqm
0.00
8.82
8.82
95
Sqm
0.00
1107
1107.00
96
312001634 Removing of AC Sheets at

height of 12.00 mts
Sqm
0.00
897.00
897.00
97
312001635 Removing of existing false

ceiling and AC ducts at a
height of 6.00 mts
Each
0.00
75.00
75.00
98
312001636 Removing and Re fixing,

Testing and commissioning
of existing light fixtures of
2x36W Mirror optic
Each
0.00
10.00
10.00
99

1x28W T5 Fittings
Low Bay with required
accessories like S.S Chain,
S.S clips, 3Core 1.5sqmm
flexible copper cable for tap
power from ceiling rose
312001639 Anti Termite Treatment
Each
0.00
10.00
10.00
94
100
101
Sqm
2451
337
504
407
3699
TOTAL AMOUNT FOR

CIVIL WORKS
216
BOQ-PLUMBING WORKS
QUANTITY
S.No. Item Code
1
312001640
312001641
312001642
312001643
312001644
312001645
312001646
312001647
312001648
10
312001649
11
312001650
12
312001651
13
312001652
14
312001653
15
312001654
16
312001655
17
312001656
17
312001657
18
312001658
Description
Unit
IWC
EACH
Met
Lab
1
EWC
EACH
Bib cock cum Health Faucet EACH

Oval shape wash basin
Flat back urinals
CEC
CLPM CMD
Rate Rate in
in words Amount in
TOTAL Rs.
Rs.
6.00
7.00
7.00
EACH
15.00
EACH
13.00
20MM Granite urinal partition EACH
10.00
CP Concealed stop cock
EACH
13.00
CP brass angle stop cock
EACH
13.00
Long body bib tap
EACH
13.00
Toilet paper holder
EACH
13.00
20mm dia GI pipe
RM
35.00
20.00
43.00
29
127.00
25mm dia GI pipe
RM
241
18.00
35.00
294.00
32mm dia GI pipe
RM
42.00
22.00
20.00
37
121.00
40mm dia GI pipe
RM
36.00
36.00
80mm dia GI pipe
RM
148.00
148.00
20mm dia ball valve
EACH
18.00
28.00
25mm dia ball valve
EACH
20.00
28.00
32MM DIA Ball Val;ves
EACH
3.00
EACH
1.00
Rs.
217
EACH
1.00
RM
6.00
1.20
1.80
9.00
Mirrors
EACH
13.00
Nahani traps
EACH
14
27.00
Gulley traps
EACH
13.00
110mm dia CI Pipe
RM
95.00
30.00
14
139.00
75mm dia CI Pipe
RM
93.00
25.00
25
143.00
150MM DIA SWG Pipes
RM
200.00
45.60
25
270.60
Inspection chamber
EACH
18
29.00
1000lts Sintex Tanks
EACH
2.00
500lts Sintex Tanks
EACH
1.00
Soak pit
EACH
3.00
Supply & Instalation of water EACH

312001671 dispenser
Supply and fixing of 25mm EACH
diameter watermeter ltron
312001672 make
312001673 Dismantling of Manhole
Rectangular
EACH
Manhole120x90cm and 90
cm deep
a
3.00
10.00
1.00
Rectangular arch type EACH

Manhole140x90 cm and
312001674 2.45m deep
2.00
19
312001659
19
312001660
20
312001661
21
312001662
22
312001663
23
312001664
24
312001665
25
312001666
26
312001667
27
312001668
28
312001669
29
312001670
30
31
32
33

Half Round channel
Total Amount for Plumbing

works
218
BOQ-FIRE FIGHTING WORKS

QUANTITY
S.No. Item Code
Booster pump
Nos
1.00
Air release valve
Nos
1.00
4 Core x 4 Sqmm FRLS

312001677 Electrical cable
"C" class GI pipes -100 mm
312001678 dia
Non-return valve
312001679
Butter Fly Valve
312001680
CI Flanged Y strainer with
312001681 SS mesh
First -Aid Hose Reel with MS
312001682 construction
Hose cabinet of size
750mm X 600mm x
312001683 250mm
Rmt
63mm dia, 15 mtr long

Synthetic hose pipe with
63mm dia Male and Female
312001684 Gun metal couplings
63mm dia Gun metal branch
312001685 pipe with 20mm
Single headed Internal /
312001686 External hydrant valve
2 way fire brigade
312001687 connection
25mm dia ball valve
312001688
312001675
312001676
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Unit
Met
Lab
1.00
Description
CEC
CLPM CMD
Rate Rate in
in words Amount in
TOTAL Rs.
Rs.
4.00
1.00
1.0
4.00
50.00
50.00
30.0
30
160.00
Rmt
150.00
80.00
80.00
56
366.00
Nos
2.00
2.00
2.0
8.00
Nos
3.00
3.00
3.00
12.00
Nos
1.00
1.000
4.00
Nos
6.00
2.00
2.00
11.00
Nos
6.00
2.00
2.00
11.00
Nos
12.00
4.00
4.00
22.00
Nos
6.00
2.00
2.00
11.00
Nos
6.00
2.00
2.00
11.00
Nos
1.00
1.00
1.00
4.00
Nos
6.00
2.00
2.00
11.00
Rs.
219
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Manual call boxes to initiate

312001689 audio visual alarm
Wall / ceiling mounting
312001690 strobes cum hooters
Repeater panel
312001691
2 Core x 1.5Sqmm FRLS 312001692 Electrical Cable
Escape signage boards in
Rigid Photo luminecent
312001693 based glow
Flow Switches in 100mm dia
312001694 GI pipe
Pressure Switch in the GI
312001695 pipe Line
Pressure gauge with
312001696 isolation valve
structural steel supports for
312001697 fixing
Cutting and closing of Fire
312001698 hydrant pipe
laboratory sink
Nos
6.00
2.00
2.00
11.00
Nos
6.00
2.00
2.00
11.00
Nos
1.00
1.00
1.00
4.00
Rmt
150.00
100.00
50.00
10
310.00
Nos
8.00
4.00
4.00
18.00
Nos
1.00
1.00
1.00
4.00
Nos
1.00
1.00
1.00
4.00
Nos
1.00
1.00
1.00
4.00
Kgs
50.00
25.00
25.00
25
125.00
job
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.00
Each
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.00
27
0.00
20
18
312001699
Water Bar
65
RM
312001722
Total Amount for Fire

Fighting works
VOL IIIA BOQ-HVAC WORKS
QUANTITY
S.No. Item Code
Description
222002029 5 Star rated 1.0TR Wall

mounted Split air
conditioners
Unit
NOS
CEC
0
Met
Lab
1
CLPM CMD
0
Rate Rate in
in words Amount in
TOTAL Rs.
Rs.
1
Rs.
220
NOS
11
11
222002030 4 Star rated 1.5TR Wall

mounted Split air
conditioners
NOS
222002031 4Star rated 2.0TR Wall

mounted Split air
conditioners
222002032 4.0TR Cassette Air
conditioners
conditioners
conditioners
312001700 Removing and refixing the
existing 5.0 TR ductable
package Air conditioner
NOS
NOS
NOS
NOS
NOS
13
10
26
312001701 Removing and refixing the

existing Hi wall Split AC unit
capacity 1.TR ,1.5TR,2.0TR
RM
65
73
312001702 Extra Suction line& Liquied

line for Cassete AC(2.0TR,
3.0TR, 4.0TR)
RM
103
54
46
203
10
312001703 Extra 5/8" Dia&3/8 " Dia

Suction line& Liquied line for
split units(1.0TR, 1.5TR,
2.0TR)
RM
11
312001704 Extra 5/8" Dia&7/8 " Dia

Suction line& Liquied line fo
existing 5.0 TR ductable
package Air conditioner
312001705 3CX2.5sqmm Flexiable
cable
312001706 4CX1.5sqmm Flexiable
cable
RM
142
72
58
272
RM
4
5
6
7
12
13
221
RM
103
54
46
203
Sqm
20
20
Sqm
40
40
Nos
Sqm
10
10
312001712 Supply and Fixing of thermal Sqm

insulation of duct with 25 mm
thk. Al foil faces fibre glass of
24 Kg. / cum density.
50
50
21
312001713 Supply and Fixing of Supply Sqm

air Grills/ Diffusers to suit
gypsum / grid false ceiling
with AL extruded black
coloured collar damper
22
312001714 Supply and Fixing of AL Sqm

extruded Rreturn air Grills/
Diffusers to suit gypsum /
grid false ceiling
312001715 Supply,Installation,Testing of LS
Fire Damper
312001716 Supply,Installation,Testing of Sqm
GI Volume control dampers
made out of 18G GI sheets
14
15
16
17
18
20
23
24
312001707 Extra 25mm dia PVC Drain

pipe
312001708 Supply and fixing of GSS
ducting( 22 Gauge )
312001709 Supply and fixing of GSS
ducting( 24 Gauge )
312001710 Supply and fixing of Fire
retardent Canvass
312001711 Supply and Fixing of
acoustic insulation of duct
with 12 mm thk.Rigid fibre
glass of 48 kg./cum density
222
LS
LS
LS
405
405
28
312001720 Supply and Fixing of Sqm

Underduck insulation with 50
mm thick TF quality of
density 16 kg / cum
29
312001721 Supply and Fixing of 12 mm Sqm

thick bison board along with
MS frame for holding the
Bison Board as per site
conditions and standard
practice
25
26
27
312001717 Back draft Dampers made

out of 18G GI
312001718 Supply and ficxing of MS
condensor supports
312001719 Supply, Installation of Fresh
air package consists
Louvers, GI volume control
damper including Bird Cowl
with wiremesh.
Total Amount for A.C

Works
223
SUMMARY
Amounts
S.No
1
Description
Total Amount for Civil Works
Total Amount for Plumbing works
Total Amount for Fire Fighting Works
Total Amount for HVAC Works

Total Amount
Building Heights Details:
S.No
Building Name
Height of buildings at
different
levels(Approximately)
CEC
Ground floor 4.50Mtr level,

First floor 3.65mtr level
Workshops with service area 7.0mtrs
2
METLAB
Ground floor 4.50 mtrs level,

First floor 4.70 mtrs level
CLPM
Ground floor3.65 mtrs level
CMD
Ground floor 3.65 mtrs level
224
VOL-IV
LIST OF TENDER DRAWINGS
225
CMD building
1)
Ground Floor Plan
2)
Terrace Floor Plan
3)
Elevations
4)
Elevations
5)
Sections
6)
Column & Footing Schedule
7)
Plinth Beam Layout
8)
Ground Floor Roof Beam Layout
9)
Ground Floor Roof Slab Layout
10) Ground Floor Internal Water Supply
11) Ground Floor Internal Fire Fighting
12) Terrace Floor Internal Fire Fighting
SSIPCPL/ARCI/CMD/ PLAN/AD-02
SSIPCPL/ARCI/CMD/ TERRACE PLAN/AD-03
SSIPCPL/ARCI/CMD/ ELEs/AD-04
SSIPCPL/ARCI/CMD/ NORTH&WEST ELE/AD-05
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CMD/ SECTIONS/AD-07
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CMD/SD-02
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CMD/WS-02
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CMD/FIRE-01
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CMD/FIRE-02
METLAB building:
13) Ground Floor plan
14) First Floor plan
15) Front Elevation
16) East Side Elevation
17) West Side Elevation
18) South Side Elevation
19) Column & Footing Schedule
20) Footing Schedule
21) Plinth Beam Layout
22) Ground Floor Roof beam Layout
23) First Floor Roof Beam Layout
24) Extension slab & beam details
25) Ground Floor Internal Water supply
26) First Floor Internal Water supply
27) Internal Fire Fighting G.F
28) Internal Fire Fighting F.F
29) Internal Fire Fighting Terrace Floor
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/METLAB/G.F/AD-01
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/METLAB/F.F/AD-02
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/METLAB/TERRACE/AD-03A
-SSIPCPL/ARCI/METLAB/EAST ELE/AD-04
-SSIPCPL/ARCI/METLAB/WEST EL /AD-05
-SSIPCPL/ARCI/METLAB/SOUTH ELE/AD-06
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ METLAB /SD-02
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ METLAB /SD-02A
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ METLAB /SD-16A
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ METLAB /G.F/WS-03
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ METLAB /F.F/ WS-04
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ METLAB /G.F/FIRE -01
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ METLAB /F.F/FIRE -02
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ METLAB /T.F/FIRE -03
CEC building:
30) Ground Floor Plan
31) First Floor Plan
32) Front East Side Elevation
33) North Elevation details
34) South Elevation details
35) West Elevation details
36) Sections
37) Section EE
38) Section DD
39) Structural Glazing
40) Grill Details
41) Footing Schedule
42) Columns Schedule
43) Plinth Beam layout
44) Roof & Tie beam Layout @4.50 mt LVL
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/GF/AD-02
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/FF/AD-03
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/FRONT ELE/AD-05
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/NORTH ELE/AD-06
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/SOUTH ELE/AD-07
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/WEST ELE/AD-08
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/SECTIONS/AD-09
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/SECTION EE/AD-10
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/SECTION DD/AD-11
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/JOINERY DET/AD-13
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/JOINERY DET/AD-14
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/SD-02
226
45)
46)
47)
48)
49)
50)
51)
52)
53)
54)
55)
56)
57)
58)
Roof Slab Layout @4.50 mt LVL

Top extra Reinforcement details of Slab @4.55 mt LVL
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/SD-14A
Roof & Tie beam Layout @7.0 mt LVL
Roof Slab Layout @7.0 mt LVL
Roof beam layout @ 8.15 mt LVL
Typical Expansion Details
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/SD-31A
Beam & Slab layout and details
Ground Floor Internal Water supply
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ CEC /G.F/WS-03/R1
First Floor Internal Water supply
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ CEC /F.F/ WS-04/R1
Terrace Water Distribution Machine Rooms
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ CEC /WS/TWD-05/R1
Terrace Water Distribution Toilets & drinking water- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ CEC /WS/TWD-06/R1
Internal Fire Fighting-Ground Floor
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/GF/FIRE-01
Internal Fire Fighting-First Floor
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/FF/FIRE-02
Internal Fire Fighting-Terrace Floor
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CEC/TF/FIRE-03
CLPM building:
59) Ground Floor Plan
60) Elevations
61) Column & Footing Schedule
62) Plinth Beam Layout
63) Roof beam Layout @ 3.65 & 5.10mt lvl
64) Ground Floor Internal Water supply
65) Terrace Water Distribution
66) Internal Fire Fighting-Ground Floor
67) Internal Fire Fighting-Terrace Floor
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CLPM/GF/AD-02
-SSIPCPL/ARCI/CLPM/ELEVATIONS/AD-04
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CLPM/SD-02
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ CLPM /G.F/WS-02
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/ CLPM /WS/TWD-03
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CLPM/GF/FIRE-01
- SSIPCPL/ARCI/CLPM/TF/FIRE-02
227

Sample Tender Document

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Sample Tender Document

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Ref No: -CL20130223 to 225 & CL20140037

Date: 13th Sep 2014

INTERNATIONAL ADVANCED RESEARCH CENTRE FOR

Construction work (including new civil works, plumbing,

Rs.22.50 lakhs by Demand draft.

M/s. SS Infrastructure Project Consultants Pvt. Ltd,

Press Notification:Ref No: -CL20130223 to 225 & CL20140037

Date: 13th Sep 2014

NOTICE INVITING CIVIL TENDER WITH

NOTICE FOR INVITATION OF TENDERS

Tenders are to be deposited in a sealed envelope at

Earnest Money Deposit (EMD): an amount of Rs 22,50,000/-(Rs. Twenty two lakhs

* Time of Completion of work:

* Last Date and Time for

Time of completion from the date of PO as given

Up to 15.00 Hrs on 6th Oct 2014.

II. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

Non Association / Relation

7. Current solvency certificate minimum of Rs. 2.0 crores in original from a

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA INFORMATION

All experience certificates including those in support of existing commitments issued by

Attach certificate(s) issued by the Executive Engineer or concerned head of

Signature of the Contractor

Name of the work

Value of work done year wise during the last

Attach certificates issued by the Executive Engineer or concerned head of the

Signature of the Contractor

Quantities executed / Year wise.

Attach certificates in support of the above quantities issued by the Executive

Signature of the Contractor

Attach certificates issued by the Executive Engineer or concerned head of the

Signature of the Contractor

Signature of the Contractor

Signature of the Contractor

Signature of the Contractor

Signature of the Contractor

A declaration regarding the equipment (shuttering materials) owned shall be

Signature of the Contractor

6.0 Contents of documents

Notice for invitation of Tenders

To give prospective Tenderers reasonable time in which to take an addendum into

8.0 Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)

statement of list of deviations if any from tender conditions.

12.0 Tender Prices

engineer or any person directly or indirectly associated with the

2nd Envelope (Price bid) :

Comprising of Earnest Money Deposit as per clause

17.0 Examination of Tenders and Determination of Responsiveness

The price bid of unqualified contractors contained in envelope B and EMD

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

Signed by the said

IV. FORM OF TENDER

Signature of the tenderer

Name and designation of the

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

The Contractor shall offer the Engineer or any representative of

Interpretation and Application

If sectional completion is specified in the Contract Data, references in the

Use of Contract Documents and Information

Programme and Reporting

Site order Book:

Contractor to provide everything necessary for proper execution of work

Method of storing the materials

Shuttering and Scaffolding Materials